SAS External Portal User Guide v3.4 (2)

Safety Assurance System External Portal

SAS External Portal User Guide v3.4 (2)

OMB: 2120-0774

Document [pdf]

Download: pdf | pdf

FLIGHT STANDARDS
SAFETY ASSURANCE SYSTEM (SAS)

SAS External Portal
User Guide 3.4

Contents
1

PREFACE .................................................................................................................... 7

DOCUMENT OVERVIEW........................................................................................................ 7
DOCUMENT AUDIENCE ........................................................................................................ 7

DOCUMENT CONVENTIONS ................................................................................................. 7
TERMINOLOGY .................................................................................................................... 8

GETTING HELP .................................................................................................................... 8
2

INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................ 8

THE SAS PROGRAM ............................................................................................................ 8

SAS SYSTEM AND BROWSER REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................... 9

SAS EXTERNAL PORTAL LOG-IN AND NAVIGATION FEATURES ............................................. 11
2.3.1
System Use Notice and Privacy Act Statement ................................................................ 11
2.3.2
Two Factor Authentication ....................................................................................................... 12
2.3.3
Pop up screens and Transient Messages ............................................................................ 12
2.3.4
Captcha Screen during Registration ..................................................................................... 13
SAS MODULES AND LIFE CYCLE ......................................................................................... 14

ABOUT THE SAS EXTERNAL PORTAL .................................................................................. 14
WHAT CAN I DO IN THE SAS EXTERNAL PORTAL? .............................................................. 14

ABOUT THE SAS MASTER LIST OF FUNCTIONS .................................................................... 15
3

SAS REGISTRATION AND PREAPPLICATION INFORMATION............................ 17

ABOUT THE SAS REGISTRATION PROCESS .......................................................................... 17

WHO CAN REGISTER? ....................................................................................................... 17

HOW TO REGISTER FOR ACCESS TO THE SAS EXTERNAL PORTAL .......................................... 17

HOW TO REGISTER FOR ACCESS AS A NEW CERTIFICATION APPLICANT AND PREAPPLICATION
INFORMATION HAS NOT YET BEEN SUBMITTED FOR YOUR COMPANY (OPTION 1) ............................ 20

HOW TO REGISTER FOR ACCESS AS A NEW CERTIFICATION APPLICANT AND PREAPPLICATION
INFORMATION HAS NOT YET BEEN SUBMITTED FOR YOUR COMPANY (CFR PART 141, 142, 147 OPTION 1) ................................................................................................................................. 29
HOW TO REGISTER FOR ACCESS AS A NEW CERTIFICATION APPLICANT AND PREAPPLICATION
INFORMATION HAS ALREADY BEEN SUBMITTED FOR YOUR COMPANY (OPTION 2) ........................... 33
HOW TO REGISTER FOR ACCESS TO SAS WHEN YOU ALREADY HAVE A CERTIFICATE (OPTION 3)
42

HOW TO REGISTER FOR ADDITIONAL CH/AS ...................................................................... 48
HOW TO LOG OUT OF SAS ................................................................................................ 51

HOW TO MAINTAIN YOUR SAS ACCOUNT...................................................................... 51

IF YOU FORGET YOUR SAS USER NAME OR PASSWORD .................................................. 52
4

GETTING STARTED USING SAS ............................................................................. 53

ABOUT THE SAS HOME PAGE ............................................................................................ 53

ABOUT SAS COMMUNICATIONS ........................................................................................ 53
BROADCASTS .................................................................................................................... 54
NOTIFICATIONS ................................................................................................................ 55

MESSAGES ........................................................................................................................ 57
4.5.1
To Reply to a Message: .............................................................................................................. 58
4.5.2
To Create and Send a Message: ............................................................................................. 59
ABOUT THE SAS MENU ..................................................................................................... 60
ABOUT TABS .................................................................................................................... 61

SAS FIELD TYPES .............................................................................................................. 62
4.8.1
Required Fields ............................................................................................................................. 62
4.8.2
List Boxes ......................................................................................................................................... 62
4.8.3
Type-to-Search List Boxes ........................................................................................................ 63
4.8.4
Date Fields ...................................................................................................................................... 64
4.8.5
Name Fields (Persons) ................................................................................................................ 64

WORKING WITH TABLES .................................................................................................... 64
4.9.1
Filtering Table Data ..................................................................................................................... 65
4.9.2
Using Table-Level Filters ........................................................................................................... 65
4.9.3
Using Column-Level Filters....................................................................................................... 66
4.9.4
Changing Column Order ........................................................................................................... 68
4.9.5
Creating Groups in Tables ........................................................................................................ 68
4.9.6
Exporting Table Data .................................................................................................................. 69

WORKING WITH FILE ATTACHMENTS .............................................................................. 69
4.10.1 File Size ............................................................................................................................................ 69
4.10.2 File Types ......................................................................................................................................... 69
4.10.3 To Attach a File: ............................................................................................................................ 70
SAVING DATA IN SAS ................................................................................................... 71
4.11.1 Unsaved Changes ........................................................................................................................ 72
4.11.2 Wizards ............................................................................................................................................ 72
KEYBOARD NAVIGATION................................................................................................ 72

USER ASSISTANCE ......................................................................................................... 73
4.13.1 SAS Online Help ........................................................................................................................... 73
4.13.2 Your FAA Point of Contact........................................................................................................ 74
5

INITIAL CERTIFICATION ......................................................................................... 75

ABOUT THE CERTIFICATION PROCESS ................................................................................. 75
3

INITIAL CERTIFICATION PROCESS STEPS .............................................................................. 76

HOW TO EDIT PREAPPLICATION INFORMATION .................................................................. 83
HOW TO USE THE CERTIFICATION REQUEST TAB ................................................................. 83

HOW TO USE THE CERTIFICATION ITEM SUMMARY TAB....................................................... 84

MODULES 1, 2, AND 4 OVERVIEW ...................................................................................... 85
5.6.1
Module 1 Overview ..................................................................................................................... 85
5.6.2
Module 2 Overview ..................................................................................................................... 86
5.6.3
Module 4 Overview ..................................................................................................................... 87

FORM 8310-3 .................................................................................................................. 87
5.7.1
To Complete and Submit Form 8310-3 ............................................................................... 87
5.7.2
How to View, Edit, or Withdraw a Form 8310-3 ............................................................... 90
5.7.3
To view a Form 8310-3 .............................................................................................................. 90
5.7.4
How to Edit a Form 8310-3 ...................................................................................................... 90
5.7.5
How to Withdraw a Form 8310-3 .......................................................................................... 91
6

CONFIGURATION ................................................................................................... 92

ABOUT CONFIGURATION DATA .......................................................................................... 92

HOW TO ADD AND UPDATE CONFIGURATION DATA ........................................................... 94

ABOUT THE OPERATING PROFILE ....................................................................................... 94
6.3.1
How to Access the Operating Profile ................................................................................... 94
6.3.2
How to Access a Baseline Operating Profile View ........................................................... 94
6.3.3
The Operating Profile Tab Left Pane..................................................................................... 95
6.3.4
The Operating Profile Tab Right Pane ................................................................................. 96
HOW TO ENTER OPPS AUTHORIZING DOCUMENTS ............................................................ 98
HOW TO ENTER VITALS ..................................................................................................... 98

ENTERING CONTRACTOR DATA ........................................................................................ 109
6.6.1
How to Import Contractor Data from an Excel File ....................................................... 111
6.6.2
How to Add a Maintenance Contractor (For Part 121 Operators) .......................... 115
6.6.3
How to Add a Training Contractor (For Part 121 and 135 Operators) .................. 116
6.6.4
How to Add a Maintenance Contractor (For Part 145 Operators) .......................... 116
6.6.5
How to Delete a Contractor ................................................................................................... 116
6.6.6
Auto-Generated Contractor Change Request................................................................. 117
6.6.7
Save versus Approve ................................................................................................................. 117
6.6.8
Contractor Data and Change Requests ............................................................................. 118
7

CONFIGURATION CHANGES ............................................................................... 118

ABOUT CONFIGURATION CHANGES .................................................................................. 118
7.1.1
Types of Configuration Changes .......................................................................................... 118
Configuration Data Changes .................................................................................................................. 118
Contractor Data changes: ........................................................................................................................ 119
4

7.1.2

Configuration Data Change Requests ................................................................................ 119

DATA COLLECTION .............................................................................................. 124

DATA COLLECTION TOOLS (DCTS) ..................................................................... 126

HOW TO SELECT A DCT FOR DATA COLLECTION ............................................................... 124
ABOUT THE DATA COLLECTION TOOLS PAGE .................................................................... 126

HOW TO ACCESS YOUR DATA COLLECTION TOOLS ............................................................ 126

WHEN ARE DCTS PERFORMED? ....................................................................................... 127
HOW TO GENERATE DCTS ............................................................................................... 127

ABOUT REGENERATING DCTS .......................................................................................... 129

PERFORM DCT ............................................................................................................... 130
FILTERING DCT QUESTIONS ............................................................................................. 132

HOW TO PERFORM A DCT ............................................................................................... 133

ANSWERING DCT QUESTIONS ......................................................................................... 135
CHECK DCT ................................................................................................................ 137

HOW TO SUBMIT A DCT .............................................................................................. 138
SELECT DCT ................................................................................................................ 139

HOW TO ACCESS YOUR DATA COLLECTION TOOLS ........................................................ 140
ABOUT THE DATA COLLECTION TOOLS PAGE................................................................. 141

HOW TO PREPARE FOR DATA COLLECTION .................................................................... 142
TO VIEW OR PRINT THE DCT-TO-GO ............................................................................ 143
ENTERING DCT COMMON DATA .................................................................................. 146

TO VIEW OR PRINT THE DCT-TO-GO ............................................................................ 147
ENTER COMMON DATA FIELD ...................................................................................... 148

THE SCHEDULE OF EVENTS (SOE) ................................................................................. 150
9.20.1 SOE Statuses ................................................................................................................................ 150
9.20.2 How to Complete and Submit an Initial SOE .................................................................. 151
To complete an initial SOE ...................................................................................................................... 151
9.20.3 Saving and Submitting the SOE ........................................................................................... 152
9.20.4 How to Update and Submit a Revised SOE ..................................................................... 152
9.20.5 To Revise the SOE ...................................................................................................................... 153
9.20.6 To Save or Submit the Revised SOE.................................................................................... 153

THE MEETINGS TAB ..................................................................................................... 153
9.21.1 To Add a Meeting ...................................................................................................................... 153
9.21.2 To Edit or Delete a Meeting ................................................................................................... 154
WITHDRAWING A CERTIFICATION REQUEST .................................................................. 154

DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT ............................................................................... 158
5

ABOUT THE DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT PAGE .............................................................. 158

AUTO-FILED DOCUMENTS............................................................................................ 159

DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT LIMITATIONS ..................................................................... 160
10.3.1 File Size .......................................................................................................................................... 160
10.3.2 File Types ....................................................................................................................................... 160
MOVING AND DELETING DOCUMENTS .......................................................................... 160

FORMAL APPLICATION DOCUMENTS ............................................................................ 160

OTHER DOCUMENTS SUPPORTING THE APPLICATION PROCESS ...................................... 161

SUBMITTING DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................... 161
10.7.1 Resubmitting Documents ....................................................................................................... 161
DOCUMENT STATUS .................................................................................................... 162

HOW TO UPLOAD A FORMAL APPLICATION DOCUMENT ................................................ 162

UPLOADING ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS ........................................................................ 164

HOW TO OVERWRITE A FORMAL APPLICATION DOCUMENT ........................................... 165
HOW TO OVERWRITE AN OTHER CERTIFICATION DOCUMENT......................................... 166
HOW TO UPLOAD AN OTHER CERTIFICATION DOCUMENT.............................................. 167

HOW TO SUBMIT A DOCUMENT ................................................................................... 169
HOW TO DELETE A DOCUMENT .................................................................................... 169

HOW TO VIEW A FILE'S VERSION HISTORY .................................................................... 170
11

AXH PASSENGER MODULE ................................................................................. 171

ABOUT AXH PASSENGER MODULE............................................................................... 171
HOW TO ENTER SAS PASSENGER DISCREPANCY ........................................................... 172

REPORTING OF PASSENGER DISCREPANCIES TO THE FAA ............................................... 180
12

AXH RESTFUL WEB API ........................................................................................ 183

REQUEST AUTHORIZATION........................................................................................... 183

REPORT DISCREPANCIES .............................................................................................. 184

DATA DESCRIPTIONS ................................................................................................... 187
12.3.1 Discrepancy Data Field Description: ................................................................................... 187
12.3.2 HAZMAT types ............................................................................................................................ 189
13

REFERENCES .......................................................................................................... 191

COMMON DATA FIELDS MATRIX .................................................................................. 191

VITALS DATA FIELDS - 121 OPERATORS ....................................................................... 589
VITALS DATA FIELDS - 135 OPERATORS ....................................................................... 636
VITALS DATA FIELDS - 121/135 OPERATORS ............................................................... 665

VITALS DATA FIELDS – 141 AIR AGENCY ...................................................................... 696
6

VITALS DATA FIELDS - 142 TRAINING CENTERS ............................................................ 729
VITALS DATA FIELDS - 145 OPERATORS ....................................................................... 743
VITALS DATA FIELDS - 147 OPERATORS ....................................................................... 781
CONTRACTOR TAB DATA FIELDS .................................................................................. 791

CONTRACTOR DATA EXCEL IMPORT REFERENCE ............................................................ 795
13.10.1
Contractor Import Excel File Instructions and Field Reference ............................ 795
13.10.2
Contractor Import Excel File Key ..................................................................................... 806
GLOSSARY / ACRONYMS .............................................................................................. 808

Preface

Document Overview

The SAS External Portal User Guide presents conceptual, procedural, and reference information
for SAS External Portal users. The SAS External Portal enables certificate holders and applicants
(CH/A) to interact with their FAA Field Support District Office (FSDO) or Certificate Management
Office (CMO). The External Portal supports CH/As for CFR Parts 121, 135, and 145 certificates.
This guide is not a policy document. All procedures in this guide should be viewed as
instructions on how to work with the software and not as statements of FAA policies and
processes. FAA policies and processes pertaining to SAS can be found in Flight Standards
Information Management System (FSIMS), Order 8900.1, Volume 10.

Document Audience
This document is intended for current and prospective certificate holders operating under 14
CFR Parts 121, 135, and 145.

Document Conventions
The conventions used in this document are derived from the Microsoft Manual of Style for
Technical Publications. These include:
• Window, dialog, page, and tab screen names are capitalized and bold. Examples: "Next,
click the Select DCT tab."
• Button and link names are capitalized and bolded. Example: "To save and submit the form,
click Submit."
• Field, screen section, and table column names are bold. Their capitalization matches their
appearance in the application interface. Examples: "Verify the value in the Tracking
Number column."
7

• Statuses, states, and user roles are capitalized and italicized. Example: "The record’s status
changes to Accepted."
• List values, variables, and user input are shown in mono space font. Example: "Enter a
search string (for example, mysearchstring)."
• Information that requires particular emphasis (such as exceptions or common oversights)
is prefaced with the word Note in bold. Example: "Note: Your SAS User Name and
password are case-sensitive."

Terminology

FSDO, CHDO, and CMOs:
An FSDO (Flight Standard District Office) is an FAA district office. This primarily applies to FAA
offices with oversight of CFR Part 135 or 145 certificates.
A CHDO (Certificate Holder District Office) is an FSDO that has oversight responsibility for one
or more certificates.
A CMO (Certificate Management Office) is an FAA district office. This primarily applies to FAA
offices with oversight of CFR Part 121 certificates.
The term FSDO/CMO and CHDO are often used interchangeably. This document uses the term
as it appears on the associated screen or FSDO/CMO as a default.

Getting Help
If you require assistance with SAS please contact your FAA point of contact (typically the
Certification Project Manager or Principal Inspector). Chapter 1: Introduction
This chapter provides an introduction to the SAS External Portal, the SAS program, and some of
the major concepts you will encounter when using the application.

Introduction

The SAS Program

The Safety Assurance System (SAS) is the Flight Standards system for the certification,
surveillance, and oversight of CH/As operating under 14 CFR Parts 121, 135 and 145, in
accordance with Office of Aviation Safety (AVS) Safety Management System requirements. SAS
encompasses the people, processes, and technology that are involved in the safety management
of CH/As.
SAS promotes safety through:
8

• Initial certification,
• The assurance of continued operational safety (COS),
• Certificate Holder Evaluation Program (CHEP), etc.
It also provides flexibility for targeted oversight and resources where areas of highest risk exist.
SAS ensures overall safety of the operational systems of CH/As. It assesses both the design and
performance of these systems to ensure that CH/As effectively manage these systems and are
operating safely.
SAS’s systems are divided as airworthiness (AW) and operations (OP) specialties. Systems
assessed through SAS include (but are not limited to):
• Organizational Management (OP and AW)
• Flight Operations (OP only)
• Operational Control (OP only)
• Aircraft Technical Operations (AW only)
• On-Board Operations (OP only)
• Ground/Station Operations (OP and AW)
These systems include personnel, training programs, equipment, and facilities.

SAS System and Browser Requirements
It is recommended that you use Firefox, Safari, Chrome, or Microsoft Edge to access SAS.
Beginning with SAS v3.2, access to SAS using Internet Explorer as a browser, will be blocked with
the message and screen below:

For older versions of SAS such as v3.0 and v3.1, you may still see the following warning message
when trying to access the application:

SAS is an HTML-5 application. It is supported on browser/operating system platforms that
support HTML5. At present, these include:

Operating System
Windows 10

Windows 8.1

Windows 7 SP1

Mac OS 10.12 - 10.14

IE 11

Supported
Supported
Supported

N/A

Firefox

Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported

Safari

Chrome

N/A

Supported N/A

N/A
N/A

Supported

Edge

Supported Supported
Supported N/A
Supported N/A

SAS supports a minimum screen resolution of 1024 by 768 pixels.

SAS External Portal Log-in and Navigation Features
This section will discuss a few log-in and navigation features in the External Portal that you may
find to be helpful.

2.3.1

System Use Notice and Privacy Act Statement

Every time you try to log into SAS external portal, below the SAS login box, you will see a brief
section called System Use Notice. Please read this section carefully as it pertains to consent
and authorized access of SAS, which is for U.S. Government use only.

Furthermore, below the System Use Notice, you will see the Privacy Act Statement. Please
read through the entire statement and make sure you agree and consent with the information
provided before accessing the SAS system. The Privacy Act Statement can be seen in the
image below.

2.3.2

Two Factor Authentication

SAS has the ability to provide additional security through two-factor authentication for both AFS
and AXH External Portal Users. After you log in from the External Portal log-in page with the
correct username and password, the SAS system will email you a message that contains a SAS
specific URL link and a respective key stored within. Now, click the URL contained in the email
message and reenter your username and password information one more time. The system will
now let you log in. This extra step provides an additional layer of protection in case your SAS
username or password ever becomes compromised.

2.3.3

Pop up screens and Transient Messages

Throughout SAS, when you may often see pop-up screens, warning messages, or status
notifications.
Some of the pop ups that you will encounter are Transient Messages which are green in color
like the example below. These typically appear for 5 secondsin the upper right corner of the
screen after certain actions are completed to inform you that a button was clicked or a status
was saved. Both AFS and AXH users will see transient messages throughout the application.

Note: Transient messages are not applicable to dialogue boxes, or boxes that required user’s
input (ie. “Yes/No” or “Ok/Cancel”), or dialog boxes that shows error messages from external
system, such as eFSAS.

2.3.4

Captcha Screen during Registration

When you first register for SAS, you will encounter a CAPTHA challenge at the external user
registration page. Enter the required registration information and provide a correct response to
the CAPTCHA challenge. Then click the Submit button. If you would like to refresh the
CAPTCHA challenge, click on the circular vortex icon to the right of the image and try again.
Alternatively, you may click on the sound icon to listen to the correct digits and letters, this is
useful if you are having trouble seeing the CAPTCHA lettering.

SAS Modules and Life Cycle

About the SAS External Portal
The SAS External Portal is a web browser-based application that allows CH/As to interact with
their local FSDO/CMO. SAS supports CH/As operating under 14 CFR parts 121, 135, and 145.
There are no role or privilege differences within the SAS External Portal. All registered users have
equal access to the system, its functionality, and data. Only data pertaining to your CH/A is
available to you. The FAA can view your data but other CH/As cannot.

What Can I Do in the SAS External Portal?
If you are an applicant for certification, you can use the SAS External Portal to:
• Submit Preapplication Information.
14

• Submit your responses to DCT questions and view FAA feedback on your responses.
• Submit required documentation.
• Manage the Schedule of Events (SOE) in coordination with FAA personnel who oversee
your application.
• View notifications and broadcast messages from the FAA.
• Message with the FAA regarding your CH/A (only once an FAA Certification Project
Manager (CPM) is assigned to your CH/A)

If you are a current certificate holder, you can use the SAS External Portal to:
• Manage the list of maintenance and training contractors that your company contracts
with.
• Request changes to the programs your company is authorized to perform through
configuration changes.
• Submit documentation to the FAA for review.
• View notifications and broadcast messages from the FAA.
• Message with the FAA PI regarding your CH/A.

About the SAS Master List of Functions
In SAS, a comprehensive, hierarchical Master List of Functions (MLF) defines how the FAA
organizes the areas in which it oversees safety. Individual systems are divided into subsystems
and elements.
For example, in this segment of the SAS MLF Ground and Station Operations constitutes
the system level. Cargo and Acceptance Handling is one of its subsystems. And finally,
Carriage of Cargo and Hazardous Materials are elements.
6.0 – Ground and Station Operations
6.3 – Cargo and Acceptance Handling
6.3.1 – (OP) Carriage of Cargo
6.3.2 – (OP) Hazardous Materials

Systems, subsystems, and elements are then associated with applicable regulations, guidance,
and system configuration attributes. Based on those associations, the FAA uses SAS to create
Data Collection Tools (or DCTs). DCTs are a group of questions used to provide data necessary
to complete the associated assessment of design or performance.

3 SAS Registration and Preapplication Information
This chapter describes how to access SAS, request and maintain your SAS account. This also
describes how a new CH/A can provide initial preapplication information to the FAA on the
proposed operations.

About the SAS Registration Process
To access and use the SAS External Portal, you must first submit a SAS registration request. Your
request will go through an approval process.
• You will need to provide an email address to submit a request for a SAS account. SAS then
sends you an automated email with a registration link. After clicking the link, SAS walks
you through the process of entering your registration information and your registration
request is sent for review to the FAA point of contact at your FSDO/CMO. The FAA reviews
the registration request and may approve the request, disapprove it, or request more
information.
•

If you do not already have an FAA ID, the FAA will send you links to go and apply for an
FAA ID through the FAA’s Provisioning System.

•

If you are already a registered user of other FAA applications you will use the same FAA
ID for SAS, but you must still register for SAS access.

• When your registration request is approved by the FAA, you will be notified via email.

Who Can Register?
To register for SAS, you should be associated with an FAA CH/A under 14 CFR Parts 121, 135, or
145. If your company has not already begun the certification process you will be required to
enter preapplication information as part of your registration request.

How to Register for Access to the SAS External Portal
Once you have completed the appropriate training on the SAS External Portal, navigate to
sas.faa.gov to begin the Registration process.

Select the Sign up for SAS hyperlink.

To begin, provide your name and email address and Submit. You will get an on-screen
confirmation.

You will receive an email response to continue the registration process. This email has a link
which is good for one use only and must be used within 24 hours. If your link expires before
you can use it, you must resubmit your registration request by going to the Sign Up for SAS link.
If your email does not arrive, 1) check your junk/spam folder; 2) resubmit your registration
request.
A browser window will open, displaying the SAS User Registration screen. There are three
options:
Option 1. You are a new certification applicant and Preapplication Information has not yet been
submitted for your company. The steps for this option follows immediately in Section 2.3.
Option 2. The Preapplication Information for your application has already been submitted. The
steps for this process are located in Section 2.4.
Option 3. Your company already hold a certificate. The steps for this process are located in
Section 2.5.

SAS Registration Options
#

Option

When to Use

What SAS will need

I want to submit a
Preapplication
Information for a new
certificate application

You work for a company that
intends to apply for certification
and you are the first user in your
company registering for a user
account.

In addition to your own contact details,
you will also be asked to enter the name
of the FSDO in your service area and the
Preapplication Information for your
company.

My company’s
Preapplication
Information has already
been submitted

You work for a company that has
already applied for certification,
and you are not the first user in
the company registering for a user
account.

You will need to provide the name of
your company and your contact details.

My company already
holds a certificate

You work for a company that that
is already certificated

You will need to provide the name of
your company and your contact details.

How to Register for Access as a new certification applicant and
Preapplication Information has not yet been submitted for your
company (Option 1)
If you intend to apply for certification, before proceeding:
• Familiarize yourself with the certification process.
20

• For part 121 and 135 certificates, see http://www.faa.gov/licenses_certificates/
• For part 145 certificates, see http://www.faa.gov/aircraft/repair/
• Determine the correct FSDO/CMO for your location. You will need to enter this
information later. You can find your FSDO at
http://www.faa.gov/about/office_org/field_offices/fsdo/
1. Select Option 1, “I want to submit a Preapplication Information for a new certificate
application”.
2. You will then be directed to the My Contact Information screen where you will need to
complete basic information regarding you and your company.
a. In the Company field, enter the name of your company.
b. In the FSDO field, enter the first few characters of your FSDO's code or name and then
select it from the list.

3. Complete the remaining fields on the screen. Those that are required are annotated with
a red asterisk.
4. Click Next. The information you entered is displayed. Review it for accuracy. Then click
Next to begin the Preapplication Information for your applicant.
5. On the initial Preapplication Information page, select the type of certificate you are
applying for. Then in Section 1A, complete the information in boxes 1 through 5.

6. Click Next. Section 1B (for Parts 121 and 135) or Section 1C (for Part 145) opens. Select
the proposed type of operation or agency according to the requested certificate type.

7. Click Next. For Part 121 or 135 certificate requests, Section 1D opens. (Note: For Part 145
requests, skip the remainder of this step and proceed to the next one.)
In box 8, identify each of the aircraft the applicant will fly.
• If an aircraft's configuration is Pax/Cargo, or Combined, specify the number of seats
in the plane.
• If an aircraft’s configuration is Pax/Cargo or Cargo Only, specify the payload.
In box 9, specify the intended geographic area of operation. Click Next.

8. For all CFR Parts (121, 135, 145), in Section 1E, attach a scanned, signed copy of the
current, signed Form 8400-6 Preapplication Statement of Intent (PASI). Optionally, enter a
detailed explanation of the proposed operation or business. Provide enough information
for the FAA to assess the size and scope of the proposed operation.
9. In Section 1F, enter the applicant's name and job title.

10. Click Submit. A confirmation message displays.

11. SAS sends you an email confirming that your registration request has been received.

12. If you have not been provisioned by the FAA for other applications, your access will need
to be provisioned by the FAA. You will receive an email from Provisioning.faa.gov with
your email address and a temporary password.

13. You must then log in to the FAA Account Registration site using the provided email
address and temporary password to complete your FAA Provisioning. Once completed
you will receive your FAA User ID.

14. Additionally, your SAS External Portal registration request must be approved by the FAA
SAS point of contact from the FSDO/CMO. Once this is approved, you will receive an
email notification.

Note: If your SAS External Portal registration is approved before your provisioning in the
FAA is completed, you will get a different email and you will have to complete your
provisioning to be allowed access into SAS.

15. Separately, the FAA POC will accept the Preapplication Information. Once this is accepted,
you will get an email.

16. At this time you can log into SAS using the sas.faa.gov link.

Note: Your SAS user name is not case-sensitive. Your password is case-sensitive.
28

Note: If you log in and receive a message denying you access, it is likely that your SAS account
has not yet been approved or is inactive.
If your account is inactive, you will receive and email informing you of this. Contact your FAA
FSDO point of contact.

17. To continue with the initial certification, refer to Chapter 4.

How to Register for Access as a new certification applicant and
Preapplication Information has not yet been submitted for your
company (CFR Part 141, 142, 147 - Option 1)
1. Go to the SAS External Portal home screen and click on the Sign up for SAS link.

2. Select the radio button against Applicants for Certification and select the checkbox:
Initial Inquiry conducted with the FAA. I have read and understood the certification process
and associated requirements.

3. Enter your name and email address and click the Submit button.

A confirmation is then sent to your email address.

4. Navigate to the temporary link received in your email, and click on the link supplied.
Select the radio button: I want to submit a Pre-application Information for a new
certificate application, and click on the Next button.

5. Enter all required fields on the page and click the Next button. Select the Next button
whenever prompted.

6. Select the appropriate option for CFR Part 141, 142, or 147

7. Enters information in Section 1A against the required and optional fields (as needed).
Click on the Next button whenever prompted.

8. Enter any required information in Section 1D, adds rows as needed, and click on the
Next button. Attach applicable FAA application form in the Section.
32

9. Electronically sign and click the Submit button.

How to Register for Access as a new certification applicant and
Preapplication Information has already been submitted for your
company (Option 2)
1. Select Option 2, “My company’s Preapplication Information has already been submitted”.

NOTE: Please ensure you have your correct applicant’s name and the FSDO in which the applicant
was submitted.

You will then be directed to the My Contact Information screen where you will need to
complete basic information regarding you and your company.
a. In the Company field, enter the name of your company. This is a type ahead where you
can type the name and then select from the list.
b. In the FSDO field, enter the first few characters of your FSDO's code or name and then
select it from the list.
The screen below shows an entry in the Company field, and a list of FSDOs in New York.

2. Complete the remaining fields on the screen. Those that are required are annotated with a red
asterisk. The Company field will show the designator code (if applicable), name of the
company and then in parenthesis the name and code for the FSDO associated to that
company.

3. Click Next. The information you entered is displayed. Review it for accuracy.
4. On the initial Preapplication Information page, select the type of certificate you are applying
for. Then in Section 1A, complete the information in boxes 1 through 5.
5. Click Next. Section 1B (for Parts 121 and 135) or Section 1C (for Part 145) opens. Select the
proposed type of operation or agency according to the requested certificate type.

6. Click Next. For Part 121 or 135 certificate requests, Section 1D opens. (Note: For Part 145
requests, skip the remainder of this step and proceed to the next one.)
In box 8, identify each of the aircraft the applicant will fly.
• If an aircraft's configuration is Pax/Cargo, or Combi, specify the number of seats in
the plane.
• If an aircraft’s configuration is Pax/Cargo or Cargo Only, specify the payload.
In box 9, specify the intended geographic area of operation. Click Next.

7. For all CFR Parts (121, 135, 145), in Section 1E, attach a scanned, signed copy of the current,
signed Form 8400-6 Preapplication Statement of Intent (PASI). Optionally, enter a detailed
explanation of the proposed operation or business. Provide enough information for the FAA to
assess the size and scope of the proposed operation.

8. In Section 1F, enter the applicant's name and job title.

9. Click Submit. A confirmation message displays.

10. SAS sends you an email confirming that your registration request has been received.

11. If you have not been provisioned by the FAA for other applications, your access will need to be
provisioned by the FAA. You will receive an email from Provisioning.faa.gov with your email
address and a temporary password.
38

12. You must then log in to the FAA Account Registration site using the provided email address
and temporary password to complete your FAA Provisioning. Once completed you will receive
your FAA User ID.

13. Additionally, your SAS External Portal registration request must be approved by the FAA SAS
point of contact from the FSDO/CMO. Once this is approved, you will receive an email
notification.

14. At this time you can log into SAS using the sas.faa.gov link.

Note: Your SAS user name is not case-sensitive. Your password is case-sensitive.
Note: If you log in and receive a message denying you access, it is likely that your SAS account
has not yet been approved or is inactive.
If your account is inactive, you will receive and email informing you of this. Contact your FAA
FSDO point of contact.

15. To continue with the initial certification, refer to Chapter 4.

How to register for access to SAS when you already have a
certificate (Option 3)
1.

Select Option 3, “My Company already holds a certificate.”

Note: Ensure you have the proper name, designator code, and FSDO for the company which you
are associating yourself with.

2. You will then be directed to the My Contact Information screen where you will need to
complete basic information regarding you and your company.
In the Company field, enter the name of your company. This is a type ahead where you can
type the name and then select from the list.

3. Complete the remaining fields on the screen. Those that are required are annotated with a red
asterisk. The Company field will show the designator code, name of the company and then in
parenthesis the name and code for the FSDO associated to that company.

4. Click Next. The information you entered is displayed. Review it for accuracy.
5. SAS sends you an email confirming that your registration request has been received.

Note: The email below is for sample purposes only. Yours may vary in content.

6. If you have not been provisioned by the FAA for other applications, your access will have to be
provisioned by the FAA. You will receive an email from Provisioning.faa.gov with your User ID.

7. You must then log in to the FAA Account Registration site using the provided email address
and temporary password to complete your FAA Provisioning. Once completed you will receive
your FAA User ID.

8. Additionally, your SAS External Portal registration request must be approved by the FAA SAS
point of contact from the FSDO/CMO. Once this is approved, you will receive an email
notification.

9. At this time you can log into SAS using the sas.faa.gov link.

10. To continue with a configuration change request, refer to Chapter 5.

How to Register for additional CH/As
External users have the ability to register for additional CH/As. External users will complete the
FAA provisioning only one time. If users already have an FAA ID, they need to ensure that it is
active and they have a current password. Users will need to complete Sign Up for SAS for each
CH/A they wish to be associated with. For each subsequent CH/A, users must use the same
email address when completing Sign Up for SAS for all CH/As in order for their data to be
associated properly with their one account. Users must wait until after they have completed one
registration request before they begin another one.
1. Navigate to Sign Up for SAS.

2. Submit your name and email address (same as the one used for the first CH/A request).

3. Select the appropriate option.
4. The My Contact Information screen appears, the fields are autopopulated, but are still
editable. Once you’ve checked the field, select Next.

5. SAS displays a confirmation page for you to check. Select Submit to continue.
Note: The next steps are dependent on the Option you selected. If you selected Option 1,
you will need to complete the Preapplication Information for the CH/A. If you selected
Options 2 or 3, this is the end of the registration request.

6. SAS sends you an email confirming that your registration request has been received.
7. Your SAS External Portal registration request must be approved by the FAA SAS point of
contact from the FSDO/CMO. Once this is approved, you will receive an email
notification.
8. At this time you can log into SAS using the sas.faa.gov link

9. A screen opens for you to select the CH/A you wish to work with. Using the radio
buttons, choose the appropriate CH/A and click Select CH/A.

10. The home screen opens to allow the user to continue to complete the work for the
selected CH/A. If the user wishes to change the CH/A they are working, click the Change
CH/A button at the top. Note: that button is only available on the Home Page.
50

11. Once the button is selected, a new screen opens for the user to select the CH/A you wish
to work with.

How to Log Out of SAS
To ensure security, at the end of each session you should log out of SAS by clicking the Logout
link in the upper-right part of the screen.

Note: If you close your browser without first logging out of SAS, there will be a brief period
where you cannot log back in.
Note: If you leave your browser unattended, after ten minutes of inactivity SAS will display the
message "Application Inactive – Press OK to continue.” If no response is received within several
seconds, SAS will automatically log you out and load the faa.gov page.

How to Maintain Your SAS Account
You can use the FAA AVS Portal https://avsportal.faa.gov to modify details of your SAS account
such as your password, security questions, address, and so on.

If an employee has left your company and you need to have his or her SAS account disabled,
please contact your FAA point of contact.

If You Forget Your SAS User Name or Password
If you forget your SAS user name or password, on the SAS Login page, click the Forgot Your
Password? link and follow the prompts for resetting your password.

If you need assistance with other aspects of your account, such as updating your email address,
contact your FAA point of contact.

Getting Started Using SAS

This chapter describes features and functionality common throughout SAS.

About the SAS Home Page
When you log into the SAS External Portal, the SAS Home Page opens. The Home Page displays
communications between you and the FAA. Communications of different types (broadcasts,
messages, and notifications) are grouped into boxes called tiles. Maximize a tile to expand its
contents. The tile that is currently maximized displays on left side of the Home Page. Only one
tile at a time can be maximized. To maximize a different tile, click the maximize button which is
the icon on the top right of the tile. You can also double-click the tile's title bar. When you open
the Home Page, the Notifications tile is maximized by default.

About SAS Communications
SAS supports several different forms of communications:
• Broadcasts are alerts sent by FAA headquarters. They are used to communicate news of
general interest such as system downtime or the announcement of a new or changed
policy.
• Notifications are auto-generated by SAS and sent to inform users of updates to work
items or changes to their data. For example, if you are a user filing to be a certificate
holder you will receive a notification when your preapplication information is accepted.
• Messages are direct communications between you and your FAA points of contact. This is
similar to email inside of SAS.
53

Broadcasts
Broadcasts are alerts sent by FAA headquarters. They are used to communicate news of general
interest such as system downtime or the announcement of a new or changed policy.
Broadcasts display in the Broadcast tile on the SAS Home Page. The tile lists the new (unread)
broadcasts that you have. (You may need to expand the tile to view the full list).
1. On the SAS Home Page, expand the Broadcasts tile.

2. Click the subject of the broadcast you want to view. The broadcast displays in the
Broadcast dialog box.

Note: You can also display a broadcast by clicking its Subject when the Broadcasts tile is
minimized.
3. Once you have read the Broadcast, you can click the Close button and the Broadcast will now
show Yes in the Read column.

Notifications
Notifications are auto-generated by SAS and sent to inform users of updates to work items or
changes to their data. Notifications display in the Notifications tile on your SAS Home Page.
The tile lists your new (unread) notifications. You may need to expand the tile to view the full list
of notifications.
1. On the SAS Home Page, expand the Notifications tile.

2. Click the subject of the notification you wish to view. The Notification Details dialog box
opens.

3. For additional information or to act on the notification, click the link next to the label Go
to

4. If the notification includes a file attachment, you can open it by clicking the attachment
link. This is currently only supported with notifications generated by returned DCTs.

Note: You can also display a notification by clicking its subject when the Notifications tile
is minimized.
5. Once you have viewed a notification, you can click the Close button.

Messages
Messages allow direct back and forth communication between you and your FAA Certification
Project Manager (CPM) or Principal Inspector (PI).
Messages display in the Messages tile on the SAS Home Page. The tile lists the new (unread)
messages that you have.
1. On the SAS Home Page, expand the Messages tile. Your messages display on the Inbox
tab. (Messages you have sent display on the Sent tab.)

Messages that include attachments display a read-only check box with a checkmark in the
Attachment column. Messages that include an action item from the FAA include the word
required in the CH/A Action column.
2. Click the subject of the message you want to view. The message opens in the Message
Details dialog.

3. You can open attachments by clicking on the hyperlink of the attachment under the message
text box.
4. You can review any related messages in the Related Messages section.
5. You can elect to select the Cancel button to close the Message Details window or you can select
Reply to send a message back to the FAA.

4.5.1

To Reply to a Message:

1. Open the message in the Message Details dialog box.
2. Click Reply. The Reply to Message dialog box opens.

3. Enter your reply message in the required Message text box.
4. Optionally, attach one or more documents. You can attach a maximum of fifteen files
with a collective total of 40 MB.
5. Click Send.

4.5.2

To Create and Send a Message:

1. On the SAS Home Page, expand the Messages tile.
2. On the Inbox tab, click Add Message. The Add New Message dialog box opens.

3. Enter a subject for the message.
4. Enter the text of the message.
5. Optionally, attach one or more documents. You can attach a maximum of fifteen files with
a collective total of 40 MB.
6. Click Send.

About the SAS Menu
The SAS menu is the means to navigate between SAS screens. The menu is on the left side of
the SAS workspace.
To expand the menu, click on the SAS menu bar. To close the menu, click anywhere on the
screen.

To go to the SAS Home Page, select Home from the SAS menu.

Note: Your SAS Menu may be different. The items available are dependent on the status of
your certification (Applicant or Certificate Holder)

About Tabs
The majority of SAS pages organize information using tabs.
Often the tabs on a page constitute a mini-workflow; each tab supports a specific step in a
process and the tabs are arranged left to right in the order those steps are performed. Some
tabs may contain sub-tabs (as shown in the example below).
Tabs are color-coded, as follows:
• The currently selected tab is white.
• Non-current tabs which are enabled (accessible) are dark green.
• Non-current tabs which are disabled (not accessible) are pale green. Typically, when a tab
is disabled it is because it is part of a workflow and some action is required before you can
access it. For example, in the image below, a user must select a record from the Select
Configuration sub-tab before proceeding to other sub-tabs.

SAS Field Types
4.8.1

Required Fields

Most data entry pages in SAS contain at least some required fields. These are fields that must be
completed. Required fields are denoted by a red asterisk (*) to the left of their label.

In some cases, a field may be required only in certain contexts (for example, based upon input in
a preceding field). Fields are not marked with an asterisk until they become required. If you
attempt to save a screen with incomplete required fields, SAS identifies and prompts you to fill
in the incomplete fields.

4.8.2

List Boxes

A list box allows you to select a value from a list. To select a single item, click it.

4.8.3

Type-to-Search List Boxes

A type-to-search list does not display items until you type at least one character into the field.
The list displays all the items from the database that begin with the character(s) you typed.

There are several important notes regarding type-ahead lists:
• Type-ahead searches are not case-sensitive.
• To find an item, your entry must match a part of the item's string as it appears in the
database, including any special characters. For instance, entering dc-9 will find items that
contain the string DC-9; entering dc9 will not.
• In some cases, the items in the field you search for may have two parts (such as a first/last
name, or a designator code/company name). SAS will match your entry string against
either part. For example, entering hen will find both H+endricks, Tom and Smith, Henry.
• Some type-ahead fields may limit the number of items they return. If the string you enter
does not initially return the item you want, try a longer, more targeted entry.

• After typing in text to find the item you want, you must select it from the list; simply
typing in the item name is not sufficient.

4.8.4

Date Fields

All date fields in SAS are accompanied by a calendar icon that you can use to select the date.
Click the icon once to open the calendar. Click a date in the calendar to populate the date field
and close the calendar. Alternately, you can type dates directly into date fields. SAS requires the
format MM/DD/YYYY.

Note: At times you will not be allowed to put a date into the future or in the past. If that is the
situation, those dates will not be populated in the calendar.

4.8.5

Name Fields (Persons)

Person name fields in SAS always list the last name first. When using a name field to search for
an individual, enter the last name first. If you want to include the first name in the search,
separate it with a comma, for example, Smith, Steven.

Working with Tables
Much of the data presented in SAS is displayed in tables. There are a number of ways to
manipulate tables to display the data you want in the way you want to see it. You can:
• Filter and sort data

• Change column order
• Create data groupings

4.9.1

Filtering Table Data

By default, when a tab, screen or page with a table opens, SAS retrieves all records from the
database and displays the records one page at a time. Filtering after the initial retrieve lets you
narrow the scope of the data included in a table. There are two levels of filters: table-level and
column-level.

4.9.2

Using Table-Level Filters

Table-level filters appear above the table in the Search box. They apply to the table as a whole.
The search fields may or may not reflect column data that appears in the table.
To use table-level filters:
1. Enter the desired search criteria in the table's search fields.
• Multiple selections across filter fields use AND logic. Multiple selections within a
single filter field use OR logic.
• Entering no search criteria is the same as selecting all values for each of the search
criteria fields.
• If the search box includes a Keyword(s) field, SAS searches for the text you entered
in the record's text-based columns (for example, IDs, titles, descriptions, and so on).
65

To specify multiple keywords, separate them by either a comma or semi-colon. SAS
will return records that contain any of the keywords you enter.
• If necessary, to clear the Search form click the Reset button.
2. Click Search.

4.9.3

Using Column-Level Filters

Column-level filters are associated with individual columns in a table.
Note: If a table's data spans multiple pages, column-level filters only affect the currently
displayed page.
Note: There are both type-ahead filters and Select filters.
To use column-level filters:
1. In the column's header, enter the text you wish to filer on in the text box at the top of the
column.

Select enter and the column will filter on the entered text.

2. Alternatively, if there are selections to pick, click on the “Select” box and the options will
appear in a window.
66

To clear a filter, select the

icon.

4. To change the filter criteria, right click on the
change the filter criteria:

icon and a selection box will open to

The default is “Contains”.

4.9.4

Changing Column Order

You can change the position a column appears in a table by dragging its column header left or
right.

4.9.5

Creating Groups in Tables

Many tables in SAS let you group records according to the data in one or more columns. For
ease of viewing, these groups can be expanded or collapsed. For example, you can create
collapsible groups of notifications by whether Read?=No or Read?=Yes.

• To add grouping criteria, click on and drag each column header into the table's Grouped
By area. The Grouped By area is located at the top left of the table. The main grouping is
determined by the header at the left of the Grouped By area. Each successive header
becomes a sub-group within its parent. You can also re-arrange the order of headers in
the Grouped By area by dragging them right or left.
• To remove a column as a grouping criterion, drag its header out of the Grouped By area.
Or, while the header is still in the Grouped By area, click its X button.
68

• To expand a group, click its down arrow. To collapse it, click its up arrow.

4.9.6

Exporting Table Data

Many tables in SAS have an Export to Excel button that lets you export table data to an MS
Excel file. Exported data takes into account any filters you have applied to the data. All data in
the table is exported--not just the data on the currently displayed page.
To export table data:
1. Click Export to Excel. The Save As dialog box opens.
2. Specify a name for the exported file and select a location.
3. Click OK.

Working with File Attachments
Many SAS screens include an Attachments section that lets you attach supporting files to a
record. You can subsequently remove attached files, as necessary.

You can also include file attachments with messages you send in SAS.

4.10.1 File Size
The number of files that can be attached to a record at one time is 15. The collective size of
those files is 30 MB.
Note: There is no limit on the number and size of files that can be attached to a record
cumulatively. For example, you can attach 15 files totaling 30MB to a DCT, and then later in a
separate upload attach another 15 files totaling another 30 MB to that same DCT.

4.10.2 File Types
Extension
.bmp

Type
Bitmap images

.doc, .docx MS Word documents

Extension

Type

.gif

GIF images

.html

HTML documents

.jpg, .jpeg

JPEG images

.pdf

PDF documents

.ppt, .pptx

PowerPoint documents

.rtf

Rich Text documents

.tif

TIF images

.txt

Text documents

.xls, .xlsx

Excel spreadsheets

4.10.3 To Attach a File:
1. Click Attach Document. The Open dialog box opens.
2. Select the file(s) you want to attach from your computer or network drive and click Open.
The dialog closes and the file name is displayed in the Attachments section.
3. Click Save.

To view an attached file:
1. In the screen's Attachments section, click the name of the file you want to view.
Note: Attachments can also be seen in Document Management.

To remove an attached file:
1. In the screen's Attachments section, check the boxes of the files you want to remove.

2. Click Delete.

Saving Data in SAS
With the exception of your responses to questions in the Perform DCT tab, SAS does not save
data automatically. To save changes on a SAS page, tab, or dialog box, you must initiate a save
by clicking a button on the screen. The button(s) may vary from screen to screen:
• A Save button saves data on the current page, tab, or dialog box only.

• A Submit button saves the current page or tab and moves the record to the next step in
the workflow.
• Some screens have both a Save and a Submit button. Where this occurs, the Save button
allows you to save the data in draft form without submitting it. Save in this context may
also omit certain data integrity checks--for example, completing all required fields--that
will be enforced when you submit. The expectation is that the data will eventually be
submitted after it is complete.

4.11.1 Unsaved Changes
Throughout SAS, when you try to navigate away from a page or tab with unsaved changes, SAS
displays a message alerting you to save.
Note: SAS will not warn you of unsaved changes when you exit the application (for example, by
closing your browser).

4.11.2 Wizards
SAS contains several wizards. A wizard is a series of screens that guide you through a multi-page
process, such as completing Preapplication Information. When you complete a particular screen
in a wizard, the Next button is enabled, allowing you to move to the next screen. In SAS, clicking
Next in a wizard does NOT save that screen's data. Data is only saved when you click Save or
Submit on the wizard's final screen.

Keyboard Navigation
SAS supports standard Windows keyboard navigation to navigate between fields and buttons
and to perform clicks. These include:

Use

Tab

To advance to the next field, button, or tab

Shift/Tab

To go back to the previous field, button, or tab

Space Bar or Enter Perform a mouse-click
Down Arrow

Scroll down through a drop-down list

Up Arrow

Scroll up through a drop-down list

User Assistance
The following assistance is available to aid you in using SAS.

4.13.1 SAS Online Help
SAS includes full-featured online Help. Open it by clicking the ? button located in the top right
corner of your screen. SAS Help includes a Table of Contents (TOC), Search, and Glossary.

The Quick Search feature (located at the top of the Help window) searches the currently
displayed topic for the text you enter.

SAS Help is context-sensitive; when you click the Help button, SAS Help automatically opens at
instructions for the page, tab, or dialog box you are currently viewing.

4.13.2 Your FAA Point of Contact
If you require additional assistance or the software is not operating as it should, capture screen
shots by using the Print Screen (PrtScn) functionality or any other screen capture functionality
you have available to you. Send this as well as a full description of the issue as well as steps
you performed prior to experiencing the issue and contact the FAA Help Desk.

Initial Certification

This chapter describes SAS automation steps required for initial certification in SAS.

About the Certification Process
The purpose of the certification process is to provide a means by which prospective air
operators or air agencies are authorized to conduct business in a manner which complies with
all applicable regulations, the Federal Aviation Act (FA Act) of 1958, and Federal Aviation
Administration (FAA) directives.

Initial Certification Process Steps
The following table provides a summary of applicant steps of the initial certification process as well as some of the FAA steps
during the interaction.
Applicant Automation Steps

The applicant navigates to the SAS External
Portal and registers for a SAS External Portal
account by selecting Sign up for SAS.

FAA Automation
Steps

Process Step Notes

If a user already has an account, they can log in and then
navigate to the part of the checklist that applies.

Applicant Automation Steps

FAA Automation
Steps

The applicant receives an email from the FAA
with a link to complete account creation
request which includes contact information
and Preapplication Information including
attaching a signed PASI (Form 8400-6).

The FAA will
coordinate user
provisioning, accepting
user registration to
SAS, and
dispositioning the
Preapplication
Information.

When selecting the link in the email, a browser
window will open with fields for My Contact
Information. Complete at least all required
fields (noted by a red asterisk) and select the
Next button on the bottom right of the
screen. There will be a summary page which
completes the User Registration request. To
continue, select Next.

Process Step Notes

The screens to complete will be different based upon the CFR
Part selected in Type of Certificate Applied For.
In Section 1E, it is required to attach a document. This
document should be a signed current version of the PASI Form
8400-6.
Note: Only the first user from a company should submit the
Preapplication Information. All subsequent users should select
Option 2 in User Registration.

The Preapplication Information page opens
and the applicant should fill out the
information as necessary. When all required
field are completed, the Next button will
enable. Select Next to continue through the
screens until Section 1F is completed. The
Submit button will then replace the Next
button. Select Submit.
The applicant will receive confirmation that the
Preapplication Information has been
submitted.

Applicant Automation Steps

FAA Automation
Steps

Process Step Notes

The applicant is able to log in to the External
Portal and will see the Home Page which
includes SAS Automated Notifications tile.

It is important that External Portal users review all notifications
and messages in SAS.

The applicant is able to send and receive
messages with their FAA point of contact
using the Messages tile on the Home Page.
To enlarge the tile, click on the boxes on the
right of the header for messages.

The applicant cannot send or receive messages until a CPM is
assigned by the FAA.

The applicant is able to receive broadcast
messages from the FAA in the Broadcast tile.
To enlarge the tile, click on the boxes on the
right of the header for broadcasts.

The applicant can review the certification
request and certification item summary pages
by selecting the link in the SAS menu.
The applicant can withdraw their application
by selecting the Withdraw button on the
bottom of the Certification Request tab.

The applicant cannot submit any uploaded information until a
CPM is assigned by the FAA.
The Certification Item Summary tab will have links to the
various areas that should be completed as a part of the Initial
Certification process.

Applicant Automation Steps

The applicant prepares and uploads
documents by navigating to Certification
Documents link in the Certification Item
Summary tab or the Document
Management link from the SAS menu.
To add a document, select the document
folder in the left pane and then the Attach
Document button on the top of the right
pane.

FAA Automation
Steps

Process Step Notes

Steps 7-12 can be completed in any order.
Applicant cannot submit documents until a CPM is assigned by
the FAA.
For the Formal Application, there is a list of required
documents that all must be uploaded before it can be
submitted.

To upload a document, the applicant will get a
pop-up window which will allow the applicant
to browse to upload the document.

The applicant edits or enters additional
configuration data as necessary by navigating
to the Configuration Data page.

Configuration data includes Vitals, OpSpecs, and Contractors.
Configuration data cannot be submitted until a CPM is
assigned by the FAA.

Applicant Automation Steps

To generate DCTs, the applicant navigates to
the Certification Request page from the SAS
menu and clicks on Generate DCTs button at
the bottom of the page.
The applicant reviews and completes DCTs by
navigating to Data Collection from the SAS
menu or the Certification Item Summary
tab from Certification Request. The
applicant can resubmit DCTs as necessary
back and forth with the FAA CPM.

The applicant navigates to the Operating
Profile tab to review the Operating Profile
from the SAS menu or the Certification Item
Summary tab from Certification Request.

The applicant edits the Schedule of Events
(SOE) by navigating to the Schedule of
Events link on the SAS menu or the
Certification Item Summary tab.

FAA Automation
Steps

Process Step Notes

DCTs cannot be submitted until a CPM is assigned by the FAA.
If the applicant chooses to complete the DCTs prior to
completing the Configuration Data, then the DCTs required for
the proper configuration could change and the user would
need to select Generate DCTs again.
A new applicant may need to talk with their FAA POC
regarding completing the proper Configuration Data to scope
the proper DCTs.

Applicant cannot submit SOE until a CPM is assigned by the
FAA.
Applicant must fill out either N/A or a planned date in every
row in order to be able to submit to the FAA.

Applicant Automation Steps

FAA Automation
Steps

The applicant completes and submits the
Repair Station Form 8310-3, if required, by
navigating to the Repair Station Form 83103 link on the SAS menu or the Certification
Item Summary tab.

Process Step Notes

Required for repair stations (CFR Part 145) only.

The FAA will assign a
CPM and can accept or
return any of the
submitted items

Certification team
transitions the
application from Initial
Cert (N) status to
Precert (P) status. This
occurs with the
Acceptance of the
Formal Application.
The FAA team
members perform and
submit Design
Assessments (DAs).
They can also add and
complete Performance
Assessments (PAs)
and/or Custom DCTs.

Once an applicant has transitioned to a Precert (P) status, the
applicant can no longer withdraw the application. If they wish
to terminate the process, they will need to coordinate with the
FAA to have the FAA complete this process.

Applicant Automation Steps

FAA Automation
Steps

Process Step Notes

FAA can change
configuration data.

Once the applicant is in a P status, the applicant can no longer
make changes to configuration data and will need to be
coordinated with the FAA. The applicant will be able to
generate, complete, and submit DCTs until the CPM generates
a CAP.

CPM can generate the
CAP to move the
process so the
remainder is
completed by the FAA.

Once the CPM has received all of the applicant submitted
DCTs they need, the CPM can generate the CAP to move the
certification process along. When this occurs the applicant will
receive a notification. At this point, the applicant will no
longer be able to complete or submit DCTs.
Once the FAA has reviewed and completed all assessments for
the applicant, they complete the process to transition the
applicant from Precert (P) status to Active (A) status, issues
OpSpecs and notifies the CH/A that the certificate has been
issued.

How to Edit Preapplication Information
As necessary, you can modify the Preapplication Information. To edit the form, its status must be
either Draft or Returned.
1. From the SAS menu, select Preapplication Information. The Preapplication Forms tab
opens.

2. In the Company Name column, click the link for the preapplication. The record opens in
the Section 1 tab.
3. Make the necessary changes to the form's data.
4. Click Save or Submit.

How to Use the Certification Request Tab
Use the Certification Request link to view your basic company information and the type of
certificate your company is applying for.
On the tab you can also:
• Add applicant comments to the record
• Attach documents to the request record

How to Use the Certification Item Summary Tab
Use the Certification Item Summary tab as the go-to location when working through the
certification process. This tab contains links to all of the information within SAS connected to the
certification project.

The Certification Item Summary tab provides links to the deliverables that make up the initial
certification process, as well as listing the date last updated and status. When you navigate via
the Certification Item Summary links to other modules, a button appears on the left hand part
of the screen in the module that you navigated to that allows the user to navigate directly back
to the Certification Item Summary tab.

Modules 1, 2, and 4 Overview
5.6.1

Module 1 Overview

Preapplication Information – This link brings you to your Preapplication Information.
FAA Form 8310-3 – This link brings you to your Form 8310-3 data (for repair stations).
Configuration Data – This link brings you to your Configuration Data and Operating Profile.

Operating Profile – This link will bring you directly to your Operating Profile.

5.6.2

Module 2 Overview

Schedule of Events – This link brings you to your Schedule of Events.

5.6.3

Module 4 Overview

Data Collect Tools (DCT) – This link brings you to the Select DCT tab in Data Collection Tools
for the DCTs assigned as a result of the Operating Profile.
Certification Documents – This link brings you to Document Management where you can view
and manage any documents uploaded during the certification process.

Form 8310-3
5.7.1

To Complete and Submit Form 8310-3

1. From the SAS menu, select Configuration > Repair Station Form 8310-3. The 8310-3
Forms tab opens.
2. Click Create 8310-3. The 8310-3 (Applicant) tab opens.
3. Complete the required fields in Section 1.
4. In Section 2, specify the reason(s) the form is being submitted.

5. In Section 3, select the rating(s) being applied for.

6. In Section 4, optionally, enter the list of maintenance functions contracted to outside
agencies or non-certificated service providers.

7. In Section 5, enter the Owner, Authorized Signer on the 8310-3, Date and Title of the
authorized signer.

8. To save the form without submitting it for approval, click Save. You will be able to make
further changes to it prior to submission. Otherwise, to submit the completed form to the
FAA, click Submit.
A message displays alerting you that saving an 8310-3 does not automatically update the
operator's Vitals data. Changes to these fields must be completed manually on the
Configuration Data > Vitals tab.

9. Click OK. A confirmation message displays.

5.7.2

How to View, Edit, or Withdraw a Form 8310-3

As necessary, you can view, edit, or withdraw a Form 8310-3.

5.7.3

To view a Form 8310-3

1. From the SAS menu, select Configuration > Repair Station Form 8310-3. The 8310-3
Forms tab opens.

2. For the form whose details you want to view, in the Tracking Number column, click its
link. The form opens in the 8310-3 (Applicant) tab. Note: The tracking number is a
sequentially-created unique identifier for the form. It is generated automatically by SAS.

5.7.4

How to Edit a Form 8310-3

To edit a Form 8310-3, you must be its originator and the form's status must be either Draft or
Returned (by the FAA). Once the FAA accepts the 8310-3, the submitter is not able to edit it and
must communicate changes to their FAA point of contact directly.
To edit a Form 8310-3:
90

1. From the SAS menu, select Configuration > Repair Station Form 8310-3. The 8310-3
Forms tab opens.
2. For the form you want to edit, in the Tracking Number column, click its link. The form
opens in the 8310-3 (Applicant) tab.
3. Click the Edit 8310-3 button at the bottom right of the page. Make changes to the form's
data, as desired.
4. Click Save or Submit.

5.7.5

How to Withdraw a Form 8310-3

To withdraw a Form 8310-3 you must be its originator and the form's status must be either Draft
or Returned (by the FAA).
To withdraw a Form 8310-3:
1. From the SAS menu, select Configuration > Repair Station Form 8310-3. The 8310-3
Forms tab opens.
2. For the form you want to edit, in the Withdraw column, click its Withdraw link.

6 Configuration
About Configuration Data
A CH's configuration data is the set of unique characteristics or attributes that define what the
CH does.
Configuration data is grouped into three categories:
• Operations specifications are those paragraphs that provide the authorizations,
limitations, standards and procedures that are applicable to a specific CH under 14 CFR
Parts 121, 135, 145.

• Vitals include a broad description of air operator or air agency operational data.

Note: See the Vitals Data Fields lists in the Appendices of this document for descriptions of all of
the configuration data Vitals fields. It will be located in Appendix A, B, C, or D for CFR Part 121,
135, 121/135, and 145 respectively.
• Contractors include information about service providers that the company contracts with.

How to Add and Update Configuration Data
When your Preapplication Information has been accepted, you will receive a notification on your
Home page to provide your Configuration Data. Configuration Data describes your proposed
operations and includes items such as fleet composition, route structure, and operations
specifications. If you are applying for a Part 145 repair station certificate, it includes your
proposed ratings and capabilities list. The Vitals section of your Configuration Data will be prepopulated with information from your Preapplication Information and you will need to enter
additional information that was not provided in that form. After you provide your Configuration
Data, SAS generates the Operating Profile (CHOP)

About the Operating Profile
Every CH/A has an Operating Profile. The operating profile is the list of assessments that the FAA
conducts as a part of the oversight of the CH/A. The content of a CH/A's operating profile is
determined by the configuration data (Operations Specifications and Vitals).
Based on a CH's configuration data, SAS creates the Operating Profile, also referred to as the
Certificate Holder Operating Profile or CHOP.
THE CHOP HAS 2 PANES THAT DISPLAY:
• Summary details of that assessment (purpose, objective, and the regulations/guidance
statements it addresses)
• The individual questions that make up the assessment. For each question you can view: 1)
its scoping rule and, 2) the regulations/guidance statements the question addresses.

6.3.1

How to Access the Operating Profile

Use the Operating Profile tab to view the operating profile. There are two different ways to
view an operating profile:
• Baseline operating profile view - The baseline operating profile represents the current, inuse operating profile.
• Configuration change operating profile view – The configuration change operating profile
view represents the operating profile resulting from an open configuration change.

6.3.2

How to Access a Baseline Operating Profile View

The baseline operating profile represents the current, in-use operating profile. To access a
baseline operating profile view:
94

1. From the SAS menu, select Configuration > Operating Profile. The Operating Profile
tab opens.
2. The tab displays the baseline operating profile. This can be confirmed by looking at the
top of the screen at Status: Baseline.

In addition to the list of assessments that make up the operating profile, for each assessment
the Operating Profile tab lets you view:
• Summary details of that assessment (purpose, objective, and the regulations/guidance
statements it addresses)
• The individual questions that make up the assessment. For each question you can view: 1)
its scoping rule and, 2) the regulations/guidance statements the question addresses.

6.3.3

The Operating Profile Tab Left Pane

The left pane of the Operating Profile tab lists the assessments. This will be filtered by
Specialty and Assessment Type.

By default the left pane filters the list of assessments on only those that are currently included
based upon your Configuration Data. If you wish to see those that are not currently included in
your configuration, you can change the filter on the column labelled Incl.

6.3.4

The Operating Profile Tab Right Pane

The right pane of the Operating Profile tab displays either:
• A summary of the assessment selected in the left pane (this is the default view) via the
Summary View
• The questions that make up the assessment selected in the left pane via the Question
View

While in the Question View you can click a question's eye icons to view the scoping rule (the
configuration data that SAS uses to include or exclude the question), and its SRRs (Specific
Regulatory Requirements that apply to the question).

How to Enter OPPS Authorizing Documents
To enter your Operations Specifications configuration data:
1. From the SAS menu, select Configuration > Configuration Data. The Configuration
Data screen opens at the Operations Specifications tab.
2. Review the list of Operations Specifications that apply to the 14 CFR Part that you are
requesting certification for. (Note: SAS preselects required paragraphs and these may not
be changed.)

3. Select additional paragraphs to describe the programs that you are requesting and click
Save.

How to Enter Vitals
To enter your Vitals configuration data:
1. Select the Configuration Data > Vitals tab.
2. Complete all the required fields on the Vitals tab. Use the buttons on the left (under
Table of Contents) to navigate between sections.
98

Note: The screens below are a sample 14 CFR part 145, the Vitals table and fields are dependent
on the CFR part. For more information on each field and the types of information that should
be entered, see the Vitals Fields lists in the Appendices.
Vitals > Identification / BASA / Physical Location contains the legal or official name of the air
agency, alphanumeric ID identifier, CHDO, certificate information, and physical location.

Vitals > Mailing Address/ CEO / Company Location / POC contains mailing address of the
company, contact information for your Chief Executive Officer and Liaison.

Vitals > Certificate Information/Personnel lists the certificate dates, QMS contractor, and
number of personnel (by type) at the location, names of the PMI and PAI, and Maintenance
Functions.

Note: If there are no people in a certain position, you must enter a “0” rather than leaving it
blank.

100

Vitals > Accessory / Airframe / Instrument / Powerplant / Propeller / Radio / SFAR lists the
class and date of Accessories, Airframe, Instrument, Powerplant, Propeller, Radio and SFAR 36
Authorized.

Vitals > Tracking Information lists the Associated Reference ID, Special Purpose, National Use,
and PTRS Record ID.

101

Vitals > Limited Ratings lists comments and dates for limited ratings such as Power Plant (LPP), Landing Gear (L-LG), Emergency Equipment (L-EE), etc.

Vitals > Repair Station Operations lists the type of Repair Station, Records and Technical Data,
Equipment Parts and Materials, and Contract Agreements.

102

Vitals > Agreements and Authorizations provides information about special authorizations
and approvals, other certificates or approvals, and your safety program.

Vitals > Geographic Authorizations – Foreign only provides information on the geographic
operations where the air agency provides services as well as the Make/Model/Series of the
aircraft on which services are provided.

103

Vitals > Authorized DBAs lists any other authorized names under which you do business.

Vitals > Exemptions lists any authorized exemptions along with the number and expiration date

104

Vitals > Accountable Manager lists contact information for person(s) performing the
Accountable Manager duties as well as if they are FAA Approved or EASA Approved.

105

Vitals > Additional Fixed Location lists the address(es) of any additional physical locations of
the air agency.

Vitals > BASA 145 Listed Line Stations lists the airport of the line station, Make and Model of
the aircraft as well as the EASA 145 Rating Code as well as any comments.

106

Vitals > BASA 145 Listed Line Stations

Note: For a CFR Part 121 or 135, you must select each aircraft hyperlink and ensure all required
fields are completed in the pop-up window.
Vitals > Personnel/Training/AW Agreement > Applicable Training Program Criteria
> Training Programs

107

Note: A new check box labeled “Contract Training” has been added to the Vitals screen
under the section. PIs should review these changes and update their Vitals as a result of
the new release, if necessary.
Vitals > Personnel/Training/AW Agreement > Applicable Training Program Criteria
> Training Programs

108

Note: This allows scoping questions for a new training program, Advanced Qualification
Program (AQP). This will apply to all CFR Parts 121, 135, and 121/135. You can
coordinate with your PI to your Configuration Data with this release. As necessary, you
will need to complete a configuration change request to have the applicable options
selected.
Vitals > Agreements and Authorizations > Safety Program.

Note: A new check box labeled “SMS VP – Safety Management System Voluntary
Program” has been added to the Vitals screen under the section, Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance and Reliability Info. > Operational Management Systems. This
will apply to CFR parts 135 and 121/135.

Entering Contractor Data
1. Select the Configuration Data > Contractors tab. The left side of the tab lists the service
providers that your company contracts with. The right side is where you enter and edit
contractor data.

109

2. Click Add Contractor.

Note: A capability was added to specify a CFR Part 135 with OpSpec D072 contractor as an
Essential Maintenance Provider (EMP).
3. For Part 121 operators, you can select either Maintenance or Operations contractors.
For part 135 and 145 certificates, you can only select Maintenance.
4. Specify whether or not the contractor is FAA-Certificated:
• If FAA-Certificated, enter/select its Designator code.

110

• If not FAA-Certificated, enter other aviation authority certificate information (if any)
and the company's name, address, and contact info.
5. If the contractor is an Essential Maintenance Provider check the corresponding box and
enter the list of Required Inspection Items it is responsible for, if applicable.
6. Enter the locations where maintenance is performed. Use the Airport field to select
airports from the SAS database. Use the Maintenance Category boxes to specify the
types of maintenance and specialized services the contractor provides.
7. Continue adding contractors to list all service providers that your company contractors
with. Click Save.

6.6.1

How to Import Contractor Data from an Excel File

SAS allows contractor data to be uploaded from an Excel file. This method can be used to add,
modify, and delete contractor records.
Only PIs and their proxies can add and maintain a CH/A's list of current contractors on the
Contractors tab.
111

Because maintaining a large list of contractors can be time consuming, SAS lets the PI load a
CH/A's contractor data from an Excel file. This method can be used to add, modify, and delete
contractor records.
To import contractor data from an Excel file:
1. From the SAS menu, select Configuration Data. The Configuration Data screen opens.
2. Select the CH/A you want to work with from the CH/A drop down.
3. Click Contractors to display the Contractors tab. The left side of the tab lists the
contractors that are already in the system.
Click the Create Excel button. This will create an Excel file for your contractor data. The
file will contain any contractor data that is already in SAS.
Note: Even if you already have a copy of the Contractor Excel template from a previous
session, it is highly recommended that you download a copy to ensure that you are
working with the latest data.

112

4. SAS displays an information box when the Excel file is created. Click OK to continue.

113

5. SAS displays a message asking if you want to save the Excel file. Click OK. The Save As
dialog box opens.

6. Select a location on your local machine or network to save the file. Click Save.

7. Open the file on your desktop in Excel and begin entering/editing data.
8. The first tab is for FAA-Certificated Repair Stations or those that have a designator
code/DSGN.
• For each contractor record, use the Action column on the General Info tab to
specify whether you are adding/updating data, deleting data, or whether no action
should be performed for this record during import. The default for existing data is
No Change.
9. When you are done editing contractors, remember to save your work and close the file.
10. To import the Excel file, click Excel Import. Note: The file will not import if it is open.
SAS imports the contents of the file. If the import is successful, the new contractors are
displayed in the Contractors list on the left side of the tab. SAS also displays an Import
Log showing your results. You can save the log to a local directory on your computer by
selecting the Save Log button.
11. If one or more errors are encountered, the log provides detail by showing the name and
Excel row number followed by the information error.
Correct the errors in the Excel spreadsheet, and retry the import.
114

12. Once there are no errors, select OK on the Excel Import Log window. The Contractors
tab saves automatically following a successful import. There is no need to save manually
(the Save button is disabled).

6.6.2

How to Add a Maintenance Contractor (For Part 121 Operators)

1. On the Contractor tab, click Add Contractor.

2. For Type, select Maintenance (the default).
3. Specify whether the contractor is FAA-Certificated Repair Station, A&P, AMO, AME, or
Other:
• If FAA-Certificated Repair Station, enter/select the Designator.
• If not FAA-Certificated Repair Station, enter Name, FFA A&P/AMO/AME Certificate
Number (if not Other).
4. Select the Add Location hyperlink on the table “Locations where Maintenance is
Performed”.
5. In the Address Details window enter:
•

Either an Airport code or the Physical Address where work is performed.

•

Maintenance Type for that location – EMP, Regularly Scheduled Maintenance
and/or RII

•

Optionally, select the Maintenance Categories that apply.

6. Select OK.
7. Add any additional locations, as applicable.
115

8. Click Save.
You can now make additional contractor changes. You cannot combine contractor changes with
changes to Vitals and Operations Specifications. When you are ready to approve the Change
Request for your changes, click Approve.

6.6.3

How to Add a Training Contractor (For Part 121 and 135 Operators)

1. On the Contractor tab, click Add Contractor.
2. For Type, select Training.
3. Enter/select the Designator.
4. Click Save.
You can now make additional contractor changes. You cannot combine contractor changes with
changes to Vitals and Operations Specifications. When you are ready to approve the Change
Request for your changes, click Approve.

6.6.4

How to Add a Maintenance Contractor (For Part 145 Operators)

1. On the Contractor tab, click Add Contractor.
2. Specify whether or not the contractor is FAA-Certificated:
• If FAA-Certificated, enter/select the Designator.
• If not FAA-Certificated, enter Name and FAA A&P/AMO/AME Certificate # (if
applicable).
3. For CFR Part 145, there are no additional required fields.
4. Click Save.
You can now make additional contractor changes. You cannot combine contractor changes with
changes to Vitals and Operations Specifications. When you are ready to approve the Change
Request for your changes, click Approve.

6.6.5

How to Delete a Contractor

You can delete a contractor when you determine it no longer performs services for a CH/A.
To delete a contractor:
116

1. Select the contractor in the Contractors list. You can only select one contractor at a time.
2. Click Delete Contractor. The contractor is removed from the list.

3. The Contractors tab saves automatically following a deletion. There is no need to save
manually (the Save button is disabled).
4. You can now proceed to make additional changes to the list of contractors. When you're
ready to approve the Change Request for your changes, click Approve.

6.6.6

Auto-Generated Contractor Change Request

6.6.7

Save versus Approve

On the Contractor tab, the Save button saves contractor data to SAS and creates a Changes
Request. The Approve button submits the created Change Request.
Note: Periodically, designator codes for certificates that have not been active for several years
are purged from the eFSAS database. In such cases, if the certificate whose designator code has
been purged is still listed as a contractor in SAS it will be displayed with a light red background.
These contractors must first be deleted from SAS to allow it to write contractor data to eFSAS.

117

6.6.8

Contractor Data and Change Requests

When you save changes on the Contractor tab, SAS automatically creates a new configuration
data change request for you. The Change Request will have a title similar to Auto generated
contractor CR for . If an open (unsubmitted) contractor change request already exists,
SAS will append any subsequent changes to it rather than create a new change request.
How to View the Maintenance Provider Listing Report
You can open a report showing summary data for a CH/A's contractors directly from the
Contractors tab. To open it, click Generate Report.

Configuration Changes

This chapter describes how to submit configuration changes to the FAA as an active certificate
holder (CH).

About Configuration Changes
The Configuration Change is the process by which changes are made to a CH's configuration
and contractor data.
The process includes a submission, review, and approval/return of proposed changes. The
review process allows the CH and FAA to see how the proposed changes will impact the
operating profile.
Once a configuration change is approved, the certificate holder's operating profile is
regenerated to reflect the new information.

7.1.1

Types of Configuration Changes

There are several different types of configuration changes in SAS:

Configuration Data Changes:
Configuration Data change requests involve changes to a certificate's Vitals and/or Operations
Specifications (OpSpecs).
Limitations on Configuration Data Change Requests

118

Multiple configuration change requests against the same data are not permitted. While it is
permissible to have multiple change requests open at one time for a certificate holder, SAS does
not allow concurrent change requests that include a change to the same:
• Operations Specification
• Field on the Vitals tab – for example, if you have an open configuration change to
update the number of employees and number of PIC Captains, you cannot make
another configuration change to change the total number of employees and
number of Certified Mechanics because the Total Number of Employees is locked in
the first configuration change.
• Table on the Vitals tab – for example, if you have an open configuration change to
change the PAX Approved / Cargo field for one type of aircraft, you cannot make a
change to any of the aircraft data for a different type of aircraft.
If there is a Configuration Data change request in a Draft, Submitted, Returned, or In Review
state, and a second one is attempted, the user will get an error message. To correct this, the first
Configuration Data change request must be approved by the PI or withdrawn before the second
can be saved. Except for the examples above, there is no limit to the number of concurrent
Configuration Data change requests you can create.

Contractor Data changes: Contractor Data change requests are created when a change to a

certificate holder's contractor data is made. The change could include adding a new contractor,
deleting a contractor, or editing a particular contractor's data. Contractor Data change requests
can be created in the External Portal by a certificate holder, or in the Internal Portal by the FAA.
Limitations on Contractor Data Change Requests
• There can only be one Contractor Data change request open per certificate holder
at a time.

7.1.2

Configuration Data Change Requests
How to Create a Configuration Data Change Request
1. Select the Configuration Changes hyperlink from the SAS menu.
2. On the Select Configuration tab under Configuration Changes, select the Add
Request button. This will open the Change Request Detail tab.

119

3. Enter a Change Request Title. The Change Request ID will be automatically
populated. Enter a description. Other fields can be filled in as necessary.
Additionally, documents can be uploaded using the Attach Document button. (Any
documents uploaded here will be available in the Configuration Changes file in
Document Management).

4. Select to Save the Configuration Data change. If you choose to submit, there will be
a message confirming this request should be submitted along with confirmation
this has been submitted.
When you elect to save the Configuration Data change it will be in a Draft status.

120

• The configuration data version changes from Baseline to the title of the
change request.
• The status of the request changes to Draft and the request is now listed on
the Configuration Change Requests sub-tab. You can select it from the list
to resume working on it.
• The Configuration Data tab becomes editable. You can now make the
changes to Operations Specifications and/or Vitals that make up the change
request. After making changes on either of those tabs, click Save to save your
work.
If you submit the Configuration Data change it will be in a Submitted status.
5. Navigate to the Configuration Data tab and edit Operations Specifications and/or
Vitals, as necessary, and Save.
6. When you have made all necessary changes, navigate back to the Change Request
Details tab. There are two buttons at the bottom of the screen that will show the
number of changes for OPSS and/or Vitals. By selecting on those buttons, you can
review a summary of the changes.

Note: The Current Value column in the pop-up window always shows the current (baseline)
value for a field.
7. Select to Submit or Withdraw the Configuration Data change. If you choose to
submit, there will be a message confirming this request should be submitted along
with confirmation this has been submitted. If you submit the Configuration Data
change it will be in a Submitted status.
If you withdraw the change, the Configuration Data change will be in a Withdrawn status.
8.

Review the impact of the configuration change in the Recommended Questions
tab. You can filter the modified Operating Profile to see which DCTs and questions
were added, deleted, or modified. By default, all DCTs included in the Operating
Profile are listed. To filter, open the filter for the Change column and choose the
filter(s) desired: Added, Excluded, Modified, Deleted.

121

The questions on the right pane can also be filtered to show those questions that have are
Added, Included, or Excluded by selecting the Change filter and selecting those desired.
The table below summarizes the meanings of the various Change statuses in the left and right
panes of the Recommended Questions tab:
Left Pane (DCTs)

Right Pane (Questions)

Added

The DCT is not scoped in under the
current Operating Profile, but is scoped
in under the Operating Profile that
would result from adding the
requested configuration changes

The question is not scoped in under the
current Operating Profile, but is scoped in
under the Operating Profile that would
result from adding the requested
configuration changes

Modified

The DCT is currently scoped in under
the current Operating Profile, and one
of more of the questions associated
with the assessment have been added
or deleted.

The question is currently scoped in under
the current Operating Profile, and one of
more of the configuration attributes and
values (CA/Vals) in the associated Question
Scoping Rules have changed.

Deleted

The DCT is currently scoped in under
the current, but will not be scoped in
under the Operating Profile that would

The question is currently scoped in under
the current Operating Profile, but will not
be scoped in under the Operating Profile
122

Left Pane (DCTs)

Right Pane (Questions)

result from approving the requested
configuration changes.

that would result from approving the
requested configuration changes.

Included

The DCT was originally included and
remains included.

The question was originally included and
remains included. CA/Vals have not
changed.

Excluded

The DCT was originally excluded and
remains excluded.

The question was originally excluded and
remains excluded.

9. When you submit the Configuration Change request, a notification is sent to the
FAA. The Principal Inspector (PI) will review and can either accept or return the
request.
As necessary, you can withdraw a Configuration Data change request.
Note: To withdraw a change request, it must be in Draft status. If a change request has been
submitted, the FAA must first Return the request. This puts it in Returned status. Then you must
click Edit to open and then save the request. This will return it to Draft status.
To withdraw a configuration data change request:
1. From the SAS menu, select Configuration > Configuration Data. The Configuration
tabs open.
2. Click the Select Configuration sub-tab. This tab displays all of the configuration change
requests, both in progress and approved, for a certificate holder.
3. Click the title of the change request you want to withdraw. The request opens in the
Change Request Detail tab.
4. Click Withdraw Request. The request is withdrawn and no longer appears in the list of
change requests.

123

Data Collection

The Data Collection Tools module in SAS lets you view, enter and submit necessary Data
Collection Tools (DCTs) to FAA, as part of the Initial Certification process and/or the
Configuration Change process. A DCT is a survey consisting of questions designed to test a
target system for safety and compliance. There are different DCTs targeting different design
aspects of the system. For example, there may be a DCT for your record keeping system and
another for your deicing program.
In performing a DCT, you will go through a list of questions and answer each one of them and
check for completeness before you submit the DCT to FAA. Any negative findings are evaluated
for risk.

How to Select a DCT for Data Collection
1. From the SAS menu, select Data Collection Tools. The Select DCT tab opens.

• The list of DCTs includes columns for Label, Title, DCT Status, Specialty and
optional columns for Status Date, # Questions and # Completed.
• Click the Optional Columns and select to include the selected optional column(s) in
the table. Click the Optional Columns and select Hide to it again to hide the
column(s).
• By default, all DCTs that are applicable to your initial certification or the
configuration change will appear in the table, regardless of their status. Possible
DCT statuses are: Not Started, Draft, Validated, Submitted, In Review, Final, and
Returned.
• The default sort order of the DCTs in the table is ascending by Label, followed by
Title, # of Question, # Completed, and DCT Status. You can change the sort order
in the table by clicking on the appropriate column heading.

124

2. Click the label or title of the DCT you wish to view or work on. Or select the DCT row in
the table and click on the Prepare DCT tab. This opens the Prepare DCT tab for you to
prepare for data collection.

125

Data Collection Tools (DCTs)

The Data Collection Tools module in SAS lets you view, enter and submit Element Design (ED)
Data Collection Tools (DCTs) to the FAA as part of the Initial Certification process. A DCT consists
of questions designed to evaluate a target system for safety and compliance. There are different
DCTs targeting different design aspects. For example, there may be a DCT for your record
keeping system and another for your deicing program.
In performing a DCT, you will go through a list of questions, answer each one of them, and
check for completeness before you submit the DCT to FAA. All findings are evaluated for risk.

How to Access Your Data Collection Tools
To access the Data Collection Tools page, from the SAS menu select Data Collection Tools. Or
from the SAS Home Page click on the Data Collection hyperlink from a notification.

126

When are DCTs Performed?
During ongoing certificate management, DCTs are used to approve or accept new or changed
programs. DCTs verify that your systems are designed to meet the intent of regulatory
requirements during new program reviews, performance issues, FAA-initiated change, or when
the FAA determines the need.
DCTs are only available in SAS Data Collection when the FAA determines a need as a part of a
configuration change request and send the appropriate DCT(s) via the External Portal. These will
show up in the Data Collection module and you will receive a notification.

How to Generate DCTs
Once you have entered your configuration data, you can then generate and perform your DCTs.
Generating DCTs is what causes them to appear in your Data Collection Tools list. You can
generate and complete DCTs before FAA has assigned a CPM to your certification project, but
you cannot submit them until the CPM has been assigned.
Note: Any time a change is made to the Configuration Data or CHOP, you must re-generate the
DCTs to ensure you have the DCTs and questions appropriate for your design configuration. See
section 4.9.2.1.
Note: Generating DCTs pertains to initial certification only. While you may be requested to
perform DCTs after your certificate is active (e.g., if your configuration data changes), those DCTs
will appear automatically in your DCT list without action on your part.
To generate your DCTs:
1. From the SAS menu, select Certification Request. The Certification Request tab opens.

127

2. In the lower left part of the screen, click Generate DCTs.

3. SAS generates your DCTs. When the process is complete SAS displays a confirmation
message. Click OK. You can now proceed to Data Collection Tools to perform your DCTs.
128

Note: After you generate your DCTs, the Generate DCT button is disabled until a change is made to your

configuration.

About Regenerating DCTs
If you change Configuration Data you may need to regenerate your DCTs to allow SAS to
update the DCTs and questions that apply to your application. The DCTs are generated based
upon information in the Configuration Data including Operating Specifications and Vitals and
that is why when changes are made in Configuration Data, it is important to regenerate the
DCTs.
When you regenerate DCTs:
• Any new DCTs now required as a result of your configuration data change are added to
your list of DCTs.
• Any DCTs no longer needed as a result of your configuration data change are removed
from your list of DCTs.
• Existing DCTs that are not impacted by the change to your configuration data remain in
place. Previously answered questions in the DCT retain their answers.
• Existing DCTs with individual questions impacted by the change to your configuration
data remain in place. Impacted questions within the DCT are added, removed, or have
their answers removed, as appropriate. Previously answered questions in the DCT not
impacted by the change retain their answers.
Note: Once you submit your completed DCT package to the FAA, you cannot regenerate DCTs
unless and until the FAA has returned them to you.
At a certain point in your certification process, when the FAA ready to move to a subsequent
phase, they will take action on their SAS application which will prevent you from completing or
submitting DCTs. You will get a notification on your Home page when this has occurred.

129

Perform DCT
The Perform DCT tab is where you answer the DCT questions. The tab has three views:
Question Detail View, List View, and Full View. From the Enter Common Data Field, you are
not automatically progressed to this tab, you must select the tab at the top of the page.
• Question Detail View (the default view) is a combination of List View and Full View. It is
perhaps the easiest way of viewing and answering the questions.

• List View displays the complete list of DCT questions.

130

• Full View contains a complete view of an individual question, including possible
responses and response details on the right, and the Response Status and Question # of
each question on the left.

131

Filtering DCT Questions
If you want to focus on certain questions first, you can limit the list using filtering.
To filter the questions:
1. In List View, Question Detail View, or Full View, click the appropriate column filter
icon(s) to limit the list of questions to those you wish to focus on.

132

2. Click the appropriate column headings to sort the questions in the order you wish to
perform data collection.
Note: The final order in which you leave the questions will remain only when you navigate
between the tabs for this DCT. If you leave the DCT (by selecting another DCT, for instance) and
later select and view it again, the question sequence will revert to its original order.

How to Perform a DCT
The Perform DCT tab is where you answer the DCT questions. The tab has three views:
Question Detail View, List View, and Full View.
• Question Detail View (the default view) is a combination of List View and Full View. It is
perhaps the easiest way of viewing and answering the questions.

133

• List View displays the complete list of DCT questions.

• Full View contains a complete view of an individual question, including possible
responses and response details on the right, and the Response Status and Question # of
each question on the left.

134

Answering DCT Questions
The questions and possible responses appear on the right side in Question Detail View and
Full View. Response types include buttons, check boxes, a text box, value selector lists, and
pop-up dialog boxes. In addition, Attach Document allows you to upload supporting
document(s) to a specific question.
To answer DCT questions:
1. Select Question Detail View (default) or Full View.
2. Select the first question in the list on the left. The question and possible responses
options are displayed on the right.

3. Enter your response. Various answer formats are used for different questions, such as
Yes/No and multiple choice. In case any question does not apply to you, the question can
be answered as Not Applicable.
4. If the answer is unfavorable, click Response Details. Select the reason(s) for the response.
5. Optionally, enter a supporting comment (required if Other is selected as a response
reason).
6. Click OK.

135

7. If the question is responded as Not Applicable, click Response Details. The Response
Details dialog box opens.

8. For bulleted questions, if only one bullet is negative, click the control to indicate that all
the other bullets are positive (or answer them individually).

9. In Design/Manual Reference enter a description (required only if the question is
answered positively).
136

10. If present, you may click individual Regulations/Guidance items. A list of
Regulations/Guidance items opens in a new window.

Click the reference number for more information (which opens in a viewer) on a particular item. Click Close to
close the window.

11. If you think you may need to return to this question later, click Flag. (You can use the flag
to find the question later to complete or revise your response.)
12. Click Save.
13. Click Next to proceed to the next question.
14. When you have answered all the questions, click the Check DCT tab to initiate an
automated validation check of the DCT. (You can also do this at any time to check the
questions you have answered so far.)

Check DCT
SAS performs data validation (in the background) on DCTs as you fill them out. On the Check
DCT tab, SAS lists questions with errors, which have not been answered, or which have been
flagged, and allows you to correct them. A DCT cannot be submitted to the FAA until all
validation issues have been resolved.
If there are no questions with problems the Check DCT tab will be empty.
To correct errors in a DCT:

137

1. After answering all the questions in the DCT, click the Check DCT tab. The tab opens in
Question Detail View (default). In this view, only questions that have not been answered,
with data quality errors or the questions you have flagged appear on the left. Questions
that have not been answered are indicated in yellow in the Response Status column, and
those with missing required fields are indicated in red and the ones that are flagged are
indicated with a flag icon.

2. Select a question.
3. Make the necessary changes.
4. Click Next to move to the next question, and repeat.
Note: As you fix the errors in each question and save or proceed to the next question, the question disappears
from the list.
5. After correcting the final question, click Save. The list of questions should now be empty,
indicating that the validation is successful with no errors and the DCT can be submitted to

How to Submit a DCT
The Submit DCT tab allows you to submit completed DCTs to the FAA.
To submit DCTs to the FAA:

138

1. Click the Submit DCT tab. The tab opens and displays a list of your completed and
validated DCTs.

1. Check the box for each DCT you want to submit.
2. Click Submit to FAA. The status of the selected DCTs changes from Validated to
Submitted. Once the DCTs are submitted they cannot be modified further.

Select DCT
1. From the SAS menu, select Data Collection Tools. The Select DCT tab opens.

• The list of DCTs includes columns for Label, Title, # of Question, # Completed,
DCT Status, and an optional column for Status Date.

139

• Click the Optional Columns and select Show Status Date to include Status Date
column in the table. Click the Optional Columns and select Hide Status Date to it
again to hide the Status Date column.
• By default, all DCTs that are applicable to your initial certification will appear in the
table, regardless of their status. Possible DCT statuses are: Not Started, Draft,
Validated, Submitted, In Review, Final, and Returned.
• The default sort order of the DCTs in the table is ascending by Label, followed by
Title, # of Question, # Completed, and DCT Status. You can change the sort order
in the table by clicking on the appropriate column heading.
2. Click the label or title of the DCT you wish to view or work on or select the DCT row in the
table and click on the Prepare DCT tab. This opens the Prepare DCT tab for you to
prepare for data collection.

How to Access Your Data Collection Tools
After you have generated the DCTs on the Certification Request page, select the Data
Collection Tools from the SAS menu. To go to specific data collection tool referenced in a
notification or message, you can select the hyperlink in the notification or message.

140

About the Data Collection Tools Page
The Data Collection Tools page has tabs that step you through preparing, entering data for,
validating, and submitting DCTs:
• Use Select DCT to select a DCT to view or work on.
• Use Prepare DCT to view information to prepare you for data collection. This includes
summary information, regulations, and FAA policy and guidance pertinent to the DCT.
• Use Enter Common Data Fields to enter the start and end dates, location, and other
relevant information about the DCT.
• Use Perform DCT to answer the DCT questions.
• Use Check DCT to check for and correct errors in your responses.
• Use Submit DCT to submit the DCT to the FAA.
Note: You cannot submit the DCTs until a CPM has been assigned. You can work them at any
point after gaining access to SAS and the Preapplication Information is accepted.
Note: At times the FAA needs to update or change the DCT questions. This may include adding,
deleting or changing the wording of questions. When this happens, and you have not
submitted the DCT, it will automatically update in SAS. If you have answered a question and it is
unchanged, your response will remain; if a question is deleted then you will no longer see it; if a
question is changed or added, you will see in the Check DCT tab that it is requiring a response.
You cannot submit the DCT without answering all questions in a DCT.

141

How to Prepare for Data Collection
In the Prepare DCT tab you can view information to prepare you for data collection. This
includes:
• The title of the DCT. The title is derived from the MLF label to which the DCT pertains.
• An icon that represents the locked state of the DCT (for more, see the final step below)
• Version of the DCT and the date that version was published
• The goal and objective of the DCT
•

A link to a print version of the DCT (a.k.a., DCT-to-Go)

• Links to the FAA regulations, policy and guidance pertinent to the DCT

To prepare a DCT:
1.

After selecting a DCT from the Select DCT tab, click the Prepare DCT tab.

142

Note: The Enter Common Data Fields, Perform DCT, and Check DCT tabs are disabled until
you click Continue on the bottom of the Prepare DCT tab.
2. Review the Summary Information section for the Purpose and Objective of the DCT.
3. Optionally, you can view a print version of the DCT called a DCT-to-Go. The DCT-to-Go
allows you to view and print a DCT in PDF or Word format. The DCT-to-Go includes:
•

Summary information for the DCT (e.g., its ID, type, specialty, goal, objective).

• Common data for the DCT (e.g., state date, end date, location).
• Supplementary Information (e.g., pertinent SRRs, FAA Orders, and Advisory
Circulars)
• Any special instructions issued by the PI.
• Each question /answer set in the DCT.

To view or print the DCT-to-Go
a) Click Review and Print DCT. A dialog box opens:

143

b) Select PDF or MS Word. Click Create.
c) The DCT will open a dialog box to Open, Save, or Cancel the action.

d) If you choose to Open the DCT to Go report will open in the format you selected.

144

4. Review the Regulations section, which is a list of regulations that pertain to the DCT.
Click any regulation number to open a browser window that displays the type and
description of all listed regulations. Click Close to close the window.

5. Review the FAA Policy & Guidance section, which is a list of FAA policy and guidance
documents that pertain to the DCT. These include Operations Specifications (OPSS),
Guidance, and Advisory Circulars (AC).Click any document name to open a browser
window that displays the type and description of all listed documents. In that browser
window, click the Reference link for any item to view the full text of that reference. Click
Close to close the window.

6. To view the Data Quality Guidelines document, click the hyperlink. This document
specifies the acceptable levels of data quality of the information you submit for the DCT.

145

7. Once you have reviewed the Prepare DCT tab, click Continue. When you click Continue:
• The Enter Common Data Fields, Perform DCT, and Check DCT tabs are enabled
and the Enter Common Data Fields tab opens.
• The DCT's status is set to Draft (visible on the Select DCT tab).

Entering DCT Common Data
The Enter Common Data Fields tab is used to enter the start and end dates, location, and other
relevant information about the DCT.
To enter the common data fields:
1. Click the Enter Common Data Fields tab. The tab opens.

2. Enter data into each of the fields. See the table below for data field descriptions.
3. Click Attach Document to upload any supporting documents. Click a listed document to
view it.
Note: Any documents you attach apply only to this DCT.
4.

Click Save.

Click the Perform DCT tab.

Common Data Fields

146

Field

Description

Start Date

Enter the date your self-audit began or click the field’s calendar button to open and select
the date from a calendar.

End Date

Enter the date your self-audit ended or click the field’s calendar button to open and select
the date from a calendar.

Location
(Nearest)
Airfield

If work is
offsite...

Enter/select the code for the airport were your self-audit was performed
or the location of your repair station. If the DCT was not performed at an
airport, enter the airport closest to where it was performed.
If the audit was not performed at an airport, check the If work is offsite... box. Then

select and enter either Address or Latitude/Longitude where the audit occurred. While
it may be preferable to enter an address when one is available, there are no rules in the
software that dictate when address versus latitude/longitude must be used.

To view or print the DCT-to-Go
1.

Click Review and Print DCT. A dialog box opens:

2. Select PDF or MS Word. Click Create.
3. A second dialog box opens where you can choose whether to save or view the DCT.
If you select save, you are prompted to specify a name and location for the saved
file. If you select open, a browser window opens displaying the DCT-to-Go.

147

Enter Common Data Field
The Enter Common Data Fields tab is used to enter the start and end dates, location, and other
relevant information about the DCT.
To enter the common data fields:
1. Click the Enter Common Data Fields tab. The tab opens.

148

Start Date

Description
Enter the date your self-audit began or click the field’s calendar button to open and select the
date from a calendar.

149

Field

End Date
Location
(Nearest)
Airfield
If work is
offsite...

Description
Enter the date your self-audit ended or click the field’s calendar button to open and select the
date from a calendar.
Enter/select the code for the airport were your self-audit was performed or the location of your
repair station. If the DCT was not performed at an airport, enter the airport closest to where it
was performed.
If the audit was not performed at an airport, check the If work is offsite... box. Then select and
enter either Address or Latitude/Longitude where the audit occurred. While it may be
preferable to enter an address when one is available, there are no rules in the software that
dictate when address versus latitude/longitude must be used.

The Schedule of Events (SOE)
The Schedule of Events (SOE) is a list of the major events that will take place during the
certification process, and the dates associated with their completion. The SOE is a collaborative
process between the applicant and the FAA. The events that appear on the SOE vary according
to the 14 CFR Part the applicant is seeking certification for. The SOE allows the applicant and
FAA to track the progress of events in the initial certification process.
The steps for completing and submitting the SOE differs for the original and revised versions of
the form.

9.20.1 SOE Statuses
SOE indicates its current state of completion. There are statuses for both the Schedule of
Events form as a whole, and for individual events on the list.

Schedule of Events Form Statuses
150

Status

Definition

Draft

Applicant has saved but not submitted the form.

Submitted

Applicant has submitted the form to the FAA for review.

In Review

FAA is reviewing the form.

Returned

FAA has returned the form to the applicant for modification.

Accepted

FAA has accepted all dates on the form.

Completed

All events on the form are complete.

Terminated FAA has canceled the form (for example, if the applicant has withdrawn its application for
certification).

Individual Event Statuses
Status

Definition

Planned

Applicant has entered a date for the event.

Revised

The event date has been revised.

Baselined

The event date has been accepted.

Completed The event is complete.
N/A

The event does not pertain to the applicant.

9.20.2 How to Complete and Submit an Initial SOE
The first step in completing the SOE is for the applicant to propose a date for each event on the
form. The dates are then reviewed by the FAA which either accepts them or requests revision.
Note: Before an applicant can submit an SOE, the FAA must have assigned a Certification Project
Manager to the application. Until that time, the Submit button for the Schedule of Events tab
is disabled.

To complete an initial SOE
1. From the SAS menu, select Schedule of Events. The Schedule of Events tab opens.

151

2. For each event provide an original proposed date in Original Proposed Date (Appl).
When you click in the block a calendar control appears. You can use this or type in a date
using MM/DD/YYYY format. This automatically populates the Event Status block with
Planned. This proposed date should represent the date you realistically expect to be able
to complete the event.
If the list contains items that do not apply, you can set the value in Event Status to N/A by
clicking in the Event Status block and selecting N/A from the drop-down options. Events with
the status N/A do not require a date.

Use the Comment column to provide notes for the FAA reviewer. If you entered N/A for an
event, you can explain why it is not applicable in this block.

9.20.3 Saving and Submitting the SOE
• To save the data without submitting it to the FAA, click Save. You will be able to
resume editing the form.
• To Save the data and submit it to the FAA for review, click Submit. Once the form is
submitted, you cannot edit it until /unless the FAA returns it to you for modification.

9.20.4 How to Update and Submit a Revised SOE
Once an applicant has submitted its initial SOE, the dates are reviewed by the FAA. Based on the
review the FAA can:
• Approve and baseline the proposed dates
• Return the form to the applicant with instructions to revise one or more dates. (Even if all
dates are approved, the FAA may subsequently return the form if an original proposed
date for an event has passed and the event has not been completed.)
152

9.20.5 To Revise the SOE
1. From the SAS menu, select Schedule of Events. The Schedule of Events tab opens.
2. For each event that needs to be revised (i.e. does not have Baseline or N/A in Event
Status), in Current Proposed Date enter a new proposed date.
3. If an event was proposed as N/A and was returned (the Event Status says Returned)
you can enter a proposed date in the Original Proposed Date (Appl) as this is the original
date you are proposing to the FAA.
4. You can read any FAA provided comments and add your own as necessary.

9.20.6 To Save or Submit the Revised SOE
• To save your data without submitting it to the FAA, click Save. You will be able to
continue editing the form.
• To save your data and submit it to the FAA for review, click Submit. Once the form
is submitted, you cannot edit it until /unless the FAA returns it to you for
modification.

The Meetings Tab
Use the Meetings tab to record or track meetings during the initial certification process. These
meetings are for internal tracking only and cannot be communicated or sent to the FAA.

To open the Meetings tab:
1. From the SAS menu, select Certification Request.
2. Click the Meetings tab.

9.21.1 To Add a Meeting
1. Click Add Meeting. The Meetings dialog box opens.
153

2. Enter details of the meeting. You can enter meetings either before or after they occur.
3. Optionally, attach any supporting documents by clicking Attach Document.
4. Click Save.

9.21.2 To Edit or Delete a Meeting
1. In the Meetings record list table, in the Meeting Type column, click the link for the
meeting you want to edit or delete. The Meetings dialog box opens.
2. To edit the meeting, modify its details as desired. Then click Save.
3. To delete the meeting, click Delete.
4. Click Save.

Withdrawing a Certification Request
As necessary, you can withdraw your certification request. When you withdraw a certification
request:
• The FAA is notified that you have decided not to pursue certification.
• Your certification request, along with any data and files related to it, is immediately
removed from the system.

154

• Your SAS External Portal user account associated with that CH/A is removed.
To withdraw a request, it must be in the Initial-Cert (N) status. Once your request enters Pre-Cert
(P) status, if you want your request withdrawn, contact your FAA CPM to have it terminated.
Note: Withdrawing a certification request is not reversible. If you later decide to proceed with
the request again, you must register for SAS again and repeat all initial certification steps.
To withdraw a certification request:
1. From the SAS menu, select Certification Request. The Certification Request tab opens.
2. In the lower left part of the screen, click Withdraw.

155

156

3. A message displays asking you to confirm the action. Click OK.

4. A confirmation message is displayed.

157

10 Document Management
As part of initial certification there are documents you must submit to the FAA for review and
approval. You manage the upload and submission of these documents through the Document
Management page.
On the Document Management page you can:
• Upload required and supporting initial certification documents
• Submit initial certification documents to the FAA for approval
• View an initial certification document's current status (in the review process)
• If necessary, re-submit new versions of an initial certification document
In addition to initial certification documents, Document Management also stores and allows
you to view files you have attached to DCTs and change requests completed when in an active
status.

About the Document Management Page
To open the Document Management page, from the SAS menu, select Document
Management. The page consists of two parts.

158

The left side of the page displays the folders in which files are stored:
• The Formal Application folder is where you upload those documents that make up the
formal certificate application.
• The Other Certification folder is for uploading documents that support the certification
process but are not part of the formal application.
• The Configuration Changes and Data Collection folders are read-only; you cannot add
to or modify their contents in Document Management. Files added in the Configuration
Changes or Data Collection modules will appear in these folders.
The right side of the page lists the documents in the currently selected folder. For each
uploaded document, SAS lists its category, file name, date submitted, date uploaded, version
number, and comments entered during the most recent upload.
The document list side of the page is where actions pertaining to document management take
place. You can:
• View the latest version of an uploaded document
• View a document's version history
• Upload a new document (or new version of an existing one)
• Submit (or re-submit) a document to the FAA for review

Auto-Filed Documents
In SAS you can attach files to a number of different areas (configuration changes, data
collection, etc.). Depending on the record type, SAS will automatically store any attachments in
Document Management. The following attachments are stored in Document Management:
Module
Configuration
Data Collection

Tab/Screen
Configuration Changes

Planned Assessments
Common Data Fields
DCT Questions/Answers

159

Document Management Limitations
10.3.1 File Size
The number of files that can be attached to a record at one time is 15. The collective size of
those files is 30 MB.
Note: There is no limit on the number and size of files that can be attached to a record
cumulatively. For example, you can attach 15 files totaling 30MB to a DCT, and then later in a
separate upload attach another 15 files totaling another 30 MB to that same DCT.

10.3.2 File Types
Extension
.bmp

Type
Bitmap images

.doc, .docx MS Word documents
.gif

GIF images

.html

HTML documents

.jpg, .jpeg

JPEG images

.pdf

PDF documents

.ppt, .pptx

PowerPoint documents

.rtf

Rich Text documents

.tif

TIF images

.txt

Text documents

.xls, .xlsx

Excel spreadsheets

Moving and Deleting Documents
You cannot remove a document once it has been submitted. You cannot move documents
between folders. Should either of these actions become necessary, contact your FAA
representative.

Formal Application Documents
Documents that make up the formal application (and therefore uploaded to the Formal
Application folder), are processed as follows:
160

• You upload the formal application documents as a part of the certification process. If
necessary, you can re-upload a new version of a previously uploaded document. When all
required documents are ready for review, submit them to the FAA.
• Once submitted, the FAA conducts a preliminary review of submitted documents. Based
on that review the FAA may issue an initial approval of the documents or return them to
you for correction and resubmission.
• Each 14 CFR part has a list of required documents that must be submitted as part of the
Formal Application document submission.
• The Formal Application folder document category lists are updated based on policy.
• Required documents are denoted in the Formal Application folder with a red asterisk.

Other Documents Supporting the Application Process
Other documents supporting the application process but not required for the package
submission can be uploaded to the Other Certification folder. These pass through a simpler
review process. They can be uploaded and submitted on an individual basis.

Submitting Documents
When an applicant submits an uploaded document two things happen:
• The document is accessible to FAA review
• SAS automatically notifies the FAA that the document is ready to review
Required documents, documents required as part of the formal application process must be
submitted collectively Once all the required documents are uploaded to SAS the Submit button
for the Formal Application folder (on the Document Management page) is enabled to allow
submission to FAA.

10.7.1 Resubmitting Documents
Once documents have been submitted all the documents will be marked with Submitted status.
After documents are submitted they cannot be uploaded, deleted, or resubmitted until the they
are returned from FAA.
If a set of documents is returned the document’s status will change to Returned. SAS will send a
notification to the Notification widget on your Home page upon return. Once the set is returned
the user can revise the set of documents in order to resubmit to FAA. This process can go back
and forth as long as necessary.
161

Document Status
As documents pass through the certification process, their status changes to reflect their place
in the workflow. You can view a document's status on the Documents page.
Status

Uploaded

Description

Document has been uploaded (but not yet
submitted).

Notes

Documents that have been uploaded:
•
•
•

Submitted

Document has been submitted to FAA. FAA
receives notification and will begin a review.

•
•

Document has been reviewed by the FAA and
returned for correction. You receive automatic
notification when the FAA has returned a
document.

Accepted for Document has been accepted for review / full
Review
Design Assessment.

Can be deleted

Can be re-uploaded (overwritten
with a new version)

Documents that have been submitted:
•

Returned

Are not visible to the FAA

Are visible to the FAA.

Once submitted, cannot be deleted

Cannot be re-uploaded (overwritten
with a new version)
Documents that have been returned
can be re-uploaded (overwritten with
a new version) and re-submitted.

Document has passed initial review and
entered the Document Compliance
(Design Assessment) review phase.

How to Upload a Formal Application Document
To upload documents in the Formal Application folder for the first time:
1. From the SAS menu, select Document Management. The Document Management page
opens.
2. On the left side of the page, click the Formal Application folder.
3. By default, the Formal Application folder will already list all required Formal Application
documents.

162

To upload a required Formal Application document, click the Upload button at the left side of
its row. The Upload Documents dialog box opens.
To upload an optional Formal Application document, click the Click here to upload additional
documents link. SAS inserts a blank row in the documents table. Click the Upload button at the
left side of the new row. The Upload Documents dialog box opens.

163

4. Click the Browse button, then browse to and select the file you want to upload.
5. For optional documents, from the Select Document Category list, select the category
that describes the document you are uploading. Only categories that apply to your CFR
part and the folder you are uploading to are listed.
Note: This value is already set and cannot be changed for required documents.
6. Optionally, enter a version number for the document.
Note: SAS does not enforce or validate a versioning sequence. It is up to you to choose and use a

consistent format. Consider something easy to remember like x.x, where the whole number represents a
major revision and the decimal a minor one (for example 1.0, 1.1, 2.0, and so on).

7. Optionally, enter a comment that describes the contents of the document and/or why you
are uploading it.
8. Click Save.
9. Select Upload.

Uploading Additional Documents
If a required document is large (greater than 40MB) and needs to be in multiple parts, you can
upload more than one record for a required document using the Click here to upload
additional documents link. You can also use this link to add files that are not required.

164

How to Overwrite a Formal Application Document
You can overwrite a previously uploaded document with a new version under these conditions:
• The document has not yet been submitted, or,
• The document has been submitted and then returned by the FAA for correction.

To overwrite a document:
1. From the SAS menu, select Document Management. The Document Management page
opens.
2. On the left side of the page click Formal Application.
3. Click the Upload button at the left side of the document's row. The Upload Document
dialog box opens.
4. Click the Browse button, then browse to and select the file you want to upload from your
workstation.
Note: The name of the file you select must match exactly the name of the file you are replacing.
If it does not, SAS treats the file as a new document, not a version of an existing one. The name
match is not case-sensitive.
5. SAS displays a message asking you to confirm you want to overwrite the existing file. Click
OK.

165

6. From the Select Document Category list, select the category that describes the
document you are uploading.
7. Enter a new version number for the document.
Note: SAS does not enforce or validate a versioning sequence. It is up to you to choose and use a consistent
format. Consider something easy to remember like x.x, where the whole number represents a major revision
and the decimal a minor one...1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 2.0, and so on).
8. Optionally, enter a comment that describes why you are uploading a new version of the
document.
9. Click Save.

How to Overwrite an Other Certification Document
You can overwrite a previously uploaded document with a new version under these conditions:
• The document has not yet been submitted, or,
• The document has been submitted and then returned by the FAA for correction.
To overwrite a document:
166

1. From the SAS menu, select Document Management. The Document Management page
opens.
2. On the left side of the page, click Other Certification.
3. On the right side of the page, click Attach Document. The Upload Document dialog box
opens.
4. Click the Browse button, then browse to and select the file you want to upload.
Note: The name of the file you select must match exactly the name of the file you are replacing.
If it does not, SAS treats the file as a new document, not a version of an existing one. The name
match is not case-sensitive.
5. SAS displays a message asking you to confirm you want to overwrite the existing file. Click
OK.

6. From the Select Document Category list, select the category that describes the
document you are uploading.
7. Enter a new version number for the document.
Note: SAS does not enforce or validate a versioning sequence. It is up to you to choose and use
a consistent format. Consider something easy to remember like x.x, where the whole number
represents a major revision and the decimal a minor one...1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 2.0, and so on).
8. Optionally, enter a comment that describes why you are uploading a new version of the
document.
9. Click Save.

How to Upload an Other Certification Document
To upload an Other Certification document for the first time:
1. From the SAS menu, select Document Management. The Document Management page
opens.

167

2. On the left side of the page, click Other Certification.
3. On the top of the page, click Attach Document. The Upload Documents dialog box
opens.

4. Click the Browse button, then browse to and select the file you want to upload from your
workstation.
5. From the Select Document Category list, select the category that describes the
document you are uploading. Only categories that apply to y-our CFR part and the folder
you are uploading to are listed.
Note: The Select Document Category list does not appear for CFR 145 applicants.
6. Optionally, enter a version number for the document.
Note: SAS does not enforce or validate a versioning sequence. It is up to you to choose and use
a consistent format. Consider something easy to remember like x.x, where the whole number
represents a major revision and the decimal a minor one (for example, 1.0, 1.1, 2.0, and so on).
7. Optionally, enter a comment that describes the contents of the document and/or why you
are uploading it.

168

8. Click Save.
9. Select Upload.

How to Submit a Document
Submit a document when you are ready to have it reviewed by the FAA. Uploaded documents
are not visible to the FAA until they have been submitted.
• Required documents in the Formal Application folder must be submitted as a group;
they cannot be submitted individually. You cannot submit them until a file has been
uploaded for each of the required categories.
• Documents in the Other Certification folder can be submitted individually. There are no
prerequisites to submitting documents in this folder.
• You cannot submit documents until the FAA has assigned a CPM. You can, however,
upload them any time after you have access to SAS.
To submit a document:
1. From the SAS menu, select Documents. The Document Management page opens.
2. On the left side of the page, click the folder you want to submit documents from.
3. On the right side of the page, check the box(es) of the file(s) you want to submit.
4. Click Submit Documents.
Following the submission, a notification is sent to the applicant’s FAA Certification Project
Manager that the document is ready for review.

How to Delete a Document
You can remove an initial certification document that has been uploaded to SAS provided it has
not been submitted.
Once a Formal Application or Other Certification document has been submitted it cannot be
removed. However, you can upload additional versions of a document before it is submitted or
if it is subsequently returned by the FAA.
Documents in the Configuration Changes and Data Collection folders cannot be removed.
To delete a document:

169

1. From the SAS menu, select Document Management. The Document Management page
opens.
2. On the left side of the page, click the folder that contains the document you want to
delete.
3. On the right side of the page, in the row containing the target document, click Delete
Document.

How to View a File's Version History
Document Management maintains a version history of files uploaded to:
• Formal Application
• Other Certification
A new version history is created whenever you or a CH/A upload a file whose name and file type
is identical to one already in the target folder. For each upload of a given file, its version history
stores:
• The uploaded version of that file.
• Upload details such as the uploader's name and the upload date/time.
• An automatic system version number, starting at 0.1 and progressing as 0.2, 0.3 and so on.
This number is independent of the optional version number you can enter when you
upload a file.
Note: Case-sensitivity is not considered in determining if a file name is unique.
Note: If you delete a file its entire version history is deleted with it.
To view a file's version history:
1. In Document Management, open the folder containing the file you want to view.
2. Check the box to the left of the file.
3. Click View History. The Document Version History dialog box opens.

170

4. To view a particular version of a file, click its System Version link.

AXH Passenger Module

SAS provides an external interface that allows air carriers to enter discovered hazardous material
discrepancies involving passengers directly in the system.

About AXH Passenger Module

The system allows FAA users to enter information received from a certificate holder and
generates a tailored letter that informs and educates airline passengers who were found with
hazardous materials in checked baggage about the hazardous materials discovered in their
respective checked baggage. Users can edit, print, track the status of these letter, and generate
exportable reports that can be used in risk analysis

171

How to Enter SAS Passenger Discrepancy
1. Access the External Portal for Hazardous Materials Passenger Discrepancy Reporting
registration page.

2. Enter the required registration information and provide a correct response to the
CAPTCHA challenge. Then click the Submit button

3. If you want to enter the details for passenger discrepancy, click the left button for
the option to enter details for each passenger discrepancy using the ONLINE
FORM. Follow the rest of the instructions to complete the form, making sure to enter
all required fields. Note: If you want to use Excel to Upload Records, skip to step
#5.
172

173

174

175

4. You may click New Hazmat and New Discrepency to repeat the steps

5. If you prefer to use Excel to Upload Records, click the home button.

176

6. From here, you will need to download the template by clicking Download the
Template if this is your first time using this method. The template saves to your
machine, please locate and open the file. Note: it may appear on the download
folder of your local machine.

177

From here, you will need to complete and fill in the excel template, and save the
Excel file onto your machine. You may rename the file if you wish. All required fields
have a red asterix.

7. Next, go back to the SAS home page. Click the right button for the option to Use
Excel to upload records

178

8. A popup window appears, please navigate on your workstation or laptop to the
location where you saved the file edited in the previous step and select it to attach
the file.
9. Click the Save Log button

10. A log file will be saved to your local machine. Locate and open the saved log file and
verify that it recorded the import log correctly, then close the file.

179

11. Your list of discrepancies can be viewed in the table

Reporting of Passenger Discrepancies to the FAA
1. Access the External Portal for Hazardous Materials Passenger Discrepancy Reporting
registration page.

2. Enter the required registration information and provide a correct response to the
CAPTCHA challenge. Then click the Submit button

180

3. Click the Save Log button

4. Verify that records in the Excel worksheet are listed.
5. Records that imported with no errors are listed with a status of New in the Status
column. Records that imported with errors are listed with a status of Invalid in the
Status column.
6. Click the checkbox(es) in the header at the top of the Sel column for the
discrepancies you’d like to report. Then click the green Report to FAA button.

181

7. The discrepancy has now been updated. You can view it by clicking the eye icon.

182

12 AXH RESTful Web API
Summary
The purpose of this implementation document is to provide implementation/integration
information for carriers to report passenger discrepancies from their systems to FAA (AXH) using
the RESTful Web services. SAS AXH exposes RESTful Web API services for this purpose.
To do this, the air carriers will need to invoke two RESTful web services from their systems. One
to request authorization and one to submit the actual discrepancies.
Prerequisites
In order to use this Web API, carrier is required to have an approved and active external user
account with FAA. If needed a separate external user account can be created/registered with
FAA just for using this Web API, which would go through the normal process of
registering/creating a new external user account.
Implementation
This is a two-step process which involves authentication and authorization and reporting
discrepancies. Both request and response data will be in JSON format.

Request Authorization
To request authorization to report discrepancies, a request to obtain authorization needs to be
submitted.
The request for authorization has to be made by using valid external user credentials (login user
name and password) which has been previously authorized/approved in the SAS External portal.
The result will be a one-time token, to be used to report discrepancies.
This would be accomplished by making the POST request to the RESTful service using the URL
below:
https://sas.avs.faa.gov/sas.external.portal/services/configuration/axhonetimetoken
The request should contain below information.
Request Header
The web service request will need following header information:
Key
Value
Content-Type
application/json
Accept
application/json
Access-Control-Allow-Origin
*
Cache-control
no-cache, no-store
Pragma
no-cache

183

Request Body
The body should include external user credentials and will need to be in the following JSON
format:
{
“username”: “”,
“password”: “”
}
Response
The response will be a JSON object with three key-value pairs.
• access-token
This will be the token generated by the system that will need to be used to report
discrepancies.
This token will expire after one use. Even if the subsequent web service returns with a
server error, another token will need to be generated for any new request.
•

expires_in
Token validity time. The value is in seconds.

•

errorMessage
If something went wrong with the authorization request, an error message will be returned
in the errorMessage value.

Note: The token cannot be requested while a user is logged in using the same credentials in the
SAS External Portal. The request of the token will block the user from logging in and the logged
in user will block the request of the Authorization Token.

Report Discrepancies
In order to submit discrepancies, a request for authorization has to be made. Then, with the
resulting access token, subsequent request can be made to submit passenger discrepancy data.
This is a one-time access token, which means even if the request to submit discrepancy data is
unsuccessful, the token will become invalid. So a new request for authorization will have to be
submitted for reporting discrepancy data.
To report discrepancies a POST request to SAS RESTful web service should be made using the
URL below:
https://sas.avs.faa.gov/sas.external.portal/services/configuration/axhsubmitdiscrepancies
The request should contain below information.
Request Header
The web service will need the following headers:
184

Key
Content-Type
Accept
Access-Control-Allow-Origin
Cache-control
Pragma
Authorization

Value
application/json
application/json
*
no-cache, no-store
no-cache
(the authorization token)

Request Body
The body should include actual discrepancy data and should be in the following JSON format:
Below is sample data.
{
"ReporterName": "Al",
"AirCarrierName": "Al's Airline",
"ReporterPhone": "1234567890",
"ReporterEmail": "[email protected]",
"Discrepancies": [
{
"AirCarrierDSGN": "SWAA",
"FlightOperatedByDSGN": "SWAA",
"CarrierRecordId": "B123",
"AirportCode": "BOS",
"LocationOfDiscovery": "handbag",
"DiscrepancyDate": "08/15/2019",
"PnrLocator": "",
"PassengerFullName": "Juan Smith",
"PassengerAddress": "123 Fake St",
"PassengerCity": "town",
"PassengerStateCode": "MA",
"PassengerZipCode": "02909",
"PassengerCountryCode": "US",
"PassengerPhone": "",
"PassengerEmail": "[email protected]",
"FlightNumber": "bla123",
"DestinationAirportCode": "LAX",
"HazmatItems": [
{
"HazmatDescription": "Cans of beer",
"HazmatType": "ALCOHOL"
},
{
185

}

]

}

"HazmatDescription": "Unkown",
"HazmatType": "DE-ICER"

Please see “Data Descriptions” section for information about the fields used in the body
Note: All the values must be enclosed in double quotes “”
Response
The response will be a JSON object in the following format:
{
"confirmationMessage": “,
"discrepanciesImportedWithErrors": ,
"errorMessage": ""
}
Key
Description
confirmationMessage
A message with summary information of the
transaction if the submission was successful.
Otherwise, null.
totalDiscrepanciesImported
The number of total discrepancies that were
sent as part of the request. This includes the
number of discrepancies successfully
imported and the number of discrepancies
that did not get reported due to invalid data.
discrepanciesImportedWithErrors
The number of total discrepancies that did
not get reported.
errorMessage
If successful, the value will be null. Otherwise,
it will be a descriptive message of the error.
Possible Errors
• “Error: Something went wrong. Please contact system administrator.”
• “Error: Missing Token”
• “Error: Invalid Token. Unauthorized Access.”
• “Error: Something went wrong. Please contact the system administrator.”
• “Error: Token has expired”
• “Error: No valid discrepancies were reported.”
• “Error: Missing information.”

186

Successful Message
An example of a successful message:
{
"confirmationMessage": "Total discrepancies successfully reported: 1. Discrepancies with
errors: 1. Discrepancies with error(s) at row(s): 2.",
"totalDiscrepanciesImported": 2,
"discrepanciesImportedWithErrors": 1,
"errorMessage": null
}

Data Descriptions
Below tables contains information about various fields used while submitting passenger
discrepancy data. More information is found in the latest template that can be downloaded
from AXH Passenger module external portal.

12.3.1 Discrepancy Data Field Description:
Key
ReporterName
AirCarrierName
ReporterPhone
ReporterEmail
Dicrepancies

AirCarrierDSGN
FlightOperatedByDSGN

Description
The name of the person
reporting the
discrepancies
The former name of the
Air Carrier
Phone number to contact
the reporter
Email to contact the
reporter
JSON object list

Four letter Air Carrier
Identification
Four letter identification
of the Air Carrier
operating the flight

Constraints
128 characters max
128 characters max
20 characters max
256 characters max and
RFC 2822 compliant
A maximum of 250
discrepancies can be
reporter per submission.
This value can be changed
by the FAA.
4 characters max
4 characters max

187

Key
CarrierRecordId
AirportCode
LocationOfDiscovery
DiscrepancyDate
PnrLocator
PassengerFullName
PassengerAddress
PassengerCity
PassengerStateCode
PassengerZipCode
PassengerCountryCode
PassengerPhone
PassengerEmail
FlightNumber
DestinationAirportCode
HazmatItems

HazmatDescription
HazmatType

Description
Air Carrier record id of the
discrepancy
Departing Airport code
Location of the hazmat
item
Date of the discrepancy
PNR Locator
The full name of the
passenger
The address of the
passenger
The city of the passenger
State code of the
passenger
Zip code of the passenger
Country code of the
passenger
The phone number of the
passenger
The email of the
passenger
The number of the flight
The destination airport
code
Json object list

The description of the
HAZMAT
The type of the HAZMAT

Constraints
20 characters max
4 characters max.
Required.
256 characters max
“mm/dd/yyyy” format.
Required.
20 characters max
128 characters max.
Required.
128 characters max
64 characters max
2 characters max. Only
applicable to addresses in
the US
10 characters max
2 characters max
10 characters if in the US
or 20 characters max if
non-US
256 characters max and
RFC 2822 compliant
20 characters max
4 characters max
A maximum of 5 hazmat
items per discrepancy. This
value can be changed by
the FAA. A minimum of 1
HAZMAT item is required.
1024 characters max.
Required
The value is to be filled in
from a set of predefined
values. Please see below
section for the possible
values.
188

12.3.2 HAZMAT types
Key
ACETONE
ADHESIVES
AEROSOLSOTHER
AIRFRESHENERSPRAY
ALCOHOL
ALCOHOLICBEVERAGE
BATTERY
CLEANER
CO2
COATING
COMPRESSEDGASES
DEICER
DISINFECTANT
DRAINOPENER
DRYICE
EXPLOSIVES
FABRICLEATHERSPRAY
FERTILIZER
FLAMMABLELIQUID
FUEL
HAIRSPRAY
HERBICIDE
HYDROGENPEROXIDE
INFLATOR
INSECTSPRAY
IOSPROPYLALCOHOL
LIGHTERFLUID
LIGHTERSMATCHESTORCHES
LUBRICANT
MOTORTREATMENT
PAINTORRELATED
POISON
REFRIGERANT
RESIN
SHOESPRAY

Description
ACETONE
ADHESIVES
AEROSOLS - OTHER
AIR FRESHENER SPRAY
ALCOHOL
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE
BATTERY
CLEANER
CO2
COATING
COMPRESSED GASES
DE-ICER
DISINFECTANT
DRAIN OPENER
DRY ICE
EXPLOSIVES
FABRIC/LEATHER SPRAY
FERTILIZER
FLAMMABLE LIQUID
FUEL
HAIR SPRAY
HERBICIDE
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE
INFLATOR
INSECT SPRAY
IOSPROPYL ALCOHOL
LIGHTER FLUID
LIGHTERS, MATCHES, TORCHES
LUBRICANT
MOTOR TREATMENT
PAINT OR RELATED
POISON
REFRIGERANT
RESIN
SHOE SPRAY
189

Key
SMOKETEST
SOLVENT
SPRAYDUSTER
SPRAYPOLISH
SPRAYSTARCH
WATERREPELLANT
WATERTREATMENT
WAX
OTHER
UNKNOWN

Description
SMOKE TEST
SOLVENT
SPRAY DUSTER
SPRAY POLISH
SPRAY STARCH
WATER REPELLANT
WATER TREATMENT
WAX
OTHER
UNKNOWN

190

REFERENCES

Common Data Fields Matrix

191

192

SAS Vitals Descriptions

Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
The following table lists the configuration vitals attributes that make up a 121 certificate holder's configuration data. These appear on the
Configuration Data > Vitals tab. Items are ordered by the section title / subtitle they appear in on the Vitals tab.
Note: The Scoping column shows if/how the data entered for an attribute is used to scope information for a certificate holder. Key: M = MLF labels,
P = Peer Groups, Q = Questions. For example, if an attribute's Scoping column value is P, that means that the entry made on the Vitals tab for that
attribute is used to determine a certificate holder's peer group(s).
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

General Information

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

General Information

Subtitle

Field Name

Air Operator
Name

14 CFR

Description Field

Scoping

This is the legal or official name
of the certificate holder. This
field is autofilled and cannot be
edited.
This data field identifies the
operational Title 14 of the Code
of Federal Aviation Regulations
(CFR) under which a person or
organization conducts business.
This field is autofilled.

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

General Information

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

General Information

Subtitle

Field Name

Certificate Type

CHDO

Previous
Designator

Certificate
Number

Description Field
This field identifies the type of
certificate held by the certificate
holder. This field is autofilled
and cannot be edited.
This is the four-character
alphanumeric ID code of the
Certificate Holding District
Office. This field is autofilled.
Entries in this field will only be
made when the certificate
holder had previously operated
under another designator. It is
important that the same legal
entity is the user of the current
and previous designator.

A certificate number is a
formal identifier, assigned by
AFS-600, which distinguishes
each certificate held by an
individual entity. This field is
autofilled and cannot be
edited.

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

General Information

Section Title

General Information

Subtitle

Field Name

Previous
Certificate
Number

Certificate Issue
Date

Description Field
Entries in this field will only be
made when the FAA re-codes
certificate numbers, or whenever
knowledge of previous certificate
information is necessary, e.g., recodification of certificate holder
certificate numbers.
The date the certificate was
originally issued. The date in this
field reflects the original date on
which all requirements for
certification were met, and the
certificate became effective. This
date must not be changed when
a certificate is re-issued for
routine purposes, such as,
changes in address, name, or
certificate holding district office.

The current status of the
certificate. The following options
are valid codes/descriptions:
A - The certificate is active.
C - The certificate is being or has
been transferred to another
CHDO.
D - The certificate has
General Information

SAS Version 3.4

General Information

Certificate Status

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field
been surrendered voluntarily.
P - The certificate is in the
precertification process. The
entry is changed to active when
the certificate is issued or
terminated when the certificate
holder withdraws the application.
R - The certificate has been
revoked.
S - The certificate has been
suspended for a specified period.
When the suspension period has
been completed and the
certificate has been returned to
the certificate holder, the entry is
changed back to active.
T - The applicant terminates
precertification activities without
a certificate being issued.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

General Information

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

General Information

Subtitle

Field Name

Certification
Status Date

Validation Date

Description Field
The date in this field represents
the date on which the Certificate
Status (A- Active, DSurrendered, R- Revoked, etc.)
became effective. The system
autofills the present date, but
allows the user to enter an
earlier date. The modifiable date
option allows the user to
accurately reflect the date on
which the certificate holder’s
status changed (final
adjudication of legal
enforcement proceedings,
completion of certificate
transfer requirements, voluntary
surrender, etc.).

The Validation Date field is
autofilled with today’s date on
creation of the certificate holder
record. The date can be replaced
with a date earlier than today's
date. Enter the date on which all
fields in the record have been
verified by an inspector to be
current, correct and validated by
the certificate holder. The
information being validated can
be done in person, by phone or
by mail.

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field
The name of the person
performing Chief Executive
Officer duties. Enter the last
name first, immediately
followed by a space. The
software will automatically
insert a comma instead of a
space. Then enter the first name
followed by the middle name or
middle initial. A name suffix,
such as “Jr.,” “II,” etc. may be
added after the middle initial.
Always insert a period after an
initial and “Jr.” or “Sr.”

CEO

Name

CEO

Title

The organizational title of the
person.

CEO

Address 1:

The business address of the
person.

CEO

Address 2:

The second line of the
address, if needed.

CEO

Address 3:

The third line of the address, if
needed.

CEO

City

SAS Version 3.4

The name of the city or town.

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

CEO

Section Title

CEO

Subtitle

Field Name

State

Description Field
The two-character postal
abbreviation for the state or
U.S. possession. The field is
blank if the address is outside
of the United States or U.S.
possession.
The U.S. postal zip code, if the
address is within the United
States or U.S. possession.
Enter the nine digit postal code
with a dash [-] separating the
fifth and sixth digit, if available.
Enter the postal code (if
available) of the
country/state/province, if the
address is outside of the United
States or U.S. possession.

CEO

Postal code
The two-character abbreviation
of the country, if the address is
outside of the United States or
U.S. possession. No entry is
required if a state was entered,
it will default to US.

CEO

SAS Version 3.4

CEO

Country

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

CEO

Section Title

CEO

Subtitle

Field Name

Business Phone

Foreign Phone

Description Field
The business telephone number
including area code, if the
person is located within the
United States or U.S. possession.
Blank if the person is located
outside of the United States or
U.S. possession.
Enter the business telephone
number including the country
code and city code (if
applicable), if the person is
located outside of the United
States or U.S. possession. The
number must be recorded as it
is dialed from the United States.
The cellular phone number, if
necessary, to reach the person.

CEO

Mobile Phone

CEO

Fax

The fax number, if necessary, to
reach the person.

CEO

Email Address

The electronic mail (e-mail)
address.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Subtitle

Field Name

PIC Captains

Flight Engineer
Examiners

Description Field
The number of persons
employed by the certificate
holder primarily for the purpose
of exercising the privileges of an
FAA pilot certificate issued
under CFR 61 and assigned
primary responsibilities for
operation and safety of an
aircraft during flight. These
persons are qualified and
trained as a PIC by the
certificate holder.
The number of persons
employed by the certificate
holder primarily for the purpose
of exercising the privileges of an
FAA flight engineer certificate
issued under CFR 63, Subpart B.

The number of persons
employed by the certificate
holder designated by the FAA
under the provisions of CFR 183,
Subpart C, with privileges to
conduct practical tests under
CFR 61 to qualified applicants.

Pilot Examiners

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Subtitle

Field Name

Aircrew Program
Designees

Description Field
The number of certificate holder
employees authorized to conduct
airman certification under aircrew
designated examiner program
authorized under the provisions
of CFR 183.

Enter the number of persons
employed by the certificate
holder primarily for the purpose
of exercising the privileges of an
FAA aircraft dispatcher certificate
issued under CFR 65, Subpart C.

Dispatchers

Inspectors

Enter the number of persons
employed by the air operator
who either (1) hold an inspection
authorization issued under CFR
65.91, but are not working under
the provisions of a continuous
airworthiness maintenance
program of the 121 or 135 air
carrier; or (2) have been
employed to fulfill inspection
responsibilities of the 121 or 135
air carrier maintenance program
but are not identified as
designated inspectors.

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Subtitle

Field Name

Non Certificated
Mechanics

Description Field
The number of aircraft mechanics
domiciled at this location
employed by the certificate
holder who have not been
certificated by the FAA under the
provisions of CFR 65, Subpart D.

Repairmen

The number of persons
employed by the certificate
holder who have been
certificated by the FAA under the
provisions of CFR 65, Subpart E.

Other Pilots

The number of persons
employed by the certificate
holder primarily for the purpose
of exercising the privileges of an
FAA pilot certificate issued under
CFR 61. This person may or may
not be qualified and trained as a
PIC by the certificate holder but
will not be assigned primary
responsibilities for operation and
safety of an aircraft during flight.
This person typically will be a
second-in- command (SIC) pilot.

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Section Title

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

SAS Version 2.2 Rev 1

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

The number of persons
employed by the certificate
holder primarily for the purpose
of exercising the privileges of an
FAA flight engineer certificate
issued under CFR 63, Subpart B.

Flight Engineers

Q
Enter the number of persons
designated by the Administrator
as check pilot(s) for the
operator. Do not include
persons authorized under the
provisions of CFR 142.55(a).

Check Airmen

Flight Attendants

The number of persons
employed by the certificate
holder primarily to perform
duties required by CFR 121.391.

M, Q

The number of persons
employed by the certificate
holder primarily for the purpose
of exercising the privileges of an
FAA flight navigator certificate
issued under 63, Subpart C.

Navigators

600

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field
The number of persons
employed by the air carrier who
are not full time inspection
employees, but have specific
inspection authority, and who
derive their inspection authority
through the continuous
airworthiness maintenance
program of the air carrier under
the provisions of CFR
121.369(b)(3).

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Designated
Inspectors

Certificated
Mechanics

Total Number of
Employees

Crew Member
Training

The number of persons
employed by the certificate
holder who have been
certificated by the FAA under the
provisions of CFR 65, Subpart D.
The total number of employees
regardless of the type of work
performed who are employed by
the certificate holder.
Enter the code for the method by
which the flight crewmember,
flight

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field
attendant, navigator, and
aircraft dispatcher training is
accomplished, as required by
the applicable CFR. The POI
shall determine the proper
entry code based on his/her
knowledge of the certificate
holder. The following options
are valid entry
codes/descriptions: A Contracts out most/all training
N - No training required P Contracts out a moderate
amount of training
T - Performs most/all training

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Airworthiness
Agreement

Enter the code for the method
by which the Continuous
Airworthiness Maintenance
Program is conducted, as
required by the applicable
CFR. The PMI shall determine
the proper entry code based
on his/her knowledge of the
operator. The following
options are valid entry
codes/descriptions:

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

A - Contracts out most/all
maintenance
M - Performs most/all
maintenance
N - Continuous
airworthiness maintenance
program not required
P - Contracts out a
substantial maintenance
function

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement
Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement
Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement
Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement
Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Two Pilots

Select if the certificate holder
conducts operations requiring
two pilots.

Crew Members

Three Pilots

Select if the certificate holder
conducts operations requiring
three pilots.

Crew Members

Three or more
Pilots

Select if the certificate holder
conducts operations requiring
three or more pilots.

Crew Members

Four Pilots

Select if the certificate holder
conducts operations requiring
four pilots.

Crew Members

More than Four
Pilots

Select if the certificate holder
conducts operations requiring
four or more pilots.

Crew Members

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Section Title

Subtitle

Crew Members

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Pilot or Flight
Engineer
Substituted for
Flight Attendant

Select if the certificate holder
allows the substitution of a
pilot or flight engineer for a
flight attendant.

Additional Flight
Crewmember

Select if the certificate
holder conducts
operations with additional
flight crew members.

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Airplane and
Simulator Training

Advanced
Simulation

Select if the certificate holder
has an approved advanced
simulation program.

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Airplane and
Simulator Training

Aircraft Training

Select if the certificate holder
conducts in-aircraft training.

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Airplane and
Simulator Training

Flight Simulators

Select if the certificate holder
conducts training using flight
simulators.

M, Q

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Airplane and
Simulator Training

Flight Training
Devices

Select if the certificate holder
conducts training using flight
training devices.

M, Q

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training Programs

Transition
Training

Select if the certificate holder
conducts transition training.

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Menu Item

Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Section Title

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Subtitle
Training Programs

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Use Distance
Learning

Select if CH/A utilizes learning
that is accomplished by any
training method that does not
include an instructor and a
gathering of trainees collocated
in a traditional classroom.

Training Programs

Reduction In Hours

Select if the certificate holder has Q
approval for a reduction in
training hours.

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training Programs

Differences Training Select if the certificate holder
conducts differences training,
applicable to variation(s) of a
particular aircraft type that has
pertinent differences from the
base aircraft type. The base
aircraft type and the variation(s)
must have the same type
certificate (TC).

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training Programs

Related Aircraft
Select if the certificate holder
Differences Training conducts related aircraft
differences training, applicable to
aircraft with different type
certificates (TC) that have been
designated as related by the
Administrator. To be designated
as related, the aircraft must be of
the same make and have been
demonstrated and determined
by the Administrator to have
commonality.

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item
Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Section Title
Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Subtitle
Training Programs

Field Name
Description Field
Joint Pilot and Flight Select if the certificate holder
Attendant Training conducts joint pilot and flight
attendant training.
Contract Training
Select if the certificate holder is

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training Programs

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Pilot AQP
Pilot AQP
Training Program

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Pilot AQP
Indoc
Training Program

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Pilot AQP
Qualification
Training Program

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Pilot AQP
Continuing
Training Program Qualification

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Flight Attendant
AQP Training
Program

F/A AQP

approved to utilize Contract
Training for crewmembers.
Populate the SAS configuration
contractor tab with contractor
information.

Select if the certificate
holder is issued an AQP
program for pilots.
Select if the certificate
holder conducts AQP
Indoctrination training for
pilots.
Select if the certificate
holder conducts AQP
Qualification training for
pilots.
Select if the certificate
holder conducts AQP
Continuing Qualification
training for pilots.
Select if the certificate
holder is issued an AQP
program for flight
attendants.

Scoping
Q

SAS Vitals Descriptions

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Flight Attendant
AQP Training
Program

Indoc

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Flight Attendant
AQP Training
Program

Qualification

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Flight Attendant
AQP Training
Program

Continuing
Qualification

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Dispatcher AQP Dispatcher AQP
Training Program

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Dispatcher AQP Indoc
Training Program

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Dispatcher AQP Qualification
Training Program

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Dispatcher AQP Continuing
Training Program Qualification

Select if the certificate
holder conducts
Indoctrination AQP training
for flight attendants.
Select if the certificate
holder conducts AQP
Qualification training for
flight attendants.
Select if the certificate
holder conducts AQP
Continuing Qualification
training for flight attendants.
Select if the certificate
holder is issued an AQP
program for dispatchers.
Select if the certificate
holder conducts
Indoctrination AQP training
for dispatchers.
Select if the certificate
holder conducts AQP
Qualification training for
dispatchers.
Select if the certificate
holder conducts AQP
Continuing Qualification
training for dispatchers.

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item
Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Section Title
Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Subtitle
Training
Personnel

Field Name
Flight Instructor
Aircraft
Flight Instructor
Simulator

Description Field

Scoping

Select if the certificate holder
conducts in-aircraft training
using flight instructors.

M, Q

Select if the certificate holder
conducts simulator training
using flight instructors.

M, Q

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training
Personnel

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training
Personnel

Check Airmen
Aircraft

Select if the certificate holder
conducts in-aircraft training
using check pilots.

M, Q

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training
Personnel

Check Airmen
Simulator

Select if the certificate holder
conducts simulator training
using check pilots.

M, Q

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training
Personnel

Flight Engineer
Instructors
(Airplane)

Select if the certificate holder
conducts training using flight
engineer instructors.

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Personnel / Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

RO-DO/PICertificate Kinds
of Operation/Authorization

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Subtitle
Training
Personnel

Authorizations

Field Name

Description Field

Flight Navigator
Instructors
(Airplane)

Select if the certificate holder
utilizes flight navigator
instructors.

Principal
Operations
Inspector:

The office and three-character
inspector ID code of the assigned
Principal Operations Inspector
(POI).

Principal
Maintenance
Inspector:

The office and three-character
inspector ID code of the assigned
Principal Maintenance Inspector
(PMI).

Principal Avionics
Inspector:
Hazmat Principal
Inspector:

Exemptions

The office and three-character
inspector ID code of the assigned
Principal Avionics Inspector (PAI).
The office and name of the
assigned Hazmat Principal
Inspector.
Select Exemptions if the
certificate holder has been
granted an exemption from the
requirements of any CFR by the
Administrator under the
provisions of CFR 11. List the
exemptions in OPSS paragraph
A005.

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

RODO/PI/Certificated Kinds
of Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Select Deviations if the
Administrator under the
provision of a specific CFR has
granted the certificate holder a
deviation. List the deviations in
OPSS paragraph A005.
Authorizations

Authorizations

Deviations

Reliability

Authorizations

Exemption 3585

Authorizations

Certificate of
Airworthiness or
Export
Airworthiness
Approval >
12/27/2010

Select Reliability if a reliability
program is authorized by the
operations specifications
paragraphs D074 or D075.
Select if the certificate holder is
authorized to use Exemption
3585. Exemption 3585 allows for
dispatch to destination when
conditional language in the
weather forecast for the
destination and first alternate
airport indicate that weather
may be below landing and
alternate airport minimums at
the estimated time of arrival.

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft that has a
certificate of airworthiness or
export airworthiness approval
later than 12/27/2010.

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds Authorizations
of Operation/Authorization of Operation/Authorization

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Equipment
Contracted for
Repair

Select if the certificate holder
contracts equipment out for
repair.

RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds Certificated Kinds of 121 Cert Kind of
of Operation/Authorization of Operation/Authorization Operation
Operation

Enter the three-character code
for the kind of operation. The
following options are valid entry
codes/descriptions:
DOM Domestic
DFG Domestic and Flag
SUP Supplemental
(PAX/Cargo)
SCO Supplemental (Cargo
Only)

M, Q

RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds Certificated Kinds of Domestic/Flag
of Operation/Authorization of Operation/Authorization Operation
Conducts
Supplemental
Operations

Select if the certificate holder is a Q
Domestic or Flag operator, and
also conducts supplemental
operations

RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds Proposed Or
of Operation/Authorization of Operation/Authorization Existing Type
Operating
Configuration

Allows Cargo in
Passenger
Compartment

Select if the certificate holder
allows cargo in the passenger
compartment. (Ref. §121.285)

RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds Proposed Or
of Operation/Authorization of Operation/Authorization Existing Type
Operating
Configuration

Allows Carry-On
Select if the certificate holder has Q
Baggage on Aircraft OpSpec A011 authorization and
allows carry-on baggage on the
aircraft.

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds Proposed Or
of Operation/Authorization of Operation/Authorization Existing Type
Operating
Configuration

Does not allow
Carry-on Baggage
on Aircraft

Select if the certificate holder has Q
OpSpec A011 authorization and
does not allow carry-on baggage
on the aircraft.

RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds Proposed Or
of Operation/Authorization of Operation/Authorization Existing Type
Operating
Configuration

Allows Smoking on
Aircraft Per DOT
252

Operates flight where smoking is Q
permitted, subject to DOT 252

RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds Types of Cargo
of Operation/Authorization of Operation/Authorization Carried

RFID Installed

Select if the certificate holder
utilizes radio frequency
identification (RFID) on aviation
products and equipment. (Ref.
AC 20-162; AC 119-2)

RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds Types of Cargo
of Operation/Authorization of Operation/Authorization Carried

HAZMAT Carried

Select if the certificate holder has
an FAA approved hazardous
materials (hazmat) program to
carry hazardous materials.

RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds RO-DO/PI/Certificated Kinds Types of Cargo
of Operation/Authorization of Operation/Authorization Carried

Carries Cargo

Select if the Operation
M, Q
Configuration of one or more of
the certificate holder’s aircraft is
approved for “All Cargo” or “PAX
and Cargo.” (Ref. OpSpec A003)

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Unit Load Device

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Other Equipment
And Configuration

Unit Load Device

Field Name

Certified

Uncertified

Active

CVR Installed

Description Field
Select if the certificate holder
utilizes Certified Unit Load
Devices. A certified ULD meets
the requirements of TSO-C90;
STC requirements, if applicable
or other FAA-approved
certification standards. A
certified ULD is structurally
capable of restraining a load
and/or protecting the aircraft
systems and structure. (AC 12085)
Select if the certificate holder
uses ULDs not meeting
requirements of TSO-C90, STC
requirements, or other FAAapproved certification
requirements. (AC 120-85)

Scoping

Select if the certificate holder
utilizes Active Unit Load Devices.
Active ULDs are ULDs with active Q
temperature control systems for
transporting temperature
sensitive cargo. (AC 120-85)
Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with a CVR
installed.

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Other Equipment
And Configuration

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Other Equipment
And Configuration

Lavatory Installed

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Medical Oxygen
Equipment

Oxygen
Equipment Operator
Provided

FDR Installed

Description Field
Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with a FDR
installed.
Select “Lavatory Installed” when
the aircraft is equipped with a
Lavatory, but not a portable
potty. Ref. AD 74-08-09R3 for
Transport Category Aircraft
configured with a Lavatory.

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with medical
oxygen equipment on board.

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field
Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with portable
oxygen concentrators on board.

Scoping

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Medical Oxygen
Equipment

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Specify Altitude
Limitations

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Specify Altitude
Limitations

Altitude > FL270

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

Extended
Operations

Select If the certificate holder Is
ETOPS Greater than Authorized ETOPS Operations
Greater Than 180 Minutes.
180 Minutes

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

Extended
Operations

Extended Overwater Select if the certificate holder
Operations
conducts extended overwater
operations.

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

Geographic Areas
of Operations

Polar Area South

Select if the certificate holder
conducts Polar Area South
Operations.

Specialized Means
of Navigation
Outside the United
States and District
of Columbia

Select If The certificate holder
Conducts Specialized Means Of
Navigation Outside The United
States And The District Of
Columbia. (Ref. 121.389(a))

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

Geographic Areas
of Operations

Portable Oxygen
Concentrators

Altitude > FL250

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft above FL250.
Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft above FL270.

SAS Vitals Descriptions

Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

Operations outside
the United States /
Geographic Areas of International
Operations

Select if the certificate holder
conducts flight within foreign
countries. (Ref. 121.11, 121.723)

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

Geographic Areas of
Operations
Hawaii

Select if the certificate holder
conducts operations within
Hawaii

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

Geographic Areas
of Operations

Alaska

Select if the certificate holder
conducts operations within
Alaska

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

Geographic Areas
of Operations

Overwater
Operations

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

Additional Flight
Planning
Constraints

Outsource Flight
Following

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

Additional Flight
Planning
Constraints

High Minimums
PIC

Proposed or Current
Terminal and
Enroute Procedures

Approach
and Landing
Operations

Conducts
Category II
Operations

Select if the certificate holder
conducts overwater operations.
Select If the certificate holder
Outsources Flight Following.
Applies to supplemental
operators only.
Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with high
minimums PICs.

Select if the certificate holder
conducts Category II
Operations

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions

Menu Item
Proposed or Current
Terminal and
Enroute Procedures

Operating Configuration

Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Section Title
Proposed or Current
Terminal and
Enroute Procedures

Operating Configuration

Subtitle
Approach
and
Landing
Operations

Field Name
Conducts Category
III Operations

Aircraft Category

Nontransport
Category

Operating Configuration

Aircraft Category

Provisionally
Certificated

Operating Configuration

Aircraft Category

Transport Category

Leased or Chartered
Civil Aircraft
Operating Configuration

Operating Configuration

Aircraft Category

One or more nonUS registered
aircraft

Description Field
Select if the certificate holder
conducts Category III Operations

Scoping
Q

Select if the certificate holder
Q
operates other than transport
category aircraft, but do not
select for “large nontransport”
which are certificated under Aero
Bulletin 7A
Reference CFR 21 Subpart 1 –
Provisional Airworthiness
Certificates (Ref. 91.317, 121.207) Q
Select if the certificate holder
operates transport category
aircraft. See TCDS for
certification basis.
Select if the certificate holder
utilizes Leased or Chartered Civil
Aircraft.
Select if the certificate holders
operates one or more aircraft
registered as civil aircraft of an
ICAO country

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

One or more US
registered aircraft

Description Field
Select if the certificate holders
operates one or more aircraft
registered as civil aircraft of the
United States.

Scoping

Operating Configuration

Aircraft Category

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Reciprocating

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Four Engines

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with four
engines

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Three Engines

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with three
engines

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Turbine

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with turbine
engines. Check this box in
addition to other applicable
boxes for all turbine-powered
aircraft.

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with
reciprocating engines

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Turbojet

Select if the certificate holder
operates turbojet (includes
turbofan) aircraft

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Turbopropeller

Select if the certificate holder
Q
operates turbo propeller aircraft

Aircraft Equipment

Emergency
Evacuation Systems

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft equipped with
automatically deployable
Q
emergency evacuation assisting
means.

Aircraft
Configuration

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft where an
emergency exit is more than six
Exit More than 6 Feet feet from the ground when the
plane is on the ground and the
from Ground
landing gear is extended.
Q

Operating Configuration

Aircraft
Configuration

Exit Seat installed

Galley
Installed

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with an exit seat
installed.
M, Q

Select if the certificate
holder operates aircraft
with a galley installed.

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Subtitle

Field Name

Operating Configuration

Aircraft
Configuration

Locking Cockpit
Door

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with a locking
cockpit door installed.

Operating Configuration

Aircraft
Configuration

Open Overhead
Rack

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with open
overhead racks installed.

Operating Configuration

Aircraft
Configuration

Pressurized Aircraft

Operating Configuration

Section Title

Operating Configuration

Aircraft
Configuration

Tailcone Exit

Outside Aircraft
Check Procedure
Operating Configuration

Operating Configuration

Approvals

Approved DeIcing/Anti-Icing
Program
Approvals

Description Field

Select if the certificate holder
operates pressurized aircraft.
Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft where a tailcone
emergency exit is more than six
feet from the ground when the
plane is on the ground and the
landing gear is extended.

Scoping

Select if OpSpec A023 only allows
the provision for Outside the
Aircraft Check (OTAC), or if the
approved deicing/anti-icing
program includes the OTAC
Q
authorization of (121.629(d)).
Select if OpSpec A023 allows for
an Approved Ground
Deicing/Anti-icing Program of
121.629(c) which includes
provisions for program
implementation, training,
holdover procedures, fluids and
pretakeoff check procedures.

SAS Vitals Descriptions

Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Operating Configuration

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Section Title

Operating Configuration

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Subtitle

A/C Certification
CFR PART/SFAR

Records

Weight

Weight
14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14
CFR 121/135
Maint and
Reliability
Program Info

Field Name

Description Field

Aero Bulletin 7A

Civil Air
Regulations (CAR)
4A

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft originally type
certificated IAW CAR 4A

Airworthiness
Release Form

Select if the CH uses an
Airworthiness Release Form and
not an aircraft log entry of
121.709(a).

Payload < 7,500
pounds

Select If The certificate holder
Operates Aircraft With A
Payload < 7500 pounds.

Payload => 7,500
pounds

Select If The certificate holder
Operates Aircraft With A
Payload That Equals Or Exceeds
7500 Pounds.

10 or More Continuous
Airworthiness
Maintenance
Program (121 or
135)

Select if the certificate holder
has a continuous airworthiness
maintenance program for
aircraft with 10 or more
passenger seats.

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Section Title

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Subtitle
14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14
CFR 121/135
Maint and
Reliability
Program Info

14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14
CFR 121/135
Maint and
Reliability
Program Info

Field Name
10 or More or 121
- Approved
Corrosion
Prevention
Program

10 or More or 121
- Reliability
program
Encompasses
Entire Aircraft

14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14
CFR 121/135
Maint and
Reliability
Program Info

10 or More or 121
- Reliability
program Does Not
Cover Entire
Aircraft

Continued
Airworthiness and
Safety
Improvements

Aging Airplane
Inspections and
Records Reviews.
(121.1105)

Description Field

Scoping

Select if the certificate holder
has an approved corrosion
prevention program for aircraft
with 10 or more passenger
seats.
Select if the 121 certificate
holder operating aircraft with
10 or more passenger seats has
an approved reliability program
encompassing the entire
aircraft.

Select if the 121 certificate
holder operating aircraft with 10
or more passenger seats has an
approved reliability program
covering some portion of the
aircraft.

Select if the regulation applies
to one or more aircraft in the
certificate holder's fleet

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Repairs
Assessment for
Pressurized
Fuselages.
(121.1107)

Select if the regulation applies to
one or more aircraft in the
certificate holder's fleet

Scoping

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Continued
Airworthiness and
Safety
Improvements

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Continued
Airworthiness and
Safety
Improvements

Supplemental
Inspections.
(121.1109)

Select if the regulation applies to
one or more aircraft in the
certificate holder's fleet

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Continued
Airworthiness and
Safety
Improvements

EWIS
Maintenance
Program.
(121.1111)

Select if the regulation applies to
one or more aircraft in the
certificate holder's fleet
Q

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Continued
Airworthiness and
Safety
Improvements

Fuel Tank System
Maintenance
Program.
(121.1113)

Select if the regulation applies to
one or more aircraft in the
certificate holder's fleet

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Continued
Airworthiness and
Safety
Improvements

Limit of Validity.
(121.1115)

Select if the regulation applies to
one or more aircraft in the
certificate holder's fleet

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Continued
Airworthiness and
Safety
Improvements

Flammability
Reduction Means.
(121.1117)

Select if the regulation applies to
one or more aircraft in the
certificate holder's fleet

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item
Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Section Title
Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Subtitle
Continued
Airworthiness and
Safety
Improvements

Areas of
Scheduled
Operations

Field Name
Fuel Tank Vent
Explosion
Protection.
(121.1119)

Description Field
Select if the regulation
applies to one or more aircraft
in the certificate holder's fleet
Select if the certificate holder
conducts scheduled operations
in the region. This excludes
scheduled public charter
operations under 14 CFR Part
380. Leave blank for on- demand
operations.

AL
Select if the certificate holder
conducts scheduled operations
in the region. This excludes
scheduled public charter
operations under 14 CFR Part
380. Leave blank for on- demand
operations.
CE
Select if the certificate holder
conducts scheduled operations
in the region. This excludes
scheduled public charter
operations under 14 CFR Part
380. Leave blank for on- demand
operations.
EA

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Section Title

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Subtitle

Areas of
Scheduled
Operations

Field Name

GL
Select if the certificate holder
conducts scheduled operations
in the region. This excludes
scheduled public charter
operations under 14 CFR Part
380. Leave blank for on- demand
operations.
NM
Select if the certificate holder
conducts scheduled operations
in the region. This excludes
scheduled public charter
operations under 14 CFR Part
380. Leave blank for on- demand
operations.
SO

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Section Title

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Subtitle

Areas of
Scheduled
Operations

Field Name

SW
Select if the certificate holder
conducts scheduled operations
in the region. This excludes
scheduled public charter
operations under 14 CFR Part
380. Leave blank for on- demand
operations.
WP

Assc. Reference
ID:

Special Purpose:

This is a free-form field
provided for use by the Field
Office to cross-reference files. It
may include a reference to the
office paper file on the
certificate holder or other
computer files.
This is a free-form field
provided for tracking
purposes on a temporary or
permanent basis.
Headquarters, the Regional
Office, or Field Office can use
this field.

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Areas of
Scheduled
Operations

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.
Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Safety
Programs

Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and Reliability
Info.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

Safety
Programs

Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and Reliability
Info.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

Safety
Programs

Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and Reliability
Info.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and Reliability
Info.
Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and Reliability
Info.

Safety
Programs

Field Name

Description Field

National Use:

This is a two-character field
provided for use by FAA
Headquarters for specific
tracking purposes on a
temporary or permanent basis.
The region or Field Offices
should not use this field.

VDRP - Voluntary
Disclosure
Reporting System
IEP – Internal
Evaluation
Program

Select if the certificate holder
utilizes the Voluntary Disclosure
Reporting Program (VDRP).
Select if the certificate holder has
an approved Internal Evaluation
Program (IEP).

ASIAS - Aviation
Safety Information
Analysis and
Sharing
CISP - Confidential
Information
Sharing Program

Select if the certificate holder has
a MOU with ASIAS.

Safety
Programs

LOSA - Line
Operations Safety
Assessments

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

Safety
Programs

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

Flight Operational
Quality Assurance
(FOQA)

ASRS - Aviation
Safety Reporting
System
Implementation
and Operations
(I&O) Plan

Select if the certificate holder
conducts Line Operations Safety
Audits.

Scoping

M, Q

Select if the certificate holder’s
pilot ASAP submits sanitized
narratives into CISP.

Select if the certificate holder
utilizes ASRS.
Select if the certificate holder has
an approved FOQA I&O Plan.

SAS Vitals Descriptions

Select if the certificate holder
uses a FOQA FDM plan.

Pilot

Select if the certificate holder has
an approved Aviation Safety
Action Program (ASAP) for Pilots,
including Management Pilot,
Executive Pilot, Flight Engineers.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and Reliability
Info.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

ASAP Employee
Maintenance
Groups – Check all
that apply.

Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and Reliability
Info.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

ASAP Employee
Flight Attendant
Groups – Check all
that apply.

Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and Reliability
Info.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

ASAP Employee
Dispatcher
Groups – Check all
that apply.

Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and Reliability
Info.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

ASAP Employee
Ground
Groups – Check all
that apply.

Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and Reliability
Info.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

ASAP Employee
Other
Groups – Check all
that apply.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

Flight Operational
Quality Assurance
(FOQA)
ASAP Employee
Groups – Check all
that apply.

Flight Data
Monitoring (FDM)

Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and Reliability
Info.
Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and Reliability
Info.

Select if the certificate holder has
an approved Aviation Safety
Action Program (ASAP) for
Maintenance, including
supervisor(s) and controller(s).
Select if the certificate holder has
an approved Aviation Safety
Action Program (ASAP) for Flight
Attendants or Cabin Attendants.
Select if the certificate holder has
an approved Aviation Safety
Action Program (ASAP) for
Dispatchers or Flight Followers.
Select if the certificate holder has
an approved Aviation Safety
Action Program (ASAP) for
Ground personnel including
Ramp and Customer Service
personnel.
Select if the certificate holder has
an approved Aviation Safety
Action Program (ASAP) for Other
employee group(s) such as Op
Admin, Crew Scheduler, Flight
Coordinator, security, Load
Planner, etc.

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Section Title

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Subtitle

Maintenance
Personnel

Field Name
Canadian Persons
to Perform
Maintenance ,
Preventive
Maintenance or
Alterations on US
Aeronautical
Products

Description Field

Select If The certificate holder
Has US Aeronautical Products
Maintained By Canadian
Persons.

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions

Name/Address

Name/Address
Code

Select one of the following
codes
1) CEO (Chief Executive
Officer) Optional. The Chief
Executive Officer (CEO) is the
person who is given the chief
decision-making
authority in an organization or
business, regardless of title.
2) CIN (Chief Inspector)
This person is employed to
fulfill the requirements of CFR
119.65 (a) or 91.1413(b) (2).
This position is required for
CFR 121, a Continuous
Airworthiness Maintenance
Program under 91K and is
optional for other CFRs.
3) CPT (Chief Pilot)
This person is employed to
fulfill the requirements of CFR
119.65(a) or 119.69(a). This
position is required for CFR 121,
and 135. It is optional for other
CFRs.
4) DMT (Director of
Maintenance)
This is the person who is
employed to fulfill the
requirements of CFR
119.65(a), or 91.1413(b)(1).
This position is required for
CFR 121, 135 and a
Continuous Airworthiness
Maintenance Program under
91K. It is optional for other

SAS Vitals Descriptions
CFRs.
5) DOP (Director of
Operations)
This person is employed to
fulfill the requirements of CFR
119.65(a), 119.69(a), or
125.25. This position is required
for CFR 121, 125, and
135. It is optional for other CFRs.
6) DOS (Director of Safety) This
person is employed to fulfill the
requirements of CFR 119.65(a).
This position is required for CFR
121 and optional for other
CFRs.
7) MGR (General Manager) The
position is optional for all CFRs.
The General Manager has
overall management
responsibility for all
organizational activities of the
certificate holder.
8) MML (Main Maintenance
Location)
This is the facility/location
where: (1) overall maintenance
management and maintenance
operational control is
conducted, (2) the final
repository for maintenance
personnel training records and
aircraft maintenance records is
located, and (3) the
maintenance management

SAS Vitals Descriptions
personnel who are required
by regulation are domiciled
and conduct the overall
program, management
oversight, and control.
9) MOL (Main Operations
Location)
This is the facility/location
where: (1) overall flight
management and flight
operational control is
conducted, (2) the final
repository for flight
crewmember, flight attendant,
dispatcher, and flight operations
records is located, and (3) the
flight management personnel
who are required by regulation
are domiciled and conduct the
overall program, management
oversight, and control.
10) PAD (Primary Flight
Attendant Domicile)
This is the location where the
certificate holder has the
largest number of flight
attendants assigned.
11) PAT (Primary Flight
Attendant Training Location)
This is the location where the
certificate holder conducts
basic indoctrination training
for flight attendants as
required by CFR 121.421 or
135.349.

SAS Vitals Descriptions

12) PBO (Principal Base of

Operations)
This is the primary operating
location as established by the
certificate holder.
13) PMD (Primary
Maintenance Domicile)
This is the location where the
certificate holder has the
largest number of maintenance
personnel assigned.
14) PMT (Primary
Maintenance Training
Location)
This is the location where the
certificate holder conducts
basic indoctrination training for
maintenance personnel as
required by CFR 121.375,
135.433 or 91.1111.
15) PPD (Primary Pilot
Domicile)
This is the location where the
certificate holder has the
largest number of pilots
assigned.
16) PPT (Primary Pilot Training
Location)
This is the location where the
certificate holder conducts basic
indoctrination training for pilots
as required by the applicable
CFR 121, Subpart N and 135,
Subpart H.

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field
The name of the person or
company performing the role
described for the name/address
code. If the name is a person,
then enter the last name first,
immediately followed by a
space. The software will
automatically insert a comma
instead of the space. Then enter
the first name followed by the
middle name or middle initial. A
name suffix, such as “Jr.,” “II,” etc.
may be added after the middle
initial. Always insert a period after
an initial and “Jr.” or “Sr.”

Name/Address

Name

Name/Address

Position Title

Enter the organizational title
of the person.

Name/Address

Address 1

Enter the business address of
the person, company, or
facility.

Name/Address

Address 2

Enter the second line of the
address (if needed).

Name/Address

Address 3

Enter the third line of the
address (if needed).

Name/Address

City

Enter the name of the city or
town.

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field
Enter the two-character postal
abbreviation for the state or

Name/Address

State

Zip Code

Country

U.S. possession. Leave the field
blank if the address is outside of
the United States or U.S.
possession.
Enter the U.S. postal zip code, if
the address is within the United
States or U.S. possession. Enter
the nine digit postal code with a
dash [] separating the fifth and sixth
digit, if available. Enter the
postal code (if available) of the
country/state/province, if the
address is outside of the United
States or U.S. possession.
Enter the two-character
abbreviation of the country, if
the address is outside of the
United States or U.S.
possession. No entry is required
if a state was entered, it will
default to US.

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field
Enter the business telephone
number including area code, if
located within the United States
or U.S. possession.

Name/Address

Business Phone

Name/Address

Foreign Phone

Name/Address

Fax

Name/Address

Mobile Phone

Name/Address

E-Mail Address

Leave blank if located outside of
the United States or U.S.
possession. Enter the telephone
extension number, if necessary.
Enter the business telephone
number including area code, of
the office located outside the
United States or U.S. possession.
The number must be recorded
as it is dialed from the United
States. Enter the telephone
extension number, if necessary.
Enter the fax number of the
person

Enter the mobile phone number
of the person.
Enter the email address of the
person.

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item
Name/Address

Authorized DBAs

Section Title
Name/Address

Authorized DBAs

Subtitle
Name/Address

Current DBAs

Field Name

Description Field

Airport ID

Enter the airport ID where the
company or facility is located.

Authorized DBA
Name

Any authorized name under
which the operator is doing
business as authorized in OPSS
Paragraph A001.

Authorized DBA
Type

Enter “P” if the name is the
primary DBA name. If there is
only one DBA, then it is the
primary DBA. Enter “O” for all
other DBAs. The certificate
holder should be consulted to
determine the primary DBA
when there are multiple DBAs.

Scoping

SAS Vitals Descriptions
Vitals Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Waivers Authorizations

Aircraft

Section Title

Waivers Authorizations

Aircraft

Subtitle

Current Waivers
and
Authorizations

Current Aircraft

Field Name

Waivers and
Authorizations

Description Field
The CFR from which the
certificate holder holds a waiver.
Valid entries are listed on the
FSAS Waivers Lookup Table.

14CFR

The CFR under which type of
aircraft is being operated, either
121 or 135.

Make Model
Series

Enter the make/model/series for
each type of aircraft operated by
the certificate holder under the
selected CFR. The designation
must be listed on the FSAS
aircraft make/model/series table.

PAX
Demonstrated

PAX
Approved/Cargo

Scoping

Enter the maximum
demonstrated passenger seating
capacity identified under
121.291(a) or 121.291(b).
Enter the number of passenger
seats installed as approved by
the POI. Enter "0" (zero) for “AllCargo” configured aircraft.

M, Q

SAS Vitals Descriptions
ls Data Fields - 121 Operators
Menu Item

Aircraft

Comments

Section Title

Aircraft

Comments

Subtitle

Current Aircraft

Field Name

Number Required
Flight Attendants

Description Field
For 121, enter the number of
flight attendants used during
the emergency evacuation
demonstration conducted
under 121.291.

Number of
Aircraft

Enter the total number of
aircraft by make/model/series
that the certificate holder
operates under the provisions of
the selected CFR.

Structural
Inspection
Program

Select if a structural
inspection program that
complies with the airframe
manufacturer’s
documents is required for the
candidate aircraft.

AQP

Select if an Advanced
Qualification Program (AQP) is
approved for the
make/model/series under
the provisions of SFAR 58.

Comments

Enter FAA comments.
Comments are not visible to
external users.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators
The following table lists the configuration vitals attributes that make up a 135 certificate holder's configuration data. These appear on the
Configuration Data > Vitals tab. Items are ordered by the section title / subtitle they appear in on the Vitals tab.
Note: The Scoping column shows if/how the data entered for an attribute is used to scope information for a certificate holder. Key: M = MLF
labels, P = Peer Groups, Q = Questions. For example, if an attribute's Scoping column value is P, that means that the entry made on the Vitals tab
for that attribute is used to determine a certificate holder's peer group(s).

Menu Item

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

General Information General Information

Air Operator Name

General Information General Information

14 CFR

General Information General Information

Certificate Type

General Information General Information

CHDO

General Information General Information

Previous Designator

General Information General Information

Certificate Number

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field

Scoping

This is the legal or official name of the certificate
holder. This field is auto- filled and cannot be edited.
This data field identifies the operational Title 14 of
P
the Code of Federal Aviation Regulations (CFR)
under which a person or organization conducts
business. This field is auto-filled.
This field identifies the type of certificate held by the
certificate holder. This field is auto-filled and cannot
be edited.
This is the four-character alphanumeric ID code of
the Certificate Holding District Office. This field is
auto-filled.
Entries in this field will only be made when the
certificate holder had previously operated under
another designator. It is important that the same
legal entity is the user of the current and previous
designator.
A certificate number is a formal identifier, assigned
by AFS-600, which distinguishes each certificate held
by an individual entity. This field is auto-filled and
cannot be edited.

Menu Item

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

General Information General Information

SAS Version 3.4

Field Name

Previous Certificate
Number

Description Field

Entries in this field will only be made when the FAA
re-codes certificate numbers, or whenever
knowledge of previous certificate information is
necessary, e.g., re- codification of certificate holder
certificate numbers.
Certificate Issue Date The date the certificate was originally issued. The
date in this field reflects the original date on which
all requirements for certification were met, and the
certificate became effective. This date must not be
changed when a certificate is re-issued for routine
purposes, such as, changes in address, name, or
certificate holding district office.
Certificate Status
The current status of the certificate. The following
options are valid codes/descriptions:
A - The certificate is active.
C - The certificate is being or has been transferred to
another CHDO.
D - The certificate has been surrendered voluntarily.
P - The certificate is in the precertification process.
The entry is changed to active when the certificate is
issued or terminated when the certificate holder
withdraws the application.
R - The certificate has been revoked.
S - The certificate has been suspended for a
specified period. When the suspension period has
been completed and the certificate has been
returned to the certificate holder, the entry is
changed back to active.
T - The applicant terminates precertification activities
without a certificate being issued.

Scoping

Menu Item

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

General Information General Information

Certification Status
Date

General Information General Information

Validation Date

CEO

Name

CEO

Title

The date in this field represents the date on which
the Certificate Status (A-Active, D-Surrendered, RRevoked, etc.) became effective.
The system auto-fills the present date, but allows the
user to enter an earlier date. The modifiable date
option allows the user to accurately reflect the date
on which the certificate holder's status changed
(final adjudication of legal enforcement proceedings,
completion of certificate transfer requirements,
voluntary surrender, etc.).
The Validation Date field is auto- filled with today's
date on creation of the certificate holder record. The
date can be replaced with a date earlier than today's
date. Enter the date on which all fields in the record
have been verified by an inspector to be current,
correct and validated by the certificate holder. The
information being validated should be done in
person, by phone or by mail.
The name of the person performing Chief Executive
Officer duties. Enter the last name first, immediately
followed by a space. The software will automatically
insert a comma instead of a space. Then enter the
first name followed by the middle name or middle
initial. A name suffix, such as Jr. II, etc. may be added
after the middle initial. Always insert a period after
an initial and Jr.• or Sr.•
The organizational title of the person.

CEO

Address 2:

The second line of the address, if needed.

CEO
CEO
CEO
CEO

SAS Version 3.4

CEO
CEO
CEO
CEO

Address 1:
Address 3:
City

State

The business address of the person.

The third line of the address, if needed.
The name of the city or town.

The two-character postal abbreviation for the state
or U.S. possession. The field is blank if the address is
outside of the United States or U.S. possession.

Scoping

Menu Item

CEO

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

Postal code

CEO

Country

CEO

Business Phone

CEO

Foreign Phone

CEO

Mobile Phone

CEO

Fax

Personnel / Training Personnel / Training /AW
/AW Agreement
Agreement

PIC Captains

CEO

SAS Version 3.4

CEO

Email Address

Description Field

The U.S. postal zip code, if the address is within the
United States or U.S. possession. Enter the nine digit
postal code with a dash [-] separating the fifth and
sixth digit, if available. Enter the postal code (if
available) of the country/state/province, if the
address is outside of the United States or U.S.
possession.
The two-character abbreviation of the country, if the
address is outside of the United States or U.S.
possession. No entry is required if a state was
entered, it will default to US.
The business telephone number including area code,
if the person is located within the United States or
U.S. possession. Blank if the person is located
outside of the United States or U.S. possession.
Enter the business telephone number including the
country code and city code (if applicable), if
the person is located outside of the United States or
U.S. possession. The number must be recorded as it
is dialed from the United States.
The cellular phone number, if necessary, to reach the
person.
The fax number, if necessary, to reach the person.
The electronic mail (e-mail) address.

Scoping

Menu Item

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

Personnel / Training Personnel / Training /AW
/AW Agreement
Agreement

Flight Engineer
Examiners

Personnel / Training Personnel / Training /AW
/AW Agreement
Agreement

Pilot Examiners

Personnel / Training Personnel / Training /AW
/AW Agreement
Agreement

Aircrew Program
Designees

Personnel / Training Personnel / Training /AW
/AW Agreement
Agreement

Dispatchers

Personnel / Training Personnel / Training /AW
/AW Agreement
Agreement

Inspectors

Personnel / Training Personnel / Training /AW
/AW Agreement
Agreement

Non Certificated
Mechanics

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field

Enter the number of persons employed by the
certificate holder designated by the FAA under the
provisions of CFR 183, Subpart C, with privileges to
conduct practical tests under CFR 63, Subpart B, for
qualified applicants.
Enter the number of persons employed by the
certificate holder designated by the FAA under the
provisions of CFR 183, Subpart C, with privileges to
conduct practical tests under CFR 61 to qualified
applicants.
Enter the number of certificate holder employees
authorized to conduct airman certification under
aircrew designated examiner program authorized
under the provisions of CFR 183. Do not include
persons authorized under the provisions of
142.55(a).
Enter the number of persons employed by the
certificate holder primarily for the purpose of
exercising the privileges of an FAA aircraft
dispatcher certificate issued under CFR 65, Subpart
C.
The number of persons employed by the certificate
holder who either (1) hold an inspection
authorization issued under 65.91, but are not
working under the provisions of a continuous
airworthiness maintenance program of the 121 or
135 air carrier; or (2) have been employed to fulfill
inspection responsibilities of the 121 or 135 air
carrier maintenance program but are not identified
as designated inspectors.
The number of aircraft mechanics employed by the
certificate holder who have not been certificated by
the FAA under the provisions of CFR 65, Subpart D.
A non-certificated mechanic must be working under
the supervision of a certificated mechanic or
repairman as authorized by 43.3(d).

Scoping

Menu Item

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

Personnel / Training Personnel / Training /AW
/AW Agreement
Agreement

Repairmen

Personnel / Training Personnel / Training /AW
/AW Agreement
Agreement

Other Pilots

Personnel / Training Personnel / Training /AW
/AW Agreement
Agreement

Flight Engineers

Personnel / Training Personnel / Training /AW
/AW Agreement
Agreement

Check Airmen

Personnel/Training/ Personnel / Training /AW
AW Agreement
Agreement

Flight Attendants

Personnel / Training Personnel / Training /AW
/AW Agreement
Agreement

Navigators

Personnel / Training Personnel / Training /AW
/AW Agreement
Agreement

Designated
Inspectors

Personnel / Training Personnel / Training /AW
/AW Agreement
Agreement

Certificated
Mechanics

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field

Scoping

The number of persons employed by the certificate
holder who have been certificated by the FAA under
the provisions of CFR 65, Subpart E.
The number of persons employed by the certificate
holder primarily for the purpose of exercising the
privileges of an FAA pilot certificate issued under
CFR 61. This person may or may not be qualified and
trained as a PIC by the certificate holder but will not
be assigned primary responsibilities for operation
and safety of an aircraft during flight. This person
typically will be a second-in-command (SIC) pilot.
The number of persons employed by the certificate
holder primarily for the purpose of exercising the
privileges of an FAA flight engineer certificate issued
under CFR 63, Subpart B.
The number of persons designated by the
Administrator as check pilot(s) for the certificate
holder under the provisions of 135.323(a)(4). Do not
include persons authorized under the provisions of
142.55(a).
Enter the number of persons employed by the
M, Q
certificate holder primarily to perform duties
required by 91.533, 135.107.
The number of persons employed by the certificate
holder primarily for the purpose of exercising the
privileges of an FAA flight navigator certificate
issued under CFR 63, Subpart C.
The number of persons employed by the 135 air
carrier who are not full time inspection employees,
but have specific inspection authority, and who
derive their inspection authority through the
continuous airworthiness maintenance program of
the air carrier under the provisions of 135.427(a).
The number of persons employed by the certificate
holder who have been certificated by the FAA under
the provisions of CFR 65, Subpart D.

Menu Item

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

Personnel / Training Personnel / Training /AW
/AW Agreement
Agreement

Total Number of
Employees

Personnel / Training Personnel / Training /AW
/AW Agreement
Agreement

Crew Member
Training

Personnel / Training Personnel / Training /AW
/AW Agreement
Agreement

Airworthiness
Agreement

Personnel/Training/ Personnel / Training /AW
AW Agreement
Agreement

Crew Members

One Pilot

Personnel/Training/
AW Agreement
Personnel/Training/
AW Agreement
Personnel/Training/
AW Agreement

Crew Members

Two Pilots

Crew Members

Three Pilots

Crew Members

Four Pilots

SAS Version 3.4

Personnel / Training /AW
Agreement
Personnel / Training /AW
Agreement
Personnel / Training /AW
Agreement

Description Field

Scoping

The total number of employees regardless of the
type of work performed who are employed by the
certificate holder.
Enter the code for the method by which the flight
crewmember, flight attendant, navigator, and aircraft
dispatcher training is accomplished, as required by
the applicable CFR. The POI shall determine the
proper entry code based on his/her knowledge of
the certificate holder. The following options are valid
entry codes/descriptions:
A - Contracts out most/all training
N - No training required
P - Contracts out a moderate amount of training
T - Performs most/all training
Enter the code for the method by which the
Continuous Airworthiness Maintenance Program is
conducted, as required by the applicable CFR. The
PMI shall determine the proper entry code based on
his/her knowledge of the operator. The following
options are valid entry codes/descriptions:
A - Contracts out most/all maintenance
M - Performs most/all maintenance
N - Continuous airworthiness maintenance program
not required
P - Contracts out a substantial maintenance function
Select if the certificate holder conducts operations
using only one pilot crewmember under VFR, or also
if IFR with A015 issued.
Select if the certificate holder conducts operations
requiring a crew of two pilots as required by CFR
Select if the certificate holder conducts operations
Q
requiring three pilots. (Ref 135.269)
Select if the certificate holder conducts operations
Q
requiring four pilots. (Ref 135.269)

Menu Item

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Personnel/Training/ Applicable Training Program
AW Agreement
Criteria

Airplane and
Flight Training
Simulator Training Devices

Select if the certificate holder conducts training
using flight training devices.

M, Q

Personnel/Training/
AW Agreement
Personnel/Training/
AW Agreement
Personnel/Training/
AW Agreement
Personnel/Training/
AW Agreement

Airplane and
Aircraft Training
Simulator Training
Airplane and
Flight Simulators
Simulator Training
Training Programs Transition Training

Personnel/Training/ Applicable Training Program
AW Agreement
Criteria

Training Programs Pilot Training Under
Both 135 and 121
N&O

Personnel/Training/ Applicable Training Program
AW Agreement
Criteria

Training Programs Pilot Training Under
121 N&O Only

Personnel /
Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training Program
Criteria

Training Programs Contract Training

Personnel /
Training / AW
Agreement
Personnel /
Training / AW
Agreement
Personnel /
Training / AW
Agreement

Applicable Training Program
Criteria

Pilot AQP Training Pilot AQP
Program

Select if the certificate holder conducts in-aircraft
training.
Select if the certificate holder conducts training
using flight simulators.
Select if the certificate holder conducts transition
training.
Select if CH/A utilizes learning that is accomplished
by any training method not including an instructor
and a gathering of trainees collocated in a
traditional classroom.
Select if the certificate holder uses pilot training
programs under both parts 135 and 121 Subpart N –
Training Program and Subpart O- Crewmember
Qualifications as provided in 135.3(b) or (c).
Select if the certificate holder conducts pilot training
for its part 135 operations using only 121 Subpart N
–Training Program and Subpart O- Crewmember
Qualifications curricula.
Select if the certificate holder is approved to utilize
Contract Training for crewmembers. Populate the
SAS configuration contractor tab with contractor
information.
Select if the certificate holder is issued an AQP
program for pilots.

Applicable Training Program
Criteria

Pilot AQP Training Indoc
Program

Select if the certificate holder conducts AQP
Indoctrination training for pilots.

Applicable Training Program
Criteria

Pilot AQP Training Qualification
Program

Select if the certificate holder conducts AQP
Qualification training for pilots.

SAS Version 3.4

Applicable Training Program
Criteria
Applicable Training Program
Criteria
Applicable Training Program
Criteria
Applicable Training Program
Criteria

Training Programs Use Distance
Learning

M, Q
Q
Q

Menu Item

Personnel /
Training / AW
Agreement
Personnel /
Training / AW
Agreement
Personnel /
Training / AW
Agreement
Personnel /
Training / AW
Agreement
Personnel /
Training / AW
Agreement
Personnel/Training/
AW Agreement
Personnel/Training/
AW Agreement
Personnel/Training/
AW Agreement
Personnel/Training/
AW Agreement
RO-DO/PI
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Applicable Training Program
Criteria

Pilot AQP Training Continuing
Program
Qualification

Select if the certificate holder conducts AQP
Continuing Qualification training for pilots.

Applicable Training Program
Criteria

Flight Attendant
AQP Training
Program
Flight Attendant
AQP Training
Program
Flight Attendant
AQP Training
Program
Flight Attendant
AQP Training
Program
Training Personnel

F/A AQP

Select if the certificate holder is issued an AQP
program for flight attendants.

Indoc

Select if the certificate holder conducts
Indoctrination AQP training for flight attendants.

Qualification

Select if the certificate holder conducts AQP
Qualification training for flight attendants.

Continuing
Qualification

Select if the certificate holder conducts AQP
Continuing Qualification training for flight
attendants.
Select if the certificate holder conducts in-aircraft
training using flight instructors.
Select if the certificate holder conducts simulator
training using flight instructors.
Select if the certificate holder conducts in-aircraft
training using check pilots.
Select if the certificate holder conducts simulator
training using check pilots.
The office and three-character inspector ID code of
the assigned Principal Operations Inspector (POI).

Applicable Training Program
Criteria
Applicable Training Program
Criteria
Applicable Training Program
Criteria
Applicable Training Program
Criteria
Applicable Training Program
Criteria
Applicable Training Program
Criteria
Applicable Training Program
Criteria
RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Flight Instructor
Aircraft
Training Personnel Flight Instructor
Simulator
Training Personnel Check Airmen
Aircraft
Training Personnel Check Airmen
Simulator

Principal Operations
Inspector:

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Principal
Maintenance
Inspector:

The office and three-character inspector ID code of
the assigned Principal Maintenance Inspector (PMI).

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Principal Avionics
Inspector:

The office and three-character inspector ID code of
the assigned Principal Avionics Inspector (PAI).

M, Q
M, Q
M, Q
M, Q

Menu Item

Section Title

RO-DO/PICertificate
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PICertificate Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

RO-DO/PI
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Description Field

Hazmat Principal
Inspector:

The office and name of the assigned Hazmat
Principal Inspector.

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Authorizations
Operation/Authorization

Exemptions

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Authorizations
Operation/Authorization

Deviations

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Authorizations
Operation/Authorization

Reliability

Select Exemptions if the certificate holder has been
granted an exemption from the requirements of any
CFR by the Administrator under the provisions of
CFR 11. List the exemptions in OPSS paragraph
A005.
Select Deviations if the Administrator under the
provision of a specific CFR has granted the
certificate holder a deviation. List the deviations in
OPSS paragraph A005.
Select Reliability if a Reliability program is
authorized by the operations specifications
paragraphs D074 or D075.

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Authorizations
Operation/Authorization

Single PIC and No
Manuals

RO-DO/PI
RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Certificated Kinds
Certificated Kinds of Operation/Authorization
of Operation
Operation/Authoriza
tion

SAS Version 3.4

Field Name

Scoping

Select if the Single PIC certificate holder, issued
M,Q
OpSpec A039, has a full manual deviation from
135.21; and that deviation is recorded in OpSpec
A005.
NOTE: Other common Single PIC deviations for
management personnel and training programs are
not considered “full” deviations and subsequently
are not represented in SAS.
135 Cert Fixed Wing: For 135 and 121/135 certificate holders, enter the
M, Q
three- character code for the kind of operation. The
following options are valid entry codes/descriptions:
CMA Commuter Airplane
ODA On-Demand Airplane PAX/Cargo
ODC On-Demand Airplane Cargo Only

Menu Item

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

RO-DO/PI
RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Certificated Kinds
Certificated Kinds of Operation/Authorization
of Operation
Operation/Authoriza
tion
Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration
RO-DO/PI/
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI/
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI/
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

SAS Version 3.4

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Proposed Or
Operation/Authorization
Existing Type
Operating
Configuration
RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Proposed Or
Operation/Authorization
Existing Type
Operating
Configuration
RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Types of Cargo
Operation/Authorization
Carried

Field Name

135 Cert Rotorcraft:

Description Field

For 135 and 121/135 certificate holders, enter the
three- character code for the kind of operation. The
following options are valid entry codes/descriptions:
CMR Commuter Rotorcraft
ODC On-Demand Rotorcraft Cargo Only
ODR On-Demand Rotorcraft PAX/Cargo
Reciprocating
Select if the certificate holder operates reciprocating
engine aircraft.
Single Engine
Select if the certificate holder operates single engine
aircraft.
Multiengine
Select if the certificate holder operates multi-engine
aircraft.
Three Engines
Select if the certificate holder operates three engine
aircraft.
Four Engines
Select if the certificate holder operates four engine
aircraft.
Turbine
Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft with
turbine engines. Check this box in addition to other
applicable boxes for all turbine-powered aircraft.
Turbojet
Select if the certificate holder operates turbojet
(includes turbofan) aircraft.
Turbo-propeller
Select if the certificate holder operates turbopropeller aircraft.
Allows Carry-On
Select if the certificate holder allows carry-on
Baggage on Aircraft baggage on the aircraft OR has OpSpec A011
authorization that allows carry-on baggage on the
aircraft.
Does not allow
Select if the certificate holder does not allow carry-on
Carry-on Baggage on baggage on the aircraft OR has OpSpec A011
Aircraft
authorization that does not allow carry-on baggage
on the aircraft.
RFID Installed
Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft with
RFID tags installed. (Ref. AC 20-162, AC 119-2).

Scoping

M, Q

Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q

Menu Item

RO-DO/PI/
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI/
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI/
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI/
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI/
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI/
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI/
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI/
Certificated Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Types of Cargo
Operation/Authorization
Carried

HAZMAT Carried

Select if the certificate holder has an FAA approved
hazardous materials (hazmat) program to carry
hazardous materials per OpSpec A055.

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Types of Cargo
Operation/Authorization
Carried

Carries Cargo

Select if the Operation Configuration of one or more M, Q
of the certificate holder’s aircraft is approved for “All
Cargo” or “PAX and Cargo.” (Ref. OpSpec A003)

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Other Equipment CVR Installed
Operation/Authorization
And Configuration

Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft with a Q
CVR installed.

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Other Equipment FDR Installed
Operation/Authorization
And Configuration

Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft with a Q
FDR installed.

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Other Equipment FDR Installed with
Operation/Authorization
And Configuration Filtered Data

Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft with
FDR installed which filters data.

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Other Equipment Lavatory Installed
Operation/Authorization
And Configuration

Select “Lavatory Installed” when the aircraft is
equipped with a Lavatory, but not a portable
potty. Ref. AD 74-08-09R3 for Transport Category
Aircraft configured with a Lavatory.
Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft with
APU installed.

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Other Equipment APU
Operation/Authorization
And Configuration

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Other Equipment Crew Accessible
Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft with Q
Operation/Authorization
And Configuration Cargo Compartment cargo compartments (disregard baggage areas) that
are designed to require the physical entry of a
crewmember (See 135.87(e)).

Menu Item

Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration

Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration
RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Operating Configuration

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Other Equipment Exit More than 6 Feet Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft where
And Configuration from Ground
an emergency exit is more than six feet from the
ground when the plane is on the ground and the
landing gear is extended.
Operating Configuration
Other Equipment Multiengine
Select if the certificate holder operates multi-engine
And Configuration Airplanes Used In
airplanes as a part 135 commuter in scheduled
Scheduled Service
operations.
Operating Configuration
Other Equipment Pressurized Aircraft Select if the certificate holder operates pressurized
And Configuration
aircraft.
Operating Configuration
Other Equipment Unpressurized
Select if the certificate holder operates
And Configuration Aircraft
unpressurized aircraft.
Operating Configuration
Other Equipment Retractable Landing Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft with
And Configuration Gear
retractable landing gear.
Operating Configuration
Other Equipment Tailwheel Airplane
Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft
And Configuration
equipped with a tailwheel.
Operating Configuration
Aircraft
Galley Installed
Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft with a
Configuration
galley installed.
RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Medical Oxygen
Portable Oxygen
Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft with
Operation/Authorization
Equipment
Concentrators
portable oxygen concentrators on board (See
§135.91).

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Medical Oxygen
Operation/Authorization
Equipment

Allows Passenger
Select if the certificate holder allows the use of
Medical Use Oxygen medical oxygen (See §135.91).

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Specify Altitude
Operation/Authorization
Limitations

Altitude > 12,000
MSL

Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q

Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft above Q
12,000 feet MSL.

Menu Item

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
Proposed or Current
Terminal and
Enroute Procedures
Proposed or Current
Terminal and
Enroute Procedures
Proposed or Current
Terminal and
Enroute Procedures
Proposed or Current
Terminal and
Enroute Procedures
Proposed or Current
Terminal and
Enroute Procedures
Proposed or Current
Terminal and
Enroute Procedures
Proposed or Current
Terminal and
Enroute Procedures
Proposed or Current
Terminal and
Enroute Procedures
Operating
Configuration

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

RO-DO/PI Certificated Kinds of Specify Altitude
Operation/Authorization
Limitations

Altitude > FL250

Select If the certificate holder operates aircraft above Q
FL250.

Proposed or Current Terminal
and Enroute Procedures

Extended
Operations

ETOPS Greater than
180 Minutes

Select if the certificate holder is authorized ETOPS
operations greater than 180 minutes.

Proposed or Current Terminal
and Enroute Procedures

Geographic Areas
of Operations

Polar Area South

Select if the certificate holder conducts Polar Area
South Operations.

Proposed or Current Terminal
and Enroute Procedures

Geographic Areas
of Operations

Select if the certificate holder conducts operations in Q
restricted international areas.

Proposed or Current Terminal
and Enroute Procedures

Geographic Areas
of Operations

Proposed or Current Terminal
and Enroute Procedures

Geographic Areas
of Operations

Operations in
Restricted
International Areas
Operations outside
the United States /
International
Hawaii

Proposed or Current Terminal
and Enroute Procedures

Geographic Areas
of Operations

Alaska

Select if the certificate holder conducts operations
within Alaska.

Proposed or Current Terminal
and Enroute Procedures

Approach and
Landing
Operations
Approach and
Landing
Operations
Aircraft Category

Conducts Category II Select if the certificate holder conducts Category II
Operations
Operations

Conducts Category
III Operations

Select if the certificate holder conducts Category III
Operations

Transport Category

Select if the certificate holder operates transport
category aircraft. See TCDS for certification basis.

Proposed or Current Terminal
and Enroute Procedures
Operating Configuration

Select if the certificate holder conducts flights
outside of the United States.

Select if the certificate holder conducts operations
within Hawaii.

Menu Item

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Aircraft Category

Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Aircraft Category

Operating Configuration

Aircraft Category

Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Aircraft Category

Operating Configuration

Unit Load Device

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Unit Load Device

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Unit Load Device

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Locations

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Locations

SAS Version 3.4

Field Name

One or more aircraft
type certificated after
10/15/1971 with 9
or more seats

Description Field

Select if certificate holder utilizes one or more
aircraft Type Certificated after 10/15/1971 that has a
passenger seating configuration, excluding any pilot
seat, of more than eight seats if any person other
than the pilot in command, a second in command, a
company check airman, or an authorized
representative of the Administrator, the National
Transportation Safety Board, or the United States
Postal Service occupies a pilot seat.
One or more non-US Select if the certificate holders operates one or more
registered aircraft
aircraft registered as civil aircraft of an ICAO country
One or more US
Select if the certificate holders operates one or more
registered aircraft
aircraft registered as civil aircraft of the United
States.
UAS Only
Select if the certificate holder's 135 operations uses
only UAS aircraft.
Active Unit Load
Select if the certificate holder utilizes Active Unit
Device
Load Devices. Active ULDs are ULDs with active
temperature control systems for transporting
temperature sensitive cargo. (AC 120-85)
Certified Unit Load
Select if the certificate holder utilizes Certified Unit
Device
Load Devices. A certified ULD meets the
requirements of TSO-C90; STC requirements, if
applicable; or other FAA-approved certification
standards. A certified ULD is structurally capable of
restraining a load and/or protecting the aircraft
systems and structure. (AC 120-85)
Uncertified Unit Load Select if the certificate holder uses ULDs not meeting
Device
requirements of TSO-C90, STC requirements, or
other FAA-approved certification requirements. (AC
120-85)
Maintenance
Select if the certificate holder performs maintenance
Performed Within
within the United States.
The United States
Operations Line
Select if the certificate holder uses operations line
Station/Personnel
stations for its On Demand operations.

Scoping

Q
Q
Q
Q

Q
Q

Menu Item

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Locations

Operating Configuration

Other Certificates
or Approvals

Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Other Certificates
or Approvals
Other Certificates
or Approvals
Other Certificates
or Approvals
A/C Certification
CFR PART/SFAR

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

A/C Certification
CFR PART/SFAR

Civil Air Regulations
(CAR) 4A

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Approvals

Approved DeIcing/Anti-Icing
Program

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Contract Services
Outsourced

U.S. Registered
Aircraft Located in
Canada

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Contract Services
Outsourced

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Weight

U.S. Registered
Aircraft Located
Outside United
States
Payload < 7,500
pounds

SAS Version 3.4

Operating Configuration
Operating Configuration
Operating Configuration

Description Field

Scoping

Airworthiness Line
Station
Equipment
Contracted for
Repair
Performs NDT/NDI
Inspections
CDL

Select if the certificate holder utilizes airworthiness
line stations that return aircraft to service.
Select if the certificate holder contracts equipment
out for repair.

Select if the certificate holder performs NDT/NDI
inspections.
Select if the certificate holder uses a CDL

NEF

Select if the certificate holder uses a NEF

Aero Bulletin 7A

Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft type
certificated IAW Bulletin 7A. These aircraft are
referred to as “large nontransport” airplanes in the
performance rules; example aircraft includes DC-3,
C-46.
Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft
originally type certificated IAW CAR 4A (Examples
include DC-6, or L-1049)
Select if OpSpec A023 allows for an Approved
Ground Deicing/Anti-icing Program of 121.629(c)
which includes provisions for program
implementation, training, holdover procedures,
fluids and pretakeoff check procedures.
Select if the certificate holder Outsources Contract
Services On Us Registered Aircraft Located In
Canada. Populate the SAS configuration contractor
tab with contractor information.
Select if certificate holder Outsources Contract
Services On Us Registered Aircraft Located Outside
the United States. Populate the SAS configuration
contractor tab with contractor information.
Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft with a
maximum payload capacity of less than 7,500
pounds.

Menu Item

Section Title

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

14 CFR Type

SAS Version 3.4

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Weight

Field Name

Payload => 7,500
pounds

Description Field

Scoping

Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft with a Q
maximum payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or
more.
Weight
Small (12,500 pounds Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft of
Q
or less, maximum
12,500 pounds or less, maximum certificated takeoff
certificated takeoff
weight. (Ref §1.1)
weight)
Weight
Large (more than
Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft of
Q
12,500 pounds,
more than 12,500 pounds, maximum certificated
maximum
takeoff weight (Ref §1.1)
certificated takeoff
weight)
14 CFR 135
Part 135 Basic
Select for the certificate holder issued OpSpec A037
Types of Operation Operator
or A038 using more than one pilot-in-command
(PIC) and authorized (because of the operation’s size
Information
and scope), certain deviations from 135 in OpSpecs.
14 CFR 135 Types Single Pilot Operator Select for the certificate holder using only one pilot
of Operation
for 135 operations and is issued OpSpec A040.
Information
14 CFR 135 Types Single Pilot in
Select if the certificate holder is issued OpSpec A039
of Operation
Command
using only one pilot-in-command and up to three
second-in-command pilots for 135 operations.
14 CFR 135
Commuter 9 PAX or Select if the certificate holder is authorized per A001
Types of Operation Less
to conduct Part 135 Commuter operations (See
Information
§110.2).
14 CFR 135
On Demand 9 PAX or Select if the certificate holder is authorized per A001
Types of Operation Less
to conduct Part 135 On Demand operations (See
§110.2); Select this box in addition to other
Information
applicable selections.

Menu Item

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

14 CFR Type

14 CFR 135
10 PAX or More
Types of Operation
Information

14 CFR Type

14 CFR 135
Types of Operation
Information
14 CFR 135
Types of Operation
Information
14 CFR 135
Types of Operation
Information

14 CFR Type

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field

Scoping

Select for the certificate holder operating one of the P
following:
1) airplane(s) with a maximum passenger seating
configuration of ten seats or more either in ondemand service or in scheduled operations not
meeting the definition of "commuter" in the
preceding Paragraph; or
2) rotorcraft with a maximum passenger-seating
configuration of ten seats or more.

Day Only (Unchecked Select for the certificate holder not authorized to
mean Day/Night)
operate at night.
Sea Plane

Select for the certificate holder authorized to
conduct 135 operations with airplanes requiring an
airplane single-engine or multiengine sea rating.
Extended Over Water Select for the certificate holder authorized to
conduct 135 operations over water at a horizontal
distance of more than 50 nautical miles from the
nearest shoreline, and for helicopter operations,
more than 50 nautical miles from an offshore
heliport structure.
14 CFR 135 Types VFR Only, Fixed Wing Select for the certificate holder authorized to
of Operation
(Unchecked means
operate airplanes under VFR only.
Information
IFR/VFR Operations)
14 CFR 135
VFR Only, Rotorcraft Select for the certificate holder authorized to
Types of Operation (Unchecked means
operate rotorcraft under VFR only.
IFR/VFR
Information
Operations)
14 CFR 135
10 or More
Select if the certificate holder operates with 10
Types of Operation Helicopter Air
helicopter air ambulances, or more.
Information
Ambulances
14 CFR 135 Types Scheduled Passenger Select if the certificate holder conducts scheduled
of Operation
Operations, except
passenger-carrying operations except within Alaska
Information
solely within Alaska (Ref. §135.261(b)).

Q
Q

Menu Item

Section Title

14 CFR Type

Scheduled
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten Operations/Maintenance and
ance and Reliability Reliability Program Info
Program Info
Scheduled
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten Operations/Maintenance and
ance and Reliability Reliability Program Info
Program Info
Scheduled
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten Operations/Maintenance and
ance and Reliability Reliability Program Info
Program Info
Scheduled
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten Operations/Maintenance and
ance and Reliability Reliability Program Info
Program Info
Scheduled
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten Operations/Maintenance and
ance and Reliability Reliability Program Info
Program Info

SAS Version 3.4

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

14 CFR 135 Types
of Operation
Information
14 CFR 135 Types
of Operation
Information
14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14
CFR 121/135
Maint and
Reliability Program
Info
14 CFR 121, 14 CFR
135, and 14 CFR
121/135 Maint and
Reliability Program
Info
14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14
CFR 121/135 Maint
and Reliability
Program Info
14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14
CFR 121/135
Maint and
Reliability Program
Info
14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14
CFR 121/135
Maint and
Reliability Program
Info

Field Name

Always Files FAA
Flight Plan

Description Field

Scoping

Select if the CH/A always files an FAA flight plan and
surveillance of 135.79 is not desired. (Ref. 135.79)
Q

Conducts Air Tours

Select if the CH/A conducts commercial air tours
under its Part 119 Air Carrier certificated operations.
Operations conducted under Part 91 are recorded
using Activity Recording (AR) codes per NPG Order
1800.56
9 or Less - Approved Select if the certificate holder has an approved
Aircraft Inspection
aircraft inspection program for aircraft with nine or
Program (AAIP)
less passenger seats under 135.419.
under 135.419
9 or Less Maintained under
135.411 (a)(1)

Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft with
nine or less passenger seats and elects to maintain
its aircraft under 135.411(a)(1).

10 or More Continuous
Airworthiness
Maintenance
Program (121 or 135)
9 or Less 135 OnDemand CAMP

Select if the certificate holder has a continuous
airworthiness maintenance program for aircraft with
10 or more passenger seats.

9 or Less 135
Commuter CAMP

Select if the 135 commuter certificate holder has a
continuous airworthiness maintenance program per
OpSpec D072 for aircraft with nine or less passenger
seats.

Select if the 135 on- demand certificate holder has a
continuous airworthiness maintenance program per
OpSpec D072 for aircraft with nine or less passenger
seats.

Menu Item

Section Title

Scheduled
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten Operations/Maintenance and
ance and Reliability Reliability Program Info
Program Info
Scheduled
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten Operations/Maintenance and
ance and Reliability Reliability Program Info
Program Info
Scheduled
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten Operations/Maintenance and
ance and Reliability Reliability Program Info
Program Info
Scheduled
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten Operations/Maintenance and
ance and Reliability Reliability Program Info
Program Info
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Program Info
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Program Info
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Program Info

SAS Version 3.4

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance and
Reliability Program Info

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14
CFR 121/135 Maint
and Reliability
Program Info
14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14
CFR 121/135
Maint and
Reliability Program
Info
14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14
CFR 121/135
Maint and
Reliability Program
Info
14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14
CFR 121/135 Maint
and Reliability
Program Info
Areas of Scheduled
Operations

Field Name

Description Field

10 or More or 121 Approved Corrosion
Prevention Program

Select if the certificate holder has an approved
corrosion prevention program for aircraft with 10 or
more passenger seats.

10 or More or 121 Reliability Program
Encompasses Entire
Aircraft

Select if the 135 certificate holder operating aircraft
with 10 or more passenger seats has an approved
reliability program encompassing the entire aircraft.

10 or More or 121 Reliability program
Does Not Cover
Entire Aircraft

Select if the CFR 135 certificate holder operating
aircraft with 10 or more passenger seats has an
approved reliability program covering some portion
of the aircraft.

Aging Airplane
Inspections and
Records

Select if the regulation 135.422 applies to one or
more aircraft in the certificate holder's fleet.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance and
Reliability Program Info

Areas of Scheduled CE
Operations

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance and
Reliability Program Info

Areas of Scheduled EA
Operations

Scoping

Menu Item

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Program Info
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Program Info
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Program Info
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Program Info
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Program Info
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Program Info
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Program Info
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Program Info
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Program Info

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance and
Reliability Program Info

Areas of Scheduled GL
Operations

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance and
Reliability Program Info

Areas of Scheduled NM
Operations

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance and
Reliability Program Info

Areas of Scheduled SO
Operations

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance and
Reliability Program Info

Areas of Scheduled SW
Operations

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance and
Reliability Program Info

Areas of Scheduled WP
Operations

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance and
Reliability Program Info

Areas of Scheduled Assc. Reference ID:
Operations

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance and
Reliability Program Info

Areas of Scheduled Special Purpose:
Operations

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance and
Reliability Program Info

Areas of Scheduled National Use:
Operations

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance and
Reliability Program Info

Safety Programs

IEP – Internal
Evaluation Program

Description Field

Scoping

Select if the certificate holder conducts scheduled
operations in the region. This excludes scheduled
public charter operations under 14 CFR Part 380.
Leave blank for on-demand operations.
Select if the certificate holder conducts scheduled
operations in the region. This excludes scheduled
public charter operations under 14 CFR Part 380.
Leave blank for on-demand operations.
Select if the certificate holder conducts scheduled
operations in the region. This excludes scheduled
public charter operations under 14 CFR Part 380.
Leave blank for on-demand operations.
Select if the certificate holder conducts scheduled
operations in the region. This excludes scheduled
public charter operations under 14 CFR Part 380.
Leave blank for on-demand operations.
Select if the certificate holder conducts scheduled
operations in the region. This excludes scheduled
public charter operations under 14 CFR Part 380.
Leave blank for on-demand operations.
This is a free-form field provided for use by the Field
Office to cross- reference files. It may include a
reference to the office paper file on the certificate
holder or other computer files.
This is a free-form field provided for tracking
purposes on a temporary or permanent basis.
Headquarters, the Regional Office, or Field Office
can use this field.
This is a two-character field provided for use by FAA
Headquarters for specific tracking purposes on a
temporary or permanent basis. The region or Field
Offices should not use this field.
Select if the certificate holder has an approved
M, Q
Internal Evaluation Program (IEP).

Menu Item

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Program Info
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Program Info

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance and
Reliability Program Info

Safety Programs

VDRP - Voluntary
Select if the certificate holder utilizes the Voluntary
Disclosure Reporting Disclosure Reporting Program (VDRP).
System

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance and
Reliability Program Info

Safety Programs

Scheduled
Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.
Scheduled
Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.
Scheduled
Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.
Scheduled
Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.
Scheduled
Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.
Scheduled
Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

Safety Programs

SMS VP - Safety
Select if the certificate holder utilizes an approved
M, Q
Management System SMSVP program in Active Conformance. This is to
Voluntary Program
be selected after the change of the certificate
holder’s program status from “SMSVP Active
Participant” to “SMSVP Active Conformance.”
ASIAS - Aviation
Select if the certificate holder has a MOU with ASIAS.
Safety Information
Analysis and Sharing

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

Safety Programs

CISP - Confidential
Information Sharing
Program

Select if the certificate holder’s pilot ASAP submits
sanitized narratives into CISP.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

Safety Programs

LOSA - Line
Operations Safety
Assessments

Select if the certificate holder conducts Line
Operations Safety Audits.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

Safety Programs

ASRS - Aviation
Safety Reporting
System

Select if the certificate holder utilizes ASRS.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

Flight Operational
Quality Assurance
(FOQA)

Implementation and
Operations (I&O)
Plan

Select if the certificate holder has an approved
FOQA I&O Plan.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

Flight Operational
Quality Assurance
(FOQA)

Flight Data
Monitoring (FDM)

Select if the certificate holder uses a FOQA FDM
plan.

SAS Version 3.4

M, Q

Menu Item

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

ASAP Employee
Pilot
Groups – Check all
that apply.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

ASAP Employee
Maintenance
Groups – Check all
that apply.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Program Info
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Program Info

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance and
Reliability Program Info

Inspection
Programs

100 hr/Annual

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance and
Reliability Program Info

Inspection
Programs

Progressive Aircraft
Inspection Program

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field

Scoping

ASAP Employee
Flight Attendant
Groups – Check all
that apply.

Select if the certificate holder has an approved
Aviation Safety Action Program (ASAP) for Pilots,
including Management Pilot, Executive Pilot, and/or
Flight Engineers.
Select if the certificate holder has an approved
Aviation Safety Action Program (ASAP) for
Maintenance, including supervisor(s) and
controller(s).
Select if the certificate holder has an approved
Aviation Safety Action Program (ASAP) for Flight
Attendants or Cabin Attendants.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

ASAP Employee
Dispatcher
Groups – Check all
that apply.

Select if the certificate holder has an approved
Aviation Safety Action Program (ASAP) for
Dispatchers or Flight Followers.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

ASAP Employee
Ground
Groups – Check all
that apply.

(Operational Management /
MX Programs)

ASAP Employee
Other
Groups – Check all
that apply.

Select if the certificate holder has an approved
Aviation Safety Action Program (ASAP) for Ground
personnel including Ramp and Customer Service
personnel.
Select if the certificate holder has an approved
Aviation Safety Action Program (ASAP) for Other
employee group(s) such as Op Admin, Crew
Scheduler, Flight Coordinator, Security, Load
Planner, etc.
Select if the certificate holder maintains any of its
aircraft IAW a 100 hour or annual inspection
program under 135.411(a)(1).
Select if the certificate holder maintains any of its
aircraft IAW a progressive inspection program.

Menu Item

Section Title

Scheduled
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten Operations/Maintenance and
ance and Reliability Reliability Program Info
Program Info

SAS Version 3.4

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Inspection
Programs

Field Name

Large or TurbinePowered Multiengine
Airplanes or TurbinePowered Rotorcraft
under 91.409(e)

Description Field

Select if the certificate holder operates an aircraft
identified in 91.409(e) and uses one of the
programs for inspection in 91.409(f); do not select
for an aircraft under an approved program of
OpSpec D073.

Scoping

Name/Address

Name/Address Code Select one of the following codes:
1. CEO (Chief Executive Officer) Optional - The Chief
Executive Officer (CEO) is the person who is given
the chief decision- making authority in an
organization or business, regardless of title.
2. CIN (Chief Inspector) - This person is employed to
fulfill the requirements of CFR 119.65 (a) or
91.1413(b) (2). This position is required for CFR 121,
a Continuous Airworthiness Maintenance Program
under 91K and is optional for other CFRs.
3. CPT (Chief Pilot) - This person is employed to fulfill
the requirements of CFR 119.65(a) or 119.69(a). This
position is required for CFR 121, and
135. It is optional for other CFRs.
4. DMT (Director of Maintenance) - This is the person
who is employed to fulfill the requirements of CFR
119.65(a), or 91.1413(b)(1). This position is required for
CFR 121, 135 and a Continuous Airworthiness
Maintenance
5. DOP (Director of Operations) - This person is
employed to fulfill the requirements of CFR 119.65(a),
119.69(a), or
125.25. This position is required for CFR 121, 125, and
135. It is optional for other CFRs.
6. DOS (Director of Safety) - This person is employed
to fulfill the requirements of CFR 119.65(a). This
position is required for CFR 121 and optional for other
CFRs.
7. MGR (General Manager) - The position is optional
for all CFRs. The General Manager has overall
management responsibility for all organizational
activities of the certificate holder.

SAS Version 3.4

8. MML (Main Maintenance Location) - This is the
facility/location where: (1) overall maintenance
management and maintenance operational control
is conducted, (2) the final repository for maintenance
personnel training records and aircraft maintenance
records is located, and (3) the maintenance
management personnel who are required by
regulation are domiciled and conduct the overall
program, management oversight, and control.
9. MOL (Main Operations Location)- This is the
facility/location where: (1) overall flight management
and flight operational control is conducted, (2) the
final repository for flight crewmember, flight
attendant, dispatcher, and flight operations records
is located, and
(3) the flight management personnel who are
required by regulation are domiciled and conduct
the overall program, management oversight, and
control.
10. PAD (Primary Flight Attendant Domicile) This is
the location where the certificate holder has the
largest number of flight attendants assigned.
11. PAT (Primary Flight Attendant Training Location)
This is the location where the certificate holder
conducts basic indoctrination training for flight
attendants as required by CFR 121.421 or 135.349.
12. PBO (Principal Base of Operations)- This is the
primary operating location as established by the
certificate holder.
13. PMD (Primary Maintenance Domicile) - This is
the location where the certificate holder has the
largest number of maintenance personnel assigned.
14. PMT (Primary Maintenance Training Location)-

SAS Version 3.4

Menu Item

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

This is the location where the certificate holder
conducts basic The name of the person or company
performing the role described for the name/address
code. If the name is a person, then enter the last
name first, immediately followed by a space. The
software will automatically insert a comma instead
of the space. Then enter the first name followed by
the middle name or middle initial. A name suffix,
such as Jr., II,• etc. may be added after the middle
initial.
Always insert a period after an initial and Jr.• or
Sr.•indoctrination training for maintenance
personnel as required by CFR 121.375, 135.433
or 91.1111.
15. PPD (Primary Pilot Domicile)- This is the location
where the certificate holder has the largest number
of pilots assigned.
16. PPT (Primary Pilot Training Location) This is the
location where the certificate holder conducts basic
indoctrination training for pilots as required by the
applicable CFR 121, Subpart N and 135, Subpart H.
Enter the organizational title of the person.

Name/Address

Position Title

Name/Address

Address 2

Enter the business address of the person, company,
or facility.
Enter the second line of the address (if needed).

Name/Address

City

Enter the name of the city or town.

Name/Address

Name/Address
Name/Address

SAS Version 3.4

Name/Address

Name/Address
Name/Address

Name/Address

Name/Address
Name/Address

Address 1

Address 3
State

Enter the third line of the address (if needed).

Enter the two-character postal abbreviation for the
state or U.S. possession. Leave the field blank if the
address is outside of the United States or U.S.
possession.

Scoping

Menu Item

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Name/Address

Zip Code

Name/Address

Country

Name/Address

Business Phone

Name/Address

Foreign Phone

Name/Address

Fax

Enter the U.S. postal zip code, if the address is within
the United States or
U.S. possession. Enter the nine digit postal code with
a dash [-] separating the fifth and sixth digit, if
available. Enter the postal code (if available) of the
country/state/province, if the address is outside of
the United States or U.S. possession.
Enter the two-character abbreviation of the country,
if the address is outside of the United States or U.S.
possession. No entry is required if a state was
entered, it will default to US.
Enter the business telephone number including area
code, if located within the United States or
U.S. possession. Leave blank if located outside of the
United States or U.S. possession. Enter the telephone
extension number, if necessary.
Enter the business telephone number including area
code, of the office located outside the United States
or U.S. possession. The number must be recorded as
it is dialed from the United States. Enter the
telephone extension number, if necessary.
Enter the fax number of the person

Name/Address

E-Mail Address

Enter the email address of the person.

Name/Address
Name/Address

Authorized DBAs

Current DBAs

Authorized DBAs

Current DBAs

SAS Version 3.4

Mobile Phone
Airport ID

Enter the mobile phone number of the person.

Enter the airport ID where the company or facility is
located.
Authorized DBA
Any authorized name under which the operator is
Name
doing business as authorized in OPSS Paragraph
A001.
Authorized DBA Type Enter P• if the name is the primary DBA name. If
there is only one DBA, then it is the primary DBA.
Enter O• for all other DBAs. The certificate holder
should be consulted to determine the primary DBA
when there are multiple DBAs.

Scoping

Menu Item

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

Waivers
Authorizations

Waivers Authorizations

Current Waivers
Waivers and
and Authorizations Authorizations

Aircraft

Current Aircraft

14CFR

Aircraft

Current Aircraft

Make Model Series

Aircraft

Current Aircraft

Class

Aircraft

Current Aircraft

Turbine

Aircraft

Current Aircraft

VFR Only

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field

The CFR from which the certificate holder holds a
waiver. Valid entries are listed on the FSAS Waivers
Lookup Table.
The CFR under which type of aircraft is being
operated, either 121 or 135.
Enter the make/model/series for each type of aircraft
operated by the certificate holder under the selected
CFR. The designation must be listed on the FSAS
aircraft make/model/series table.
Enter the broad grouping of aircraft having similar
characteristics of propulsion, flight, or landing. The
following options are valid entry codes/descriptions:
HEL - Helicopter
MEL - Multiengine Land
MES - Multiengine Sea
SEL - Single Engine Land
SES - Single Engine Sea NOTE: If a particular
make/model/series can
be operated in more
than one class (such as an amphibious airplane) the
make/model/series should be listed twice with each
listing, showing the appropriate class, e.g.,
SES, SEL. Enter the actual number of aircraft in the
first record; enter 0 (zero) in subsequent entries for
the same make/ model/series.
Select if the aircraft is turbine-powered. This
includes all turbine powered aircraft including
turboshaft, turbojet, turbofan, and turbo-propeller.
Select for each make/ model/series of aircraft that
operates under VFR ONLY. Do not check if the
M/M/S flies under VFR/IFR

Scoping

Menu Item

Aircraft

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 135 Operators

Subtitle

Field Name

Current Aircraft

Day Only

Current Aircraft

Aircraft User in
Commuter Service

Aircraft

Current Aircraft

Aircraft

Current Aircraft

Aircraft

Current Aircraft

Aircraft

Current Aircraft

Description Field

Select if the certificate holder is not authorized to
operate this make/ model/series of aircraft during
the period beginning 1 hour after sunset and ending
1 hour before sunrise. Do not select if the certificate
holder is authorized to operate this m/m/s both day
and night.
Select if the make/model /series is operated in
commuter service with this certificate holder. Do
not select if the make/mode l/series is not operated
in commuter service with this certificate holder.

NOTE: Checking the box is only appropriate if
"CMA" or "CMR" appears in the "Kinds of Operation"
field for the certificate holder.
PAX Approved/Cargo Enter the number of passenger seats installed as
M, Q
approved by the POI. Enter "0" (zero) for “All-Cargo”
configured aircraft.
Number Required
Enter the number of required flight attendants, if
Flight Attendants
zero enter “0”.
Number of Aircraft
Enter the total number of aircraft by make/model
/series that the certificate holder operates under the
provisions of the selected CFR.
Structural Inspection Select if a structural inspection program that
Program
complies with the airframe manufacturer's
documents is required for the candidate aircraft.

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
The following table lists the configuration vitals attributes that make up a 121/135 split certificate holder's configuration data. These appear on the
Configuration Data > Vitals tab. Items are ordered by the section title / subtitle they appear in on the Vitals tab.
Note: The Scoping column shows if/how the data entered for an attribute is used to scope information for a certificate holder. Key: M = MLF labels,
P = Peer Groups, Q = Questions. For example, if an attribute's Scoping column value is P, that means that the entry made on the Vitals tab for that
attribute is used to determine a certificate holder's peer group(s).

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Menu Item

Section Title

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Subtitle

Field Name

General Information

Air Operator
Name

General Information

14 CFR

General Information

Certificate Type

General Information

CHDO

General Information

Previous
Designator

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field

Scoping

This is the legal or official name of the
certificate holder. This field is
autofilled and cannot be edited.
This data field identifies the
P
operational Title 14 of the Code of
Federal Aviation Regulations (CFR)
under which a person or organization
conducts business.
This field is autofilled.
This field identifies the type of
certificate held by the certificate
holder. This field is autofilled and
cannot be edited.
This is the four-character
alphanumeric ID code of the
Certificate Holding District Office. This
field is autofilled.
Entries in this field will only be made
when the certificate holder had
previously operated under another
designator. It is important that the
same legal entity is the user of the
current and previous designator.

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

General Information

Certificate
Number

A certificate number is a formal
identifier, assigned by AFS-600, which
distinguishes each certificate held by
an individual entity. This field is
autofilled and cannot be edited.

General Information

Previous
Certificate
Number

General Information

Certificate Issue
Date

The date the certificate was originally
issued. The date in this field reflects
the original date on which all
requirements for certification were
met, and the certificate became
effective. This date must not be
changed when a certificate is reissued for routine purposes, such as,
changes in address, name, or
certificate holding district office.

General Information

Certificate Status

The current status of the certificate.
The following options are valid

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field
codes/descriptions:
A - The certificate is active. C - The
certificate is being or has been
transferred to another CHDO.
D - The certificate has been
surrendered voluntarily.
P - The certificate is in the
precertification process. The entry is
changed to active when the certificate
is issued or terminated when the
certificate holder withdraws the
application.
R - The certificate has been revoked.
S - The certificate has been
suspended for a specified period.
When the suspension period has been
completed and the certificate has
been returned to the certificate
holder, the entry is changed back to
active.
T - The applicant terminates
precertification activities without a
certificate being issued.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

General Information

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

General Information

Subtitle

Field Name

Certification
Status Date

Validation Date

Description Field
The date in this field represents the
date on which the Certificate Status
(A-Active, D-Surrendered, R- Revoked,
etc.) became effective.
The system autofills the present date,
but allows the user to enter an earlier
date. The modifiable date option
allows the user to accurately reflect
the date on which the certificate
holder’s status changed (final
adjudication of legal enforcement
proceedings, completion of certificate
transfer requirements, voluntary
surrender, etc.).

The Validation Date field is autofilled
with today’s date on creation of the
certificate holder record. The date can
be replaced with a date earlier than
today's date. Enter the date on which
all fields in the record have been
verified by an inspector to be current,
correct and validated by the
certificate holder. The information
being validated should be done in
person, by phone or by mail.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

CEO

Name

CEO

Title

Description Field
The name of the person performing
Chief Executive Officer duties. Enter
the last name first, immediately
followed by a space. The software will
automatically insert a comma instead
of a space. Then enter the first name
followed by the middle name or
middle initial. A name suffix, such as
“Jr.,” “II,” etc. may be added after the
middle initial. Always insert a period
after an initial and “Jr.” or “Sr.”
The organizational title of the person.

The business address of the person.

CEO

Address 1:

CEO

Address 2:

The second line of the address, if
needed.

CEO

Address 3:

The third line of the address, if
needed.

CEO

City

The name of the city or town.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

CEO

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

CEO

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

State

The two-character postal abbreviation
for the state or U.S. possession. The
field is blank if the address is outside
of the United States or U.S.
possession.

Postal code

Country

Business Phone

The two-character abbreviation of the
country, if the address is outside of
the United States or U.S. possession.
No entry is required if a state was
entered, it will default to US.
The business telephone number
including area code, if the person is
located within the United States or
U.S. possession. Blank if the person is
located outside of the United States
or U.S. possession.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

CEO

Foreign Phone

CEO

Mobile Phone

The cellular phone number, if
necessary, to reach the person.

CEO

Fax

The fax number, if necessary, to reach
the person.

CEO

Email Address

The electronic mail (e-mail) address.

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

SAS Version 3.4

PIC Captains

Flight Engineer
Examiners

Description Field
The business telephone number
including country code, if the
certificate holder is located outside of
the United States or U.S. possession.

The number of persons employed by
the certificate holder primarily for the
purpose of exercising the privileges of
an FAA pilot certificate issued under
CFR 61 and assigned primary
responsibilities for operation and
safety of an aircraft during flight.
These persons are qualified and
trained as a PIC by the certificate
holder.
The number of persons employed by
the certificate holder primarily for the
purpose of exercising the privileges of
an FAA flight engineer certificate
issued under CFR 63, Subpart B.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Subtitle

Field Name

Pilot Examiners

Aircrew Program
Designees

Dispatchers

Description Field
The number of persons employed by
the certificate holder designated by
the FAA under the provisions of CFR
183, Subpart C, with privileges to
conduct practical tests under CFR 61
to qualified applicants.

The number of certificate holder
employees authorized to conduct
airman certification under aircrew
designated examiner program
authorized under the provisions of
CFR 183, and Order 8400.10,
volume 5, Chapter 6.
Enter the number of persons
employed by the certificate holder
primarily for the purpose of exercising
the privileges of an FAA aircraft
dispatcher certificate issued under
CFR 65, Subpart C.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Subtitle

Field Name

Inspectors

Description Field
Enter the number of persons
employed by the air operator who
either (1) hold an inspection
authorization issued under CFR 65.91,
but are not working under the
provisions of a continuous
airworthiness maintenance program
of the 121 or 135 air carrier; or (2)
have been employed to fulfill
inspection responsibilities of the 121
or 135 air carrier maintenance
program but are not identified as
designated inspectors.

Non Certificated
Mechanics

The number of aircraft mechanics
domiciled at this location employed
by the certificate holder who have not
been certificated by the FAA under
the provisions of CFR 65, Subpart D.

Repairmen

The number of persons employed by
the certificate holder who have been
certificated by the FAA under the
provisions of CFR 65, Subpart E.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

The number of persons employed by
the certificate holder primarily for the
purpose of exercising the privileges of
an FAA pilot certificate issued under
CFR 61. This person may or may not
be qualified and trained as a PIC by
the certificate holder but will not be
assigned primary responsibilities for
operation and safety of an aircraft
during flight. This person typically will
be a second-in- command (SIC) pilot.
Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

SAS Version 3.4

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Other Pilots
The number of persons employed by
the certificate holder primarily for the
purpose of exercising the privileges of
an FAA flight engineer certificate
issued under CFR 63, Subpart B.

Flight Engineers

Q
Enter the number of persons
designated by the Administrator as
check pilot(s) for the operator. Do
not include persons authorized under
the provisions of CFR 142.55(a).

Check Airmen

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

SAS Version 3.4

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

The number of persons employed by
Flight Attendants the certificate holder to perform flight M, Q
attendant duties as required by 14
CFR 121 and/or 135.

Navigators

Designated
Inspectors

Certificated
Mechanics

The number of persons employed by
the certificate holder primarily for the
purpose of exercising the privileges of
an FAA flight navigator certificate
issued under CFR 63, Subpart C.
The number of persons employed by
the 121 or 135 air carrier who are not
full time inspection employees, but
have specific inspection authority, and
who derive their inspection authority
through the continuous airworthiness
maintenance program of the air
carrier under the provisions of CFR
121.369(b)(3) or CFR
135.427(b)(3).
The number of persons employed by
the certificate holder who have been
certificated by the FAA under the
provisions of CFR 65, Subpart D.

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Section Title

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Total Number of
Employees

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Crew Member
Training

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Airworthiness
Agreement

SAS Version 3.4

Enter the code for the method by
which the Continuous

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Airworthiness Maintenance Program
is conducted, as required by the
applicable CFR. The PMI shall
determine the proper entry code
based on his/her knowledge of the
operator. The following options are
valid entry codes/descriptions:
A - Contracts out most/all
maintenance
M - Performs most/all maintenance
N - Continuous airworthiness
maintenance program not required
P - Contracts out a substantial
maintenance function

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Crew Members

One Pilot (135)

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Crew Members

Two Pilots

Select if the certificate holder
conducts operations requiring two
pilots.

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Crew Members

Three Pilots

Select if the certificate holder
conducts operations requiring three
pilots.

SAS Version 3.4

Select if the certificate holder
conducts 135 operations using only
one pilot crewmember under VFR, or
also if IFR with A015 issued.

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Select if the certificate holder
conducts operations requiring three
or more pilots.

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Crew Members

Three or more
Pilots (121)

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Crew Members

Four Pilots

Crew Members

More than Four
Pilots (121)

Crew Members

Pilot or Flight
Engineer
Substituted for
Flight Attendant
(121)

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Additional Flight
Crewmember
(121)

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Crew Members

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Airplane and
Simulator Training

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Airplane and
Simulator Training

SAS Version 3.4

Select if the certificate holder
conducts operations requiring four
pilots.

Select if the certificate holder
conducts operations requiring four or
more pilots.
Q
Select if the certificate holder allows
the substitution of a pilot or flight
engineer for a flight attendant.
Q

Select if the certificate holder
conducts operations with additional
flight crew members.

Advanced
Simulation (121)

Select if the certificate holder has an
approved advanced simulation
program.

Aircraft Training

Select if the certificate holder
conducts in-aircraft training.

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Subtitle
Field Name
Airplane and
Flight Simulators
Simulator Training

Menu Item
Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Section Title
Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Airplane and
Simulator Training

Flight Training
Devices

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement
Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria
Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training Programs
Training Programs

Transition
Training
Use Distance
Learning

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training Programs

Reduction In
Hours (121)

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training Programs

Differences
Training (121)

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field
Select if the certificate holder
conducts training using flight
simulators.
Select if the certificate holder
conducts training using flight training
devices.
Select if the certificate holder
conducts transition training.
Select if CH/A utilizes learning that is
accomplished by any training method
not including an instructor and a
gathering of trainees collocated in a
traditional classroom.
Select if the certificate holder has
approval for a reduction in training
hours.
Select if the certificate holder
conducts differences training,
applicable to variation(s) of a
particular aircraft type that has
pertinent differences from the base
aircraft type. The base aircraft type
and the variation(s) must have the
same type certificate (TC).

Scoping
M, Q
M, Q
Q
Q

Q
Q

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Subtitle
Field Name
Training Programs
Related Aircraft
Differences
Training (121)

Menu Item
Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Section Title
Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training Programs

Personnel/Training/
AW Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training Programs

Personnel/Training/
AW Agreement

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

SAS Version 3.4

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training Programs

Joint Pilot and
Flight Attendant
Training (121)
Pilot Training
Under Both 135
and 121 N&O
(135)
Pilot Training
Under 121 N&O
Only (135)

Description Field
Select if the certificate holder
conducts related aircraft differences
training, applicable to aircraft with
different type certificates (TC) that
have been designated as related by
the Administrator. To be designated
as related, the aircraft must be of the
same make and have been
demonstrated and determined by the
Administrator to have commonality.
Select if the certificate holder
conducts joint pilot and flight
attendant training.
Select if the certificate holder uses
pilot training programs under both
parts 135 and 121 Subpart N –
Training Program and Subpart OCrewmember Qualifications as
provided in 135.3(b) or (c).
Select if the certificate holder
conducts pilot training for its part 135
operations using only 121 Subpart N
–Training Program and Subpart OCrewmember Qualifications curricula.

Contract Training Select if the certificate holder is
approved to utilize Contract Training
for crewmembers. Populate the SAS
configuration contractor tab with
contractor information.

Scoping
Q

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Personnel /
Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Pilot AQP Training
Program

Pilot AQP

Select if the certificate holder is issued Q
an AQP program for pilots.

Personnel /
Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Pilot AQP Training
Program

Indoc

Select if the certificate holder
conducts AQP Indoctrination training
for pilots.

Personnel /
Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Pilot AQP Training
Program

Qualification

Select if the certificate holder
conducts AQP Qualification training
for pilots.

Personnel /
Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Pilot AQP Training
Program

Continuing
Qualification

Select if the certificate holder
conducts AQP Continuing
Qualification training for pilots.

Personnel /
Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Flight Attendant
AQP Training
Program

F/A AQP

Select if the certificate holder is issued Q
an AQP program for flight attendants.

Personnel /
Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Flight Attendant
AQP Training
Program

Indoc

Select if the certificate holder
conducts Indoctrination AQP training
for flight attendants.

Personnel /
Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Flight Attendant
AQP Training
Program

Qualification

Select if the certificate holder
conducts AQP Qualification training
for flight attendants.

Personnel /
Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Flight Attendant
AQP Training
Program

Continuing
Qualification

Select if the certificate holder
conducts AQP Continuing
Qualification training for flight
attendants.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Personnel /
Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Dispatcher AQP
Training Program

Dispatcher AQP

Select if the certificate holder is issued Q
an AQP program for dispatchers.

Personnel /
Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Dispatcher AQP
Training Program

Indoc

Select if the certificate holder
conducts Indoctrination AQP training
for dispatchers.

Personnel /
Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Dispatcher AQP
Training Program

Qualification

Select if the certificate holder
conducts AQP Qualification training
for dispatchers.

Personnel /
Training/AW
Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Dispatcher AQP
Training Program

Continuing
Qualification

Select if the certificate holder
conducts AQP Continuing
Qualification training for dispatchers.

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training Personnel

Flight Instructor
Aircraft

Select if the certificate holder
conducts in-aircraft training using
flight instructors.

M, Q

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training Personnel

Flight Instructor
Simulator

Select if the certificate holder
conducts simulator training using
flight instructors.

M, Q

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training Personnel

Check Airmen
Aircraft

Select if the certificate holder
conducts in-aircraft training using
check pilots.

M, Q

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Training Personnel

Check Airmen
Simulator

Select if the certificate holder
conducts simulator training using
check pilots.

M, Q

Training Personnel

Flight Engineer
Instructors
(Airplane) (121)

Select if the certificate holder
conducts training using flight
engineer instructors.

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

SAS Version 3.4

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Personnel / Training
/AW Agreement

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PICertificate
Kinds of
Operation/Authorizati
on
RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Training Personnel

Flight Navigator
Instructors
(Airplane) (121)

Select if the certificate holder utilizes
flight navigator instructors.

Principal
Operations
Inspector:

The office and three-character
inspector ID code of the assigned
Principal Operations Inspector (POI).

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Principal
Maintenance
Inspector :

The office and three-character
inspector ID code of the assigned
Principal Maintenance Inspector
(PMI).

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Principal Avionics The office and three-character
Inspector:
inspector ID code of the assigned
Principal Avionics Inspector (PAI).

RO-DO/PICertificate Kinds
of Operation/Authorization

Hazmat Principal
Inspector:

The office and name of the assigned
Hazmat Principal Inspector.

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Exemptions

Select Exemptions if the certificate
holder has been granted an
exemption from the requirements of
any by the Administrator under the
provisions of CFR 11.
List the exemptions in OPSS
paragraph A005.

Authorizations

Scoping

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

SAS Version 3.4

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Authorizations

Deviations

Select Deviations if the Administrator
under the provision of a specific CFR
has granted the certificate holder a
deviation. List the deviations in OPSS
paragraph A005.

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Subtitle
Field Name
Authorizations
Reliability

Menu Item
RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

Section Title
RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization
RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Authorizations

Exemption 3585
(121)

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Authorizations

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Authorizations

Certificate of
Airworthiness or
Export
Airworthiness
Approval >
12/27/2010 (121)
Equipment
Select if the certificate holder
Contracted for
contracts equipment out for repair.
Repair

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field
Select Reliability if a Reliability
program is authorized by the
operations specifications paragraphs
D074 or D075.

Scoping
Q

Select if the certificate holder is
Q
authorized to use Exemption 3585.
Exemption 3585 allows for dispatch to
destination when conditional
language in the weather forecast for
the destination and first alternate
airport indicate that weather may be
below landing and alternate airport
minimums at the estimated time of
arrival
Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft that has a certificate
of airworthiness or export
airworthiness approval greater than
12/27/2010.
Q

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Subtitle
Field Name
Certificated Kinds of 121 Cert Kind of
Operation
Operation

Menu Item
RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

Section Title
RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Certificated Kinds of
Operation

Domestic/Flag
Conducts
Supplemental
Operations

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Certificated Kinds of
Operation

135 Cert Fixed
Wing:

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Certificated Kinds of
Operation

135 Cert
Rotorcraft:

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field
For 121 and 121/135 certificate
holders, enter the three- character
code for the kind of operation. The
following options are valid entry
codes/descriptions:
DOM Domestic
DFG Domestic and Flag
SUP Supplemental (PAX/Cargo)
SCO Supplemental (Cargo Only)
Select if the certificate holder is a
Domestic or Flag operator, and also
conducts supplemental operations

Scoping
M, Q

For 135 and 121/135 certificate
M, Q
holders, enter the three- character
code for the kind of operation. The
following options are valid entry
codes/descriptions:
CMA Commuter Airplane
ODA On-Demand Airplane PAX/Cargo
ODC On-Demand Airplane Cargo
Only
For 135 and 121/135 certificate
M, Q
holders, enter the three- character
code for the kind of operation. The
following options are valid entry
codes/descriptions: CMR Commuter
Rotorcraft
ODC On-Demand Rotorcraft Cargo
Only
ODR On-Demand Rotorcraft
PAX/Cargo

Menu Item
RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion
RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title
RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Subtitle
Field Name
Proposed Or Existing Allows Cargo in
Type Operating
Passenger
Configuration
Compartment
(121)

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Proposed Or Existing Allows Carry- On
Type Operating
Baggage on
Configuration
Aircraft

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Proposed Or Existing Does not allow
Type Operating
Carry-on
Configuration
Baggage on
Aircraft
Proposed Or Existing Allows Smoking
Type Operating
on Aircraft Per
Configuration
DOT 252 (121)

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization
RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Types of Cargo
Carried

RFID Installed

Description Field
Select if the certificate holder allows
cargo in the passenger compartment
for 121 operations. (Ref. §121.285)

Scoping
Q

Select if the certificate holder has
OpSpec A011 authorization and
allows carry-on baggage on the
aircraft.
Select if the certificate holder has
OpSpec A011 authorization and does
not allow carry-on baggage on the
aircraft.
Operates flight where smoking is
permitted, subject to DOT 252

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with RFID tags
installed.

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Types of Cargo
Carried

HAZMAT
Carried

Select if the certificate holder has an
Q
FAA approved hazardous materials
(hazmat) program, has accepted
hazmat-handling procedures, and has
been authorized to carry hazardous
materials.

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Types of Cargo
Carried

Carries Cargo

Select if the Operation Configuration
of one or more of the certificate
holder’s aircraft is approved for “All
Cargo” or “PAX and Cargo.” (Ref.
OpSpec A003)

M, Q

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Other Equipment
And Configuration

CVR Installed

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with a CVR installed.

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Other Equipment
And Configuration

FDR Installed

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with a FDR installed.

SAS Version 3.4

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Other Equipment
And Configuration

FDR Installed with Select if the certificate holder
Filtered
Data operates aircraft with FDR installed
which filters data.
(135)

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Other Equipment
And Configuration

Lavatory Installed Select “Lavatory Installed” when the
aircraft is equipped with a Lavatory,
but not a portable potty. Ref. AD 7408-09R3 for Transport Category
Aircraft configured with a Lavatory.

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Other Equipment
And Configuration

APU (135)

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Other Equipment
And Configuration

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field

Scoping

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with APU installed.
Q

Crew Accessible
Cargo
Compartment
(135)

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with cargo
compartments (disregard baggage
areas) that are designed to require
the physical entry of a crewmember
(See 135.87(e)).

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Medical Oxygen
Equipment

Oxygen
Equipment Operator
Provided (121)

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with medical oxygen
equipment on board.

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Medical Oxygen
Equipment

Portable Oxygen
Concentrators

Select if the certificate holder
Q
operates aircraft with portable oxygen
concentrators on board.

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Medical Oxygen
Equipment

Allows Passenger Select if the certificate holder allows
Medical Use
the use of medical oxygen.
Oxygen (135)

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Specify Altitude
Limitations

Altitude > 12,000 Select if the certificate holder
MSL (135)
operates aircraft above 12,000 feet
MSL.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Specify Altitude
Limitations

Altitude > FL250

Select If the certificate holder
operates aircraft above FL250.

RODO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authoriza
tion

RO-DO/PI/Certificated
Kinds of
Operation/Authorization

Specify Altitude
Limitations

Altitude > FL270
(121)

Select If the certificate holder
operates aircraft above FL270.

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

ETOPS Greater
Select if the certificate holder is
Extended Operations than 180 Minutes authorized ETOPS operations greater
than 180 minutes.

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

SAS Version 3.4

Geographic Areas of Polar Area South
Operations

Select if the certificate holder
conducts Polar Area South
Operations.

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

Geographic Areas of Specialized
Operations
Means of
Navigation
Outside the
United States and
District of
Columbia (121)

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

Geographic Areas of
Operations
Alaska

Select if the certificate holder
conducts operations within Alaska

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

Overwater
Geographic Areas of Operations (121)
Operations

Select if the certificate holder
conducts overwater operations.

SAS Version 3.4

Field Name

Operations in
Restricted
Geographic Areas of International
Operations
Areas (135)
Geographic Areas of Operations
Operations
outside the
United States /
International
Geographic Areas of
Operations
Hawaii

Description Field

Scoping

Select if the certificate holder
conducts specialized means of
navigation outside the United States
and the District of Columbia.

Select if the certificate holder
conducts operations in restricted
international areas.
Select if the certificate holder
conducts flight within foreign
countries

Q
Q

Select if the certificate holder
conducts operations within Hawaii

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

Additional Flight
Outsource Flight
Planning Constraints Following (121)

Select If the certificate holder
Outsources Flight Following. Applies
to supplemental operators only.

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

Additional Flight
High Minimums
Planning Constraints PIC (121)

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with high minimums
PICs.

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

Approach and
Landing Operations

Conducts
Category II
Operations

Select if the certificate holder
conducts Category II Operations

Proposed or Current
Terminal and Enroute
Procedures

Approach and
Landing Operations

Conducts
Category III
Operations

Select if the certificate holder
conducts Category III Operations

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Aircraft Category

One or more
aircraft type
certificated after
10/15/1971
with 9 or more
seats (135)

Select if operator operates at least
one aircraft that is type certificated
after 10/15/1971 with 9 or more
seats

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Aircraft Category

Leased or
Chartered Civil
Aircraft (121)

Select if the certificate holder
operates leased or chartered civil
aircraft.

Aircraft Category

Nontransport
Category (121)

Select if the certificate holder
Q
operates other than transport
category aircraft, but do not select for
“large nontransport” which are
certificated under Aero Bulletin 7A.

Operating
Configuration

SAS Version 3.4

Operating Configuration

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item
Operating
Configuration

Operating
Configuration

Section Title
Operating Configuration

Operating Configuration

Subtitle
Aircraft Category

Aircraft Category

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Aircraft Category

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Aircraft Category

Operating
Configuration

SAS Version 3.4

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Field Name Description Field
Transport
Category

Select if the certificate holder
operates transport category aircraft.
See TCDS for certification basis.

Reference CFR 21 Subpart 1 –
Provisionally
Provisional Airworthiness Certificates
Certificated (121) (Ref. 91.317, 121.207)

Scoping
Q

One or more
Select if the certificate holders
non-US
operates one or more aircraft
registered aircraft registered as civil aircraft of an ICAO
country

One or more US Select if the certificate holders
registered aircraft operates one or more aircraft
registered as civil aircraft of the
United States.

UAS Only (135)

Select if the certificate holder's 135
operations uses only UAS aircraft.

Select if the certificate holder
Reciprocating operates reciprocating engine aircraft. Q

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Single Engine
(135)

Select if the certificate holder
operates single engine aircraft.

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Multiengine (135) Select if the certificate holder
operates multi-engine aircraft.

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Three Engines

Select if the certificate holder
operates three engine aircraft.

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Four Engines

Select if the certificate holder
operates four engine aircraft.

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Turbine

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Turbojet

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Propulsion

Turbopropeller

Locations

Maintenance
Performed Within
The United States Select if the certificate holder
(135)
performs maintenance within the
United States.

Locations

Operations Line
Station/ Person
nel (135)

Operating
Configuration

SAS Version 3.4

Operating Configuration

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with turbine engines. Q
Check this box in addition to other
applicable boxes for all turbinepowered aircraft.
Select if the certificate holder
operates turbojet (includes turbofan)
aircraft.
Select if the certificate holder
operates turbopropeller aircraft.

Select if the certificate holder uses
operations line stations for its On
Demand operations.

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item
Operating
Configuration

Operating
Configuration

Section Title

Operating Configuration

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Locations

Airworthiness
Select if the certificate holder utilizes
Line Station (135) airworthiness line stations that return
aircraft to service.

Aircraft
Configuration

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft where an emergency
exit is more than six feet from the
Exit More than 6 ground when the plane is on the
Feet from Ground ground and the landing gear is
extended.

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Aircraft
Configuration

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Aircraft
Configuration

Galley Installed

Operating Configuration

Aircraft
Configuration

Locking Cockpit
Door (121)

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with a locking
cockpit door installed.

Operating Configuration

Aircraft
Configuration

Multiengine
Airplanes Used In
Scheduled
Service (135)

Select if the certificate holder
operates multi-engine aircraft as a
Part 135 commuter in scheduled
operations.

Operating Configuration

Aircraft
Configuration

Open Overhead
Rack (121)

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with open overhead
racks installed.

Operating
Configuration

SAS Version 3.4

Exit Seat installed Select if the certificate holder
(121)
operates aircraft with an exit seat
installed.

Scoping

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with a galley
installed.

M, Q

Menu Item
Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration
Operating
Configuration

Operating
Configuration

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title
Operating Configuration
Operating Configuration
Operating Configuration
Operating Configuration

Operating Configuration

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Subtitle
Field Name
Aircraft
Pressurized
Configuration
Aircraft
Aircraft
Unpressurized
Configuration
Aircraft (135)
Retractable
Aircraft
Landing Gear
Configuration
(135)
Aircraft
Tailwheel
Configuration
Airplane (135)
Aircraft
Configuration

Aircraft
Configuration

Approvals

Tailcone Exit
(121)

Emergency
Evacuation
Systems (121)
Outside Aircraft
Check Procedure
(121)

Description Field
Select if the certificate holder
operates pressurized aircraft.
Select if the certificate holder
operates unpressurized aircraft.
Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with retractable
landing gear.
Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft equipped with a
tailwheel.
Select if the certificate holder
operates an aircraft equipped with a
tailcone exit.
Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft equipped with
automatically deployable emergency
evacuation assisting means.

Scoping
Q
Q
Q
Q

Select if OpSpec A023 only allows the
provision for Outside the Aircraft
Check (OTAC), or if the approved
deicing/anti-icing program includes
the OTAC authorization of
(121.629(d)).
Q

Menu Item
Operating
Configuration

Operating
Configuration

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title
Operating Configuration

Operating Configuration

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Subtitle
Field Name
Approvals
Approved DeIcing/Anti-Icing
Program

Unit Load Device

Active Unit Load
Device

Certified Unit
Load Device

Uncertified Unit
Load Device

Description Field
Select if OpSpec A023 allows for an
Approved Ground Deicing/Anti- icing
Program of 121.629(c) which includes
provisions for program
implementation, training, holdover
procedures, fluids and pretakeoff
check procedures.
Select if the certificate holder utilizes
Active Unit Load Devices. Active ULDs
are ULDs with active temperature
control systems for transporting
temperature sensitive cargo. (AC 12085)
Select if the certificate holder utilizes
Certified Unit Load Devices. A
certified ULD meets the requirements
of TSO-C90; STC requirements, if
applicable; or other FAA-approved
certification standards. A certified ULD
is structurally capable of restraining a
load and/or protecting the aircraft
systems and structure. (AC 120-85)
Select if the certificate holder uses
ULDs not meeting requirements of
TSO-C90, STC requirements, or other
FAA-approved certification
requirements. (AC 120-85)

Scoping
Q

Menu Item
Operating
Configuration

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Subtitle
Field Name
Performs
NDT/NDI
Other Certificates or Inspections (135)
Operating Configuration Approvals
Section Title

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Other Certificates or
Approvals

CDL

Select if the certificate holder
performs NDT/NDI inspections.
Select if the certificate holder uses a
CDL

Other Certificates or
Approvals

NEF

Select if the certificate holder uses a
NEF

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

A/C Certification CFR Aero Bulletin 7A
PART/SFAR
Civil Air
A/C Certification CFR Regulations
PART/SFAR
(CAR) 4A

Operating Configuration

Contract Services
Outsourced

Operating
Configuration

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field

U.S. Registered
Aircraft Located
in Canada (135)

Scoping

Q
Q
Q

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft type certificated IAW
Bulletin 7A. These aircraft are referred
to as “large nontransport” airplanes in Q
the performance rules; example
aircraft include DC-3, C-46.
Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft originally type
certificated IAW CAR 4A
Q
Select if the certificate holder
Outcources Contract Services On Us
Registered Aircraft Located In Canada.
Populate the SAS configuration
Q
contractor tab with contractor
information.

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Contract Services
Outsourced

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Records

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Weight

Operating
Configuration

Operating Configuration

Weight

Operating
Configuration

SAS Version 3.4

Operating Configuration

Weight

Field Name
U.S. Registered
Aircraft Located
Outside United
States (135)
Airworthiness
Release Form
(121)

Description Field
Scoping
Select if certificate holder Outsources
Contract Services On Us Registered
Aircraft Located Outside the United
Q
States. Populate the SAS
configuration contractor tab with
contractor information.
Select if the CH uses an Airworthiness
Release Form and not an aircraft log
Q
entry of 121.709(a).

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with a maximum
payload capacity of less than 7,500
pounds.
Select if the certificate holder
Payload => 7,500 operates aircraft with a maximum
pounds
payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or
more.
Small (12,500
pounds or less,
Select if the certificate holder
maximum
operates aircraft of 12,500 pounds or
certificated
less, maximum certificated takeoff
takeoff weight)
weight. (Ref §1.1)
(135)
Payload < 7,500
pounds

Q
Q

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Operating
Configuration

14 CFR Type

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Operating Configuration

14 CFR Type

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Weight

Large (more than
12,500 pounds,
maximum
certificated
takeoff weight)
(135)

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft of more than 12,500
pounds, maximum certificated takeoff
weight. (Ref §1.1)

14 CFR 135 Types of
Operation
Information

Select if the certificate holder is
authorized per A001 to conduct Part
135 Commuter operations (See
Commuter 9 PAX §110.2).
or Less

On Demand 9
PAX or Less

Select if the certificate holder is
authorized per A001 to conduct Part
135 On Demand operations (See
§110.2); Select this box in addition to
other applicable selections.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

14 CFR Type

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Subtitle

14 CFR Type

14 CFR 135 Types of
Operation
Information

14 CFR Type

14 CFR 135 Types of
Operation
Information

14 CFR Type

14 CFR 135 Types of
Operation
Information

Field Name

10 PAX or More

Description Field
Select for the certificate holder
operating one of the following: 1
airplane(s) with a maximum
passenger seating configuration of
ten seats or more either in ondemand service or in scheduled
operations not meeting the definition
of "commuter" in the preceding
Paragraph; or 2 rotorcraft with a
maximum passenger-seating
configuration of ten seats or more.

Scoping

Day Only
(Unchecked mean Select for the certificate holder not
Day/Night)
authorized to operate at night.
Q

Sea Plane

Extended Over
Water

Select for the certificate holder
authorized to conduct 135 operations
with airplanes requiring an airplane
single-engine or multiengine sea
rating.
Select for the certificate holder
authorized to conduct 135 operations
over water at a horizontal distance of
more than 50 nautical miles from the
nearest shoreline, and for helicopter
operations, more than 50 nautical
miles from an offshore heliport
structure.

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

14 CFR Type

14 CFR 135 Types of
Operation
Information

VFR Only, Fixed
Select for the certificate holder
Wing (Unchecked authorized to operate airplanes under
means IFR/VFR
VFR only.
Operations)
Q

14 CFR Type

14 CFR 135
Types of Operation
Information

10 or More
Helicopter Air
Ambulances

Select if the certificate holder
operates with 10 helicopter air
ambulances, or more.

14 CFR Type

14 CFR 135 Types of
Operation
Information

Scheduled
Passenger
Operations,
except solely
within Alaska

Select if the certificate holder
conducts scheduled passengercarrying operations except within
Alaska (Ref. §135.261(b)).

14 CFR Type

14 CFR 135 Types of
Operation
Information

Always Files FAA
Flight Plan

Select if the CH/A always files an FAA
flight plan and surveillance of 135.79
is not desired. (Ref. 135.79)

14 CFR Type

14 CFR 135 Types of
Operation
Information

Conducts Air
Tours

Select if the CH/A conducts
Q
commercial air tours under its Part
119 Air Carrier certificated operations.
Operations conducted under Part 91
are recorded using Activity Recording

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field

Scoping

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

SAS Version 3.4

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14 CFR
121/135
Maint and Reliability
Program Info

9 or Less Approved Aircraft
Inspection
Program (AAIP)
under 135.419

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14 CFR 9 or Less 121/135
Maintained under
Maint and Reliability 135.411(a)(1)
Program Info

Select if the certificate holder has an
approved aircraft inspection program
for aircraft with nine or less passenger
seats under 135.419.

Select if the certificate holder
operates aircraft with nine or less
passenger seats and elects to
maintain its aircraft under CFR
135.411(a)(1).

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14 CFR 9 or Less 135 On121/135
Demand CAMP
Maint and Reliability
Program Info

Select if the on-demand certificate
holder has a continuous airworthiness
maintenance program for aircraft with
nine or less passenger seats.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14 CFR or Less 135
121/135
Commuter CAMP
Maint and Reliability
Program Info

Select if the 135 on- demand
certificate holder has a continuous
airworthiness maintenance program
per OpSpec D072 for aircraft with
nine or less passenger seats.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14 CFR
121/135
Maint and Reliability
Program Info

10 or More Continuous
Airworthiness
Maintenance
Program (121
or 135)

Select if the 135 commuter certificate
holder has a continuous airworthiness
maintenance program per OpSpec
D072 for aircraft with nine or less
passenger seats.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14 CFR
121/135
Maint and Reliability
Program Info

10 or More or
121 - Approved
Corrosion
Prevention
Progam

Select if the certificate holder has an
approved corrosion prevention
program for aircraft with 10 or more
passenger seats.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14 CFR
121/135
Maint and Reliability
Program Info

10 or More or
121 - Reliability
program
Encompasses
Entire Aircraft

Select if the certificate holder
operating aircraft with 10 or more
passenger seats has an approved
reliability program encompassing the
entire aircraft.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

14 CFR 121, 14
CFR 135, and 14 CFR
121/135
Maint and Reliability
Program Info

10 or More or
121 - Reliability
program Does
Not Cover Entire
Aircraft

Select if the certificate holder
operating aircraft with 10 or more
passenger seats has an approved
reliability program covering some
portion of the aircraft.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

14 CFR 121, 14
Aging Airplane
CFR 135, and 14 CFR Inspections and
121/135
Records (135)
Maint and Reliability
Program Info

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Scoping

Select if the regulation 135.422
applies to one or more aircraft in the
certificate holder's fleet.

Continued
Aging Airplane
Select if the regulation applies to one
Airworthiness and
Inspections and
or more aircraft in the certificate
Safety Improvements Records Reviews. holder's fleet
(121.1105)

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Repairs
Continued
Assessment for
Airworthiness and
Pressurized
Safety Improvements Fuselages.
(121.1107)

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Continued
Airworthiness and
Supplemental
Safety Improvements Inspections.
(121.1109)

Select if the regulation applies to one
or more aircraft in the certificate
holder's fleet

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Continued
EWIS
Airworthiness and
Maintenance
Safety Improvements Program.
(121.1111)

Select if the regulation applies to one
or more aircraft in the certificate
holder's fleet

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Fuel Tank System
Continued
Maintenance
Airworthiness and
Program.
Select if the regulation applies to one
Safety Improvements (121.1113)
or more aircraft in the certificate
holder's fleet

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Continued
Airworthiness and
Limit of Validity.
Safety Improvements (121.1115)

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Continued
Flammability
Select if the regulation applies to one
Airworthiness and
Reduction Means. or more aircraft in the certificate
Safety Improvements (121.1117)
holder's fleet

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Continued
Fuel Tank Vent
Airworthiness and
Explosion
Safety Improvements Protection.
(121.1119)

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

SAS Version 3.4

Select if the regulation applies to one
or more aircraft in the certificate
holder's fleet

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Areas of Scheduled
Operations

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Areas of Scheduled
Operations

SAS Version 3.4

Field Name

Description Field
Select if the certificate holder
conducts scheduled operations in the
region. This excludes scheduled public
charter operations under 14 CFR Part
380. Leave blank for on- demand
operations.
Select if the certificate holder
conducts scheduled operations in the
region. This excludes scheduled public
charter operations under 14 CFR Part
380. Leave blank for on- demand
operations.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Areas of Scheduled
Operations

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Areas of Scheduled
Operations

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Areas of Scheduled
Operations

SAS Version 3.4

Select if the certificate holder
conducts scheduled operations in the
region. This excludes scheduled public
charter operations under 14 CFR Part
380. Leave blank for on- demand
operations.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Areas of Scheduled
Operations

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Areas of Scheduled
Operations

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Areas of Scheduled
Operations

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Areas of Scheduled
Operations

Assc. Reference
ID:

SAS Version 3.4

Field Name

Select if the certificate holder
conducts scheduled operations in the
region. This excludes scheduled public
charter operations under 14 CFR Part
380. Leave blank for on- demand
operations.

This is a free-form field provided for
use by the Field Office to crossreference files. It may include a
reference to the office paper file on
the certificate holder or other
computer files.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Areas of Scheduled
Operations

Special Purpose:

This is a free-form field provided for
tracking purposes on a temporary or
permanent basis. Headquarters, the
Regional Office, or Field Office can
use this field.

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Areas of Scheduled
Operations

National Use:

This is a two-character field provided
for use by FAA Headquarters for
specific tracking purposes on a
temporary or permanent basis. The
region or Field Offices should not use
this field.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenan
ce and Reliability Info.
Scheduled
Operations/Maintenan
ce and Reliability Info.
Scheduled
Operations/Maintenan
ce and Reliability Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.
(Operational Management
/ MX Programs)

Safety Programs

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info,

Safety Programs

IEP – Internal
Evaluation
Program
VDRP - Voluntary
Disclosure
Reporting System
SMS VP - Safety
Management
System Voluntary
Program

Select if the certificate holder has an
M, Q
approved Internal Evaluation Program
(IEP).
Select if the certificate holder utilizes M, Q
the Voluntary Disclosure Reporting
Program (VDRP).
Select if the certificate holder utilizes M, Q
an approved SMSVP program in
Active Conformance. This is to be
selected after the change of the
certificate holder’s program status
from “SMSVP Active Participant” to
“SMSVP Active Conformance.”

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

SAS Version 3.4

Safety Programs

Field Name Description Field

Scoping

Menu Item
Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.
Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.
Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.
Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.
Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Section Title
Subtitle
Field Name
(Operational Management Safety Programs ASIAS - Aviation Safety
/ MX Programs)
Information Analysis and
Sharing
(Operational Management Safety Programs CISP - Confidential
/ MX Programs)
Information Sharing
Program
(Operational Management Safety Programs LOSA - Line Operations
/ MX Programs)
Safety Assessments
(Operational Management Safety Programs ASRS - Aviation Safety
/ MX Programs)
Reporting System

Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.

(Operational Management Flight
/ MX Programs)
Operational
Quality
Assurance
(FOQA)
(Operational Management Flight
/ MX Programs)
Operational
Quality
Assurance
(FOQA)
(Operational Management ASAP Employee
/ MX Programs)
Groups – Check
all that apply.

Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.

(Operational Management ASAP Employee Maintenance
/ MX Programs)
Groups – Check
all that apply.

Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field
Select if the certificate holder has a
MOU with ASIAS.

Scoping

Select if the certificate holder’s pilot
ASAP submits sanitized narratives
into CISP.
Select if the certificate holder
conducts Line Operations Safety
Audits.
Select if the certificate holder
utilizes ASRS.

Implementation and
Operations (I&O) Plan

Select if the certificate holder has an Q
approved FOQA I&O Plan.

Flight Data Monitoring
(FDM)

Select if the certificate holder uses a Q
FOQA FDM plan.

Pilot

Select if the certificate holder has an Q
approved Aviation Safety Action
Program (ASAP) for Pilots, including
Management Pilot, Executive Pilot,
Flight Engineers.
Select if the certificate holder has an Q
approved Aviation Safety Action
Program (ASAP) for Maintenance,
including supervisor(s) and
controller(s).

Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.

(Operational Management ASAP Employee Flight Attendant
/ MX Programs)
Groups – Check
all that apply.

Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.

(Operational Management ASAP Employee Dispatcher
/ MX Programs)
Groups – Check
all that apply.

Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.

(Operational Management ASAP Employee Ground
/ MX Programs)
Groups – Check
all that apply.

Scheduled Operations /
Maintenance and
Reliability Info.

(Operational Management ASAP Employee Other
/ MX Programs)
Groups – Check
all that apply.

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten ance
and Reliability Info.

Scheduled
Operations/Maintenanc e
and Reliability Info.

SAS Version 3.4

Maintenance
Personnel

Canadian Persons to
Perform Maintenance,
Preventive Maintenance
or Alterations on US
Aeronautical Products
(121)

Select if the certificate holder has an
approved Aviation Safety Action
Program (ASAP) for Flight
Attendants or Cabin Attendants.
Select if the certificate holder has an
approved Aviation Safety Action
Program (ASAP) for Dispatchers or
Flight Followers.
Select if the certificate holder has an
approved Aviation Safety Action
Program (ASAP) for Ground
personnel including Ramp and
Customer Service personnel.
Select if the certificate holder has an
approved Aviation Safety Action
Program (ASAP) for Other employee
group(s) such as Op Admin, Crew
Scheduler, Flight Coordinator,
security, Load Planner, etc.
Select If The certificate holder Has
US Aeronautical Products
Maintained By Canadian Persons.

Menu Item

Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.
Scheduled
Operations/Mainten
ance and Reliability
Info.

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title
Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.
Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.
Scheduled
Operations/Maintenance
and Reliability Info.

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Select if the certificate holder
maintains any of its 135 aircraft IAW a
Inspection Programs 100 hr/Annual
100 hour or annual inspection
(135)
program under 135.411(a)(1).
Q
Progressive
Select if the certificate holder
Inspection Programs Aircraft
maintains any of its 135 aircraft IAW a
Inspection
progressive inspection
Program (135)
Q
Large or Turbine- Select if the certificate holder
Powered
operates an aircraft identified in
Inspection Programs Multiengine
91.409(e) and uses one of the
Airplanes or
programs for inspection in 91.409(f); Q
Turbine-Powered do not select for an aircraft under an
Rotorcraft under approved program of OpSpec D073.
91.409(e) (135)

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Name/Address

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Name/Address

Subtitle

Name/Address

Field Name

Description Field

Name/Address
Code

Select one of the following codes
CEO (Chief Executive Officer)
Optional. The Chief Executive Officer
(CEO) is the person who is given the
chief decision-making authority in an
organization or business, regardless
of title.
CIN (Chief Inspector) This person is
employed to fulfill the requirements
of CFR 119.65 (a) or 91.1413(b) (2).
This position is required for CFR 121,
a Continuous Airworthiness
Maintenance Program under 91K and
is optional for other CFRs.
CPT (Chief Pilot)
This person is employed to fulfill the
requirements of CFR 119.65(a) or
119.69(a).
This position is required for CFR 121,
and 135. It is optional for other CFRs.
DMT (Director of Maintenance)

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field
This is the person who is employed to
fulfill the requirements of CFR
119.65(a), or 91.1413(b)(1).
This position is required for CFR 121,
135 and a
Continuous Airworthiness
Maintenance Program under 91K. It is
optional for other CFRs.
5) DOP (Director of Operations)
This person is employed to fulfill the
requirements of CFR 119.65(a),
119.69(a), or
125.25. This position is required for
CFR 121, 125, and 135. It is optional
for other CFRs.
DOS (Director of Safety) This person is
employed to fulfill the requirements
of CFR 119.65(a). This position is
required for CFR 121 and optional for
other CFRs.
MGR (General Manager) The position
is optional for all CFRs. The General
Manager has overall management
responsibility

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field
for all organizational activities of the
certificate holder.
MML (Main Maintenance Location)
This is the facility/location where: (1)
overall maintenance management
and maintenance operational control
is conducted, (2) the final repository
for maintenance personnel training
records and aircraft maintenance
records is located, and (3) the
maintenance management personnel
who are required by regulation are
domiciled and conduct the overall
program, management oversight, and
control.
MOL (Main Operations Location)
This is the facility/location where: (1)
overall flight management and flight
operational control is conducted, (2)
the final repository for flight

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field
crewmember, flight attendant,
dispatcher, and flight operations
records is located, and (3) the flight
management personnel who are
required by regulation are domiciled
and conduct the overall program,
management oversight, and control.
PAD (Primary Flight Attendant
Domicile)
This is the location where the
certificate holder has the largest
number of flight attendants assigned.
PAT (Primary Flight Attendant
Training Location)
This is the location where the
certificate holder conducts basic
indoctrination training for flight
attendants as required by CFR
121.421 or 135.349.
PBO (Principal Base of Operations)
This is the primary operating location
as established by the

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field
certificate holder.
PMD (Primary Maintenance Domicile)
This is the location where the
certificate holder has the largest
number of maintenance personnel
assigned.
PMT (Primary Maintenance Training
Location)
This is the location where the
certificate holder conducts basic
indoctrination training for
maintenance personnel as required by
CFR 121.375, 135.433 or 91.1111.
PPD (Primary Pilot Domicile)
This is the location where the
certificate holder has the largest
number of pilots assigned.
PPT (Primary Pilot Training Location)
This is the location where the
certificate holder conducts basic
indoctrination training for pilots as
required by the applicable CFR 121,
Subpart N and 135, Subpart H.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Name/Address

Name

The name of the person or company
performing the role described for the
name/address code. If the name is a
person, then enter the last name first,
immediately followed by a space. The
software will automatically insert a
comma instead of the space. Then
enter the first name followed by the
middle name or middle initial. A name
suffix, such as “Jr.,” “II,” etc. may be
added after the middle initial. Always
insert a period after an initial and “Jr.”
or “Sr.”

Name/Address

Position Title

Enter the organizational title of the
person.

Name/Address

Address 1

Enter the business address of the
person, company, or facility.

Name/Address

Address 2

Enter the second line of the address
(if needed).

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Name/Address

Address 3

Enter the third line of the address (if
needed).

Name/Address

City

Enter the name of the city or town.

State

Enter the two-character postal
abbreviation for the state or U.S.
possession. Leave the field blank if the
address is outside of the United
States or U.S. possession.

Name/Address

Zip Code

Description Field

Name/Address

SAS Version 3.4

Name/Address

Country

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field
Enter the business telephone number
including area code, if located within
the United States or
U.S. possession. Leave blank if located
outside of the United States or U.S.
possession. Enter the telephone
extension number, if necessary.

Name/Address

Business Phone

Name/Address

Foreign Phone

Name/Address

Fax

Name/Address

Mobile Phone

Name/Address

E-Mail Address

Name/Address

Airport ID

SAS Version 3.4

The business telephone number
including country code, if the
certificate holder is located outside of
the United States or U.S. possession.

Enter the fax number of the person

Enter the mobile phone number of
the person.
Enter the email address of the person.

Enter the airport ID where the
company or facility is located.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Authorized DBAs

Waivers Authorizations

Aircraft

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Authorized DBAs

Waivers Authorizations

Aircraft

Subtitle

Current DBAs

Field Name

Authorized DBA
Name

Authorized DBA
Type

Description Field
Any authorized name under which the
operator is doing business as
authorized in OPSS Paragraph A001.

Enter “P” if the name is the primary
DBA name. If there is only one DBA,
then it is the primary DBA. Enter “O”
for all other DBAs. The certificate
holder should be consulted to
determine the primary DBA when
there are multiple DBAs.

Current Waivers and Waivers and
Authorizations
Authorizations

The CFR from which the certificate
holder holds a waiver. Valid entries
are listed on the FSAS Waivers Lookup
Table.

Current Aircraft

14CFR

Enter the CFR under which type of
aircraft is being operated, either 121
or 135.

Make Model
Series

Enter the make/model/series for each
type of aircraft operated by the
certificate holder under the selected
CFR. The designation must be listed
on the FSAS aircraft
make/model/series table.

Current Aircraft

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field
Enter the broad grouping of aircraft
having similar characteristics of
propulsion, flight, or landing. The
following options are valid entry
codes/descriptions: HEL - Helicopter
MEL - Multiengine Land MES Multiengine Sea SEL - Single Engine
Land SES - Single Engine Sea

Aircraft

SAS Version 3.4

Aircraft

Current Aircraft

Class

Turbine

NOTE: If a particular
make/model/series can be operated
in more than one class (such as an
amphibious airplane) the
make/model/series should be listed
twice with each listing, showing the
appropriate class, e.g., SES, SEL. Enter
the actual number of aircraft in the
first record; enter "0" (zero) in
subsequent entries for the same
make/model/series.
Select if the aircraft is turbinepowered. This includes all turbine
powered aircraft including turboshaft,
turbojet, turbofan, and turbopropeller.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Aircraft

Section Title

Aircraft

Subtitle

Current Aircraft

Field Name

Description Field

VFR Only

Select for each make/ model/series of
aircraft that operates under VFR
ONLY. Do not check if the M/M/S
flies under VFR/IFR

Day Only

Select if the certificate holder is not
authorized to operate this make/
model/series of aircraft during the
period beginning 1 hour after sunset
and ending 1 hour before sunrise. Do
not select if the certificate holder is
authorized to operate this
make/model /series of aircraft both
day and night.
Select if the make/model/series is
operated in commuter service with
this certificate holder. Do not select if
the make/model/series is not
operated in commuter service with
this certificate holder.

Aircraft

SAS Version 3.4

Aircraft

Current Aircraft

Aircraft User in
Commuter
Service

NOTE: Checking the box is only
appropriate if "CMA" or "CMR"
appears in the "Kinds of Operation"
field for the certificate holder.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Aircraft

Section Title

Aircraft

Subtitle

Current Aircraft

Field Name

PAX
Demonstrated

PAX
Approved/Cargo

Description Field
Enter the maximum demonstrated
passenger seating capacity identified
under 121.291(a) or 121.291(b).

Enter the number of passenger seats
installed as approved by the POI.
Enter "0" (zero) for “All-Cargo”
configured aircraft.

Aircraft

Current Aircraft

Aircraft

Current Aircraft

For 121, enter the number of flight
attendants used during the
emergency evacuation demonstration
conducted under CFR 121.291. For
135, enter the number of flight
Number Required attendants for each
Flight Attendants make/model/series required under
the provisions of 135.107.

Current Aircraft

Enter the total number of aircraft by
make/model/series that the certificate
holder operates under the provisions
of the selected CFR.

Aircraft

SAS Version 3.4

Aircraft

Number of
Aircraft

Scoping

M, Q

Vitals Data Fields - 121/135 Operators
Menu Item

Aircraft

Section Title

Aircraft

Subtitle

Current Aircraft

Field Name

Structural
Inspection
Program

Description Field

Scoping

Select if a structural inspection
program that complies with the
airframe manufacturer’s documents is
required for the candidate aircraft.

Aircraft

Current Aircraft

AQP

Select if an Advanced Qualification
Program (AQP) is approved for the
make/model/series

Comments

Enter FAA comments. Comments are
not visible to external users.

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
The following table lists the configuration vitals attributes that make up a 141 certificate holder's configuration data. These appear on the
Configuration Data > Vitals tab. Items are ordered by the section title / subtitle they appear in on the Vitals tab.
Note: The Scoping column shows if/how the data entered for an attribute is used to scope information for a certificate holder. Key: M = MLF
labels, P = Peer Groups, Q = Questions. For example, if an attribute's Scoping column value is P, that means that the entry made on the Vitals tab
for that attribute is used to determine a certificate holder's peer group(s).

SAS Version 3.4

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Identification /
Physical Location

Authorizations

14 CFR 141 Name

The legal or official name of the air agency

Identification /
Physical Location

Authorizations

Airport ID

Identification /
Physical Location

Authorizations

CHDO

Identification /
Physical Location

Authorizations

Foreign

Alphanumeric identifier of the airport where the
air agency provides services. If the location is
not on an airport included in the FSAS airport
table, then use the identifier of the nearest
airport.
This is the four-character alphanumeric ID code
of the Certificate Holding District Office. This
field is autofilled.
Indicates if the Air Agency is located in a
foreign country.

Identification /
Physical Location

Authorizations

GDO

Identifies the GDO of the satellite pilot school.

Identification /
Physical Location

Certificate
Information

Parent DSGN

Designator code of the parent air agency, if this
is a record for a satellite.

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Address 1

First line of Air Agency address which identifies
its physical location.

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Address 2

Second line of Air Agency address (if needed).

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Address 3

Third line of Air Agency address (if needed).

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Alternate Phone

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Business Phone

Business telephone number for Air Agencies
located in the United States or U.S. possession.

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Business Phone Ext

Business Phone Extension

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

City

Name of City or Town of the physical location
of the Air Agency.

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Country

The two-character abbreviation of the country
where the Air Agency resides.

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Email Address

Electronic mail (e-mail) address.

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Fax

Business Fax number of the Air Agency.

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Foreign Phone

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Foreign Phone Ext

Business telephone number including the
country code and city code (if applicable), for
Air Agencies located outside of the United
States or U.S. possession.
Foreign Phone Ext

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Org Web Site

Organization Website

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Postal Code

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

State

US Postal Zip Code or Foreign country postal
code associated with the Air Agencies physical
location.
State of the Air Agency address.

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

Mailing Address

Address 1

First line of Air Agency mailing address.

Mailing Address

Address 2

Second line of Air Agency mailing address (if
needed).

Mailing Address

Address 3

Third line of Air Agency mailing address (if
needed).

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

Mailing Address

City

Name of City or Town of the mailing address of
the Air Agency.

Mailing Address

Country

The two-character abbreviation of the country
of the Air Agencies mailing address.

Mailing Address

Postal Code

Mailing Address

State

US Postal Zip Code or Foreign country postal
code associated with the Air Agencies mailing
address.
State of the Air Agency mailing address.

Chief Executive
Officer

Business Phone

Telephone of the person performing chief
executive officer duties at the Air Agency.

Chief Executive
Officer

Business Phone Ext

Telephone Extension of the person performing
chief executive officer duties at the Air Agency.

Chief Executive
Officer

Email Address

Electronic mail (e-mail) address of the person
performing chief executive officer duties.

Chief Executive
Officer

Fax

Business Fax number of the person performing
chief executive officer duties.

Chief Executive
Officer

Foreign Phone

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

Chief Executive
Officer

Foreign Phone Ext

Business telephone number including the
country code and city code (if applicable) of the
person performing chief executive officer
duties.
Ceo Foreign Phone EXT

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Chief Executive
Officer

Mobile Phone

Ceo Mobile Phone

Chief Executive
Officer

Name

Official name of the person performing chief
executive officer duties at the Air Agency.

Chief Executive
Officer

Title

Organizational title of the person performing
chief executive officer duties at the Air Agency.

Company Liaison

Business Phone

Telephone of the person performing liaison
duties at the Air Agency if located in the US.

Company Liaison

Business Phone Ext

Company Liaison

Email Address

Telephone extension of the person performing
liaison duties at the Air Agency if located in the
US..
Electronic mail (e-mail) address of the person
performing company liaison duties.

Company Liaison

Fax

Business Fax number of the person performing
company liaison duties.

Company Liaison

Foreign Phone

Company Liaison

Foreign Phone Ext

Company Liaison

Mobile Phone

Business telephone number including the
country code and city code (if applicable) of the
person performing company liaison duties.
Business telephone extension including the
country code and city code (if applicable) of the
person performing company liaison duties.
Liaison Mobile Phone

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

Company Liaison

Name

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors

Company Liaison

Title

Certificate
Information

Certificate Number

The current certificate number that appears on
the Air Agency certificate.

Certificate
Information

Certificate Status

Status of the certificate.

Certificate
Information

Current Issue Date

The date on which the certificate was reissued.

Certificate
Information

Date of Status

The date on which the Certificate Status was
last modified.

Certificate
Information

Expiration Date

The date on which the Certificate Status
expires.

Certificate
Information

Original Issue Date

The date on which the certificate was originally
issued.

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field
Person who serves as the contact point
between the Air Agency and the FAA. This is
the official the FAA inspector contacts during a
visit to the facility.
Organizational title of the person performing
FAA liaison duties at the Air Agency.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Certificate
Information

Satellite Status

Certificate
Information

Satellite Status Date

The date on which the Satellite Status was last
modified.

Certificate
Information

Validation Date

The date on which the data has been verified
for accuracy.

Certificate
Information

Active Satellites

Select if the air agency has active satellites.

Certificate
Information

ACR NO

The number of ACR records in the ACR/DPE
ancillary records entered for this location.

Certificate
Information

Agency Type

Certificate
Information

Associated With
College/University

Type of record stored in the
database:1.Certificate record (C-type)2. Satellite
record (S-type)3. Supplemental Satellite record
(M-type)
Indicates if the pilot school is associated with a
college or university.

Certificate
Information

Flight/Ground

Indicates if the pilot school has an approved
flight training course outline (TCO).

Scoping
Q

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Certificate
Information

Ground Only

Indicates if the pilot school has only approved
ground training course outlines (TCO) and no
flight TCO’s.

Certificate
Information

Pilot School

Indicates if the pilot school meets the
requirements of FAR 141 Subparts A through C.

Certificate
Information

Provisional Pilot
School

Number of Personnel

Airworthiness
Personnel

Indicates that the pilot school does not meet
the recent training experience requirements of
FAR 141.5(b) but does meet all other
requirements.
Number of airworthiness personnel employed
by the air agency.

Number of Personnel

Average Annual
Enrollment

Average Annual Enrollment for this location.

Number of Personnel

Certified Instructors

The number of instructors other than the chief
and assistant chief instructor(s) employed by
the Air Agency.

Number of Personnel

Check Instructors

The number of Check Instructors checked off in
the Instructors ancillary.

Number of Personnel

Chief Instructors/Asst.
Chief Instructors

The number of persons qualified under FAR
141.35 as chief instructors or FAR 141.36 as
assistant chief instructors.

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors

Number of Personnel

Number of A/C Under
91.409(E)

Number of Personnel

Number of Aircraft

Number of Personnel

Number of Type
Rating Courses

Enter the total number of approved type rating
training course outlines (TCOs), which is
provided at that location.

Number of Personnel

Dispatchers

Enter the number of persons employed by the
air agency primarily for the purpose of serving
as an aircraft dispatcher.

Number of Personnel

Line
Personnel/Aircraft
Handlers

Enter the number of line personnel/aircraft
handlers employed by the air agency.

Number of Personnel

Asst Chief
Instructor(s)

Enter the number of Asst. Chief Instructor(s)
employed by the air agency.

Number of Personnel

Total Employees

The total number of employees, regardless of
the type of work performed, that are employed
by the Air Agency at that location.

Current Instructors

Asst. Chief Instructor

Indicates that the instructor has been identified
under FAR 141.33 as the assistant chief
instructor for any course at this Air Agency.

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field

Scoping

Enter the number of large airplanes, turbojet
multiengine airplanes, turbo-propeller powered
multiengine airplanes, and turbine-powered
rotorcraft inspected under the provisions of
FAR 91.409(e).
Indicates the total number of aircraft for the
entire pilot school (all types of records).

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Instructors

Current Instructors

Category

The category of the course(s) this instructor
teaches.

Instructors

Current Instructors

Check Instructor

Indicates that the instructor has been identified
under FAR 141.33 as a check Instructor.

Instructors

Current Instructors

Chief Instructor

Instructors

Current Instructors

Core Certificate #

Indicates that the instructor has been identified
under FAR 141.33 as the chief instructor for any
course at this Air Agency.
The nine digit registry assigned number.

Instructors

Current Instructors

Courses Approved

This is a field for the Principal to enter remarks
about the instructor.

Instructors

Current Instructors

Date Qualified

Date Instructor became qualified to teach.

Instructors

Current Instructors

Date Trained

Date Instructor completed formal training.

Instructors

Current Instructors

Instructor Name

The name of the person performing chief
instructor or assistant chief instructor duties.

Instructors

Current Instructors

Title

The organizational title of the person.

Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors

Inspectors

Principal Avionics
Inspector

Inspector ID code of the assigned avionics
inspector.

Inspectors

Principal Maintenance
Inspector

Inspector ID code of the assigned maintenance
inspector.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Certificate
Information / Number
of Personnel /
Inspectors
Agreements and
Authorizations

Inspectors

Principal Operations
Inspector

Inspector ID code of the assigned principal
operations inspector.

Safety Programs

Select If The Air Operator utilizes the Voluntary
Disclosure Reporting Program (VDRP).

Agreements and
Authorizations

Safety Programs

Agreements and
Authorizations

Safety Programs

Select if the air operator has an approved Flight
Operational Quality Assurance (FOQA)
Program.
Select if the air operator has an approved
Internal Evaluation Program (IEP).

Agreements and
Authorizations

VDRP - Voluntary
Disclosure Reporting
System
FOQA - Flight
Operational Quality
Assurance
IEP - Internal
Evaluation Program

Agreements and
Authorizations

Safety Programs

SMSVP - SMS
Voluntary Program

Select if the air agency has an approved Safety
Management System Voluntary Program.

Q, M

Agreements and
Authorizations

Safety Programs

Select if the air operator has an approved
Aviation Safety Action Program (ASAP).

Agreements and
Authorizations

Authorizations

ASAP - Aviation
Safety Action
Program
Examining Authority

Select if the CH/A is authorized examining
authority for any curriculum.

Agreements and
Authorizations

Authorizations

Approved for
MEL/MMEL

Select if the CH/A is authorized to use an MEL
or MMEL in lieu of an MEL.

Agreements and
Authorizations

Authorizations

Electronic
Recordkeeping

Select if the air agency is authorized Electronic
Recordkeeping.

Q, M

Agreements and
Authorizations

Authorizations

Electronic Signatures

Select if the air agency is authorized Electronic
Signatures

Q, M

Training
Configuration

Select if the air agency uses Full Flight
Simulators or FTDs in any of its approved
courses.
Select if the air agency uses Aviation Training
Devices (ATDs) in any of its approved courses.

Training
Configuration

Full Flight
Simulators/Flight
Training Devices
Aviation Training
Devices

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Training
Configuration

Part 142 Training
Agreement

Select if the air agency has a Part 142 Training
Agreement for any of its approved courses.

Training
Configuration

Internet
Training/Courseware

Select if the air agency has approved courses,
which include Internet Training/Courseware.

Training
Configuration

Courses with Reduced
Time Requirements

Training
Configuration

Conducts Training
Outside the U.S.

Training
Configuration

Conducts IFR Training

Select if the air agency uses Courses with
Reduced Time Requirements in any of its
approved courses.
Select if the air agency uses Conducts Training
Outside the U.S. for any of its approved
courses.
Select if the air agency conducts Instrument
Flight Training in any of its approved courses.

Maintenance
Functions

Conducts NVG
Training

Select if the certificate holder conducts NVG
training

Maintenance
Functions

Uses Canadian
Maintenance Provider

Maintenance
Functions

Uses Special Purpose
Equipment

Maintenance
Functions

Aircraft Type Ratings

Current Aircraft
Ratings

Performs
Maintenance InHouse
Course Seqnum

Select if the certificate holder uses Transport
Canada Civil Aviation Authority (CAA)
authorized persons to perform maintenance
Select if the certificate holder operates aircraft
with Special Purpose Equipment such as
external load equipment, agricultural
dispensing equipment, modifications for
students with a disability, etc.
Select the certificate holder performs
maintenance in-house

Aircraft Type Ratings

Current Aircraft
Ratings

SAS Version 3.4

Sequential, system-generated number which,
combined with CHDO/Desg, uniquely identifies
this record.
Indicates the class of the rating.

Q
Q

Q, M

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Aircraft Type Ratings

Current Aircraft
Ratings

P Lift

Indicates the class of the rating.

Aircraft Type Ratings

Current Aircraft
Ratings

R/Hel

Indicates the class of the rating.

Aircraft Type Ratings

Current Aircraft
Ratings

Aircraft Type Rating

Aircraft Type Ratings

Current Aircraft
Ratings

Contains the code for an airworthiness rating
issued to the Air Agency under the provisions
of FAR 145.31, 145.33, or 147.11.
Indicates the class of the rating.

Aircraft Type Ratings

Airplane SES

Indicates that the Air Agency has an approved
Pilot Refresher Course.

Aircraft Type Ratings

Power Lift

Indicates that the Air Agency has an approved
Pilot Refresher Course.

Aircraft Type Ratings

Rotorcraft G/P

Indicates that the Air Agency has an approved
Pilot Refresher Course.

Aircraft Type Ratings

Rotorcraft Hel

Indicates that the Air Agency has an approved
Pilot Refresher Course.

Aircraft Type Ratings

Airplane MEL

Indicates that the Air Agency has an approved
Pilot Refresher Course.

Aircraft Type Ratings

Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Category/Class
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Category/Class

Airplane MES

Indicates that the Air Agency has an approved
Pilot Refresher Course.

SAS Version 3.4

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Aircraft Type Ratings

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Category/Class
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Category/Class
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Category/Class
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Category/Class
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Category/Class
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Category/Class
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Category/Class
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Category/Class

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Airplane SEL

Indicates that the Air Agency has an approved
Pilot Refresher Course.

Airplane SES

Indicates that the Air Agency has an approved
Pilot Refresher Course.

Glider

Is the Pilot Refresher Course Category/Class for
a Glider?

LTA Air

Is the Pilot Refresher Course Category/Class for
a Lighter-Than-Air Airship?

LTA Ball

Is the Pilot Refresher Course Category/Class for
a Lighter-Than-Air Balloon?

Power Lift

Is the Pilot Refresher Course Category/Class for
a Power Lift?

Rotorcraft G/P

Indicates that the Air Agency has an approved
Pilot Refresher Course.

Rotorcraft Hel

Indicates that the Air Agency has an approved
Pilot Refresher Course.

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Aircraft Type Ratings

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Instrument
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Instrument
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Instrument
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Instrument
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Instrument
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Instrument
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Instrument
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Instrument

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Airplane MEL

Is the Pilot Refresher Course Instrument for a
Multi-Engine Land airplane?

Airplane MES

Is the Pilot Refresher Course Instrument for a
Multi-Engine Sea airplane?

Airplane SEL

Is the Pilot Refresher Course Instrument for a
Single Engine Land airplane?

Airplane SES

Is the Pilot Refresher Course Instrument for a
Single Engine Sea aircraft?

Glider

Is the Pilot Refresher Course Instrument for a
Glider?

LTA Air

Is the Pilot Refresher Course Instrument for a
Lighter-Than-Air Airship?

Power Lift

Is the Pilot Refresher Course Instrument for a
Power Lift?

Rotorcraft G/P

Is the Pilot Refresher Course Instrument for a
Rotorcraft Gyroplane?

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Aircraft Type Ratings

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Instrument
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Pilot Certificate
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Pilot Certificate
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Pilot
Refresher Courses Pilot Certificate
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Curricula and Other
Approved training
Course Outlines
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Curricula and Other
Approved training
Course Outlines
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Curricula and Other
Approved training
Course Outlines

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Rotorcraft Hel

Is the Pilot Refresher Course Instrument for a
Rotorcraft Helicopter?

Airplane MEL

Indicates that the Air Agency has an approved
Pilot Refresher Course.

Airplane MES

Indicates that the Air Agency has an approved
Pilot Refresher Course.

Airplane SEL

Indicates that the Air Agency has an approved
Pilot Refresher Course.

Description

Describes the TCOs authorized.

Is the Special
Curriculum Course for
Ground School
training?

Is the Special Curriculum Course for Ground
School training?

Is the Special
Curriculum Course for
Test Preparation?

Is the Special Curriculum Course for Test
Preparation?

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Aircraft Type Ratings

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Curricula and Other
Approved training
Course Outlines
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Curricula and Other
Approved training
Course Outlines
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Curricula and Other
Approved training
Course Outlines
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Curricula and Other
Approved training
Course Outlines
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Curricula and Other
Approved training
Course Outlines
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Curricula and Other
Approved training
Course Outlines

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Airplane MEL

Is the Special Curriculum Course for a MultiEngine Land airplane?

Airplane MES

Is the Special Curriculum Course for a MultiEngine Sea airplane?

Airplane SEL

Is the Special Curriculum Course for a Single
Engine Land airplane?

Airplane SES

Is the Special Curriculum Course for a Single
Engine Sea aircraft?

Glider

Is the Special Curriculum Course for a Glider?

LTA Air

Is the Special Curriculum Course for a LighterThan-Air Airship?

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Aircraft Type Ratings

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Curricula and Other
Approved training
Course Outlines
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Curricula and Other
Approved training
Course Outlines
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Curricula and Other
Approved training
Course Outlines
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Curricula and Other
Approved training
Course Outlines
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Operations
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Operations
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Operations
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Operations

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

LTA Ball

Is the Special Curriculum Course for a LighterThan-Air Balloon?

Power Lift

Is the Special Curriculum Course for a Power
Lift?

Rotorcraft G/P

Is the Special Curriculum Course for a
Rotorcraft Gyroplane?

Rotorcraft Hel

Is the Special Curriculum Course for a
Rotorcraft Helicopter?

Airplane MEL

Indicates the class of the rating.

Airplane MES

Indicates the class of the rating.

Airplane SEL

Indicates the class of the rating.

Airplane SES

Indicates the class of the rating.

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Aircraft Type Ratings

Approved TCOs

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Operations
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Operations
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Operations
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Operations
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Operations
Current Aircraft
Ratings - Special
Operations
Airline Transport Pilot
- Add'n CAT/Class

Glider

Indicates the class of the rating.

LTA Air

Indicates the class of the rating.

LTA Ball

Indicates the class of the rating.

Power Lift

Indicates the class of the rating.

Rotorcraft G/P

Indicates the class of the rating.

Rotorcraft Hel

Indicates the class of the rating.

Airplane MEL

Approved TCOs

Airline Transport Pilot
- Add'n CAT/Class

Airplane MES

Approved TCOs

Airline Transport Pilot
- Add'n CAT/Class

Airplane SEL

Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category airline transport pilot for a multiengine land airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category airline transport pilot for a multiengine sea aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category airline transport pilot for a
single-engine land airplane.

Scoping
Q

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Approved TCOs

Airline Transport Pilot
- Add'n CAT/Class

Airplane SES

Approved TCOs

Airline Transport Pilot
- Add'n CAT/Class

Grnd School

Approved TCOs

Airline Transport Pilot
- Add'n CAT/Class

Power Lift

Approved TCOs

Airline Transport Pilot
- Add'n CAT/Class

Rotorcraft Hel

Approved TCOs

Airline Transport Pilot
- Pilot

Airplane MEL

Approved TCOs

Airline Transport Pilot
- Pilot

Airplane MES

Approved TCOs

Airline Transport Pilot
- Pilot

Airplane SEL

Approved TCOs

Airline Transport Pilot
- Pilot

Airplane SES

Approved TCOs

Airline Transport Pilot
- Pilot

Grnd School

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category airline transport pilot for a
single-engine sea aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for ground school
additional class/category airline transport pilot
certification.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category airline transport pilot for a
power lift.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category airline transport pilot for a
rotorcraft - helicopter aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for airline transport
pilot for a multi-engine land airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for airline transport
pilot for a multi-engine sea aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for airline transport
pilot for a single-engine land airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for airline transport
pilot for a single-engine sea aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for ground school
airline transport pilot certification.

Scoping
Q

Q
Q
Q
Q
Q

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Approved TCOs

Airline Transport Pilot
- Pilot

Power Lift

Approved TCOs

Airline Transport Pilot
- Pilot

Rotorcraft Hel

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Add'n Cat/Class

Airplane MEL

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Add'n Cat/Class

Airplane MES

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Add'n Cat/Class

Airplane SEL

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Add'n Cat/Class

Airplane SES

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Add'n Cat/Class

Gldr

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Add'n Cat/Class

Grnd School

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for airline transport
pilot for a power lift.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for airline transport
pilot for a rotorcraft - helicopter aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category commercial pilot certification for
a multi-engine land airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category commercial pilot certification for
a multi-engine sea aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category commercial pilot certification for
a single-engine land airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category commercial pilot certification for
a single-engine sea aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category commercial pilot certification for
a glider.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for ground school
additional class/category commercial pilot
certification.

Scoping
Q
Q
Q

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Add'n Cat/Class

LTA Air

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Add'n Cat/Class

LTA Ball

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Add'n Cat/Class

Power Lift

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Add'n Cat/Class

Rotorcraft G/P

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Add'n Cat/Class

Rotorcraft Hel

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Pilot

Airplane MEL

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Pilot

Airplane MES

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Pilot

Airplane SEL

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category commercial pilot certification for
a lighter-than-air aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category commercial pilot certification for
a lighter-than-air balloon.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category commercial pilot certification for
a power lift.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category commercial pilot certification for
a rotorcraft - gyrocopter.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category commercial pilot certification for
a rotorcraft - helicopter aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a commercial pilot
certification for an airplane multi-engine land
airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a commercial pilot
certification for an airplane multi-engine sea
aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a commercial pilot
certification for a single engine land airplane.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Pilot

Airplane SES

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Pilot

Gldr

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Pilot

Grnd School

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Pilot

LTA Air

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Pilot

LTA Ball

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Pilot

Power Lift

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Pilot

Rotorcraft G/P

Approved TCOs

Commercial Pilot Pilot

Rotorcraft Hel

Approved TCOs

Flight Instructor Flight Instructor

Airplane ME

Approved TCOs

Flight Instructor Flight Instructor

Airplane SE

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a commercial pilot
certification for an airplane single engine sea
airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a commercial pilot
certification for a glider.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for ground school
commercial pilot certification.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a commercial pilot
certification for a lighter-than-air aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a commercial pilot
certification for a lighter-than-air balloon.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a commercial pilot
certification for a power lift.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a commercial pilot
certification for a rotorcraft - gyrocopter.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a commercial pilot
certification for a rotorcraft - helicopter aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a flight instructor
for a multi-engine land airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a flight instructor
for a single-engine land airplane.

Scoping
Q

Q
Q

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Approved TCOs

Flight Instructor Flight Instructor

Glider

Approved TCOs

Flight Instructor Flight Instructor

Grnd School

Approved TCOs

Flight Instructor Flight Instructor

Power Lift

Approved TCOs

Flight Instructor Flight Instructor

Rotorcraft G/P

Approved TCOs

Flight Instructor Flight Instructor

Rotorcraft Hel

Approved TCOs

Airplane

Approved TCOs

Instrument Rating Add'n Instr Rating
(AIR)
Instrument Rating Add'n Instr Rating
(AIR)
Instrument Rating Add'n Instr Rating
(AIR)
Instrument Rating Add'n Instr Rating
(AIR)
Instrument Rating Instrument Rating

SAS Version 3.4

Grnd School
Power Lift
Rotorcraft Hel
Airplane

Description Field
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a flight instructor
for a glider aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for ground school
flight instructor certification.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a flight instructor
for a power lift aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a flight instructor
for a rotorcraft - gyrocopter aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a flight instructor
for a rotorcraft - helicopter aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for an additional
airplane instrument course.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for an additional
instrument rating ground school course.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for an additional power
lift instrument rating course.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for an additional
rotorcraft instrument rating course.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for an airplane
instrument rating course.

Scoping
Q

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Approved TCOs

Instrument Rating Instrument Rating

Grnd School

Approved TCOs

Instrument Rating Instrument Rating

Power Lift

Approved TCOs

Instrument Rating Instrument Rating

Rotorcraft Hel

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Add'n
Cat/Class

Airplane MEL

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Add'n
Cat/Class

Airplane MES

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Add'n
Cat/Class

Airplane SEL

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Add'n
Cat/Class

Airplane SES

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Add'n
Cat/Class

Gldr

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for an instrument
rating ground school course.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a power lift
instrument rating course.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a rotorcraft
instrument rating course.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category private pilot certification for a
multi-engine land airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category private pilot certification for a
multi-engine sea airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category private pilot certification for a
single engine land airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category private pilot certification for a
single engine sea airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category private pilot certification for a
glider.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Add'n
Cat/Class

Grnd School

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Add'n
Cat/Class

LTA Air

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Add'n
Cat/Class

LTA Ball

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Add'n
Cat/Class

Power Lift

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Add'n
Cat/Class

Rotorcraft G/P

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Add'n
Cat/Class

Rotorcraft Hel

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Pilot

Airplane MEL

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Pilot

Airplane MES

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for ground school
additional class/category private pilot
certification.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category private pilot certification for a
lighter-than-air aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category private pilot certification for a
lighter-than-air balloon.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category private pilot certification for a
power lift.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category private pilot certification for a
rotorcraft- gyrocopter.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for additional
class/category private pilot certification for a
rotorcraft - helicopter.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for private pilot
certification course for an airplane multi-engine
land.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a private pilot
certification course for an airplane multi-engine
sea.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Pilot

Airplane SEL

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Pilot

Airplane SES

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Pilot

Gldr

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Pilot

Grnd School

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Pilot

LTA Air

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Pilot

LTA Ball

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Pilot

Power Lift

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Pilot

Rotorcraft G/P

Approved TCOs

Private Pilot - Pilot

Rotorcraft Hel

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a private pilot
certification course for an airplane single
engine land.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a private pilot
certification course for an airplane single
engine sea.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a private pilot
certification course for a glider.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for ground school
private pilot certification.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a private pilot
certification course for a lighter-than-air
aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a private pilot
certification course for a lighter-than-air
balloon.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a private pilot
certification course for a power lift.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a private pilot
certification course for a rotorcraft- gyrocopter.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a private pilot
certification course for a rotorcraft - helicopter.

Scoping
Q

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Approved TCOs

Recreational Pilot Add'n Cat/Class Rec
Plt

Airplane SEL

Approved TCOs

Recreational Pilot Add'n Cat/Class Rec
Plt

Airplane SES

Approved TCOs

Recreational Pilot Add'n Cat/Class Rec
Plt

Grnd School

Approved TCOs

Recreational Pilot Add'n Cat/Class Rec
Plt

Rotorcraft G/P

Approved TCOs

Recreational Pilot Add'n Cat/Class Rec
Plt

Rotorcraft Hel

Approved TCOs

Recreational Pilot Recreational Pilot

Airplane SEL

Approved TCOs

Recreational Pilot Recreational Pilot

Airplane SES

Approved TCOs

Recreational Pilot Recreational Pilot

Grnd School

Approved TCOs

Recreational Pilot Recreational Pilot

Rotorcraft G/P

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a recreational pilot
certification / additional class category for a
single engine land airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a recreational pilot
certification / additional class category for a
single engine sea airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for ground school
additional class/category private pilot
certification.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a recreational pilot
certification / additional class category for a
rotorcraft - gyrocopter.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a recreational pilot
certification / additional class category for a
rotorcraft - helicopter.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a recreational pilot
certification for a single engine land airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a recreational pilot
certification for a single engine sea airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for ground school
recreational pilot certification.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a recreational pilot
certification for a rotorcraft - gyrocopter.

Scoping
Q

Q
Q

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Approved TCOs

Recreational Pilot Recreational Pilot

Rotorcraft Hel

Additional Courses

Additional School
Courses

Aircraft Type Rating Grnd School

Additional Courses

Airplane

Additional Courses

Additional School
Courses - Flt Inst
Instrument
Additional School
Courses - Flt Inst
Instrument
Additional School
Courses - Flt Inst
Instrument
Additional School
Courses - Flt Inst
Instrument
Additional School
Courses

Additional Courses

Additional School
Courses

Ground Instructor
Advanced

Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a flight instructor
instrument for a land airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for ground school
flight instructor instrument certification.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a flight instructor
instrument for a power lift aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a flight instructor
instrument for a rotorcraft - helicopter aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a pilot ground
school course on the fundamentals of
instruction.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a pilot ground
school course on ground instructor advanced.

Additional Courses

Additional School
Courses

Ground Instructor
Basic

Indicates if an Air Agency has a pilot ground
school course on ground instruction basics.

Additional Courses

Additional School
Courses

Ground Instructor
Instrument

Indicates if an Air Agency has a pilot ground
school course on ground instructor instrument.

Additional Courses

Agriculture A/C Ops

Airplane SES

Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for agriculture A/C
operator for a single-engine sea airplane.

SAS Version 3.4

Grnd School
Power Lift
Rotorcraft Hel
Fundamentals of
Instruction

Scoping

Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a recreational pilot
certification for a rotorcraft - helicopter.
Aircraft type rating.
Q

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Additional Courses

Agriculture A/C Ops

Airplane MEL

Additional Courses

Agriculture A/C Ops

Airplane MES

Additional Courses

Agriculture A/C Ops

Airplane SEL

Additional Courses

Agriculture A/C Ops

Grnd School

Additional Courses

Agriculture A/C Ops

Power Lift

Additional Courses

Agriculture A/C Ops

Rotorcraft G/P

Additional Courses

Agriculture A/C Ops

Rotorcraft Hel

Additional Courses

Other Refresher
Courses

Flight Instructor

Additional Courses

Other Refresher
Courses

Ground Instructor

Indicates if an Air Agency has other approved
training course outlines for GI's.

Additional Courses

Pilot Refresher
Courses

Category/Class

Additional Courses

Pilot Refresher
Courses

Instrument

Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a category/class
pilot refresher course.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for an instrument pilot
refresher course.

SAS Version 3.4

Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for agriculture A/C
operator for a multi-engine land airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for agriculture A/C
operator for a multi-engine sea aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for agriculture A/C
operator for a single-engine land airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for ground school
agriculture A/C operator.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for agriculture A/C
operator for power-lift.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for agriculture A/C
operator for rotorcraft - GP aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for agriculture A/C
operator for a rotorcraft - helicopter aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has other approved
training course outlines for flight instructors.

Scoping
Q
Q
Q

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Additional Courses

Pilot Refresher
Courses

Pilot Certificate

Additional Courses

Rotorcraft Ext Load
Ops

Rotorcraft G/P

Additional Courses

Rotorcraft Ext Load
Ops

Rotorcraft Hel

Additional Courses

Rotorcraft Ext Load
Ops

Grnd School

Additional Courses

Special Operations

Special Operations
Course

Additional Courses

Test Pilot

Airplane MEL

Additional Courses

Test Pilot

Airplane MES

Additional Courses

Test Pilot

Airplane SEL

Additional Courses

Test Pilot

Airplane SES

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field

Scoping

Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a pilot refresher
course.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for rotorcraft ext. load
for a rotorcraft – gyro aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for rotorcraft load for a
rotorcraft – helicopter aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for ground school
agriculture rotorcraft ext. load operator.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for special operations.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a test pilot
certification course for a multi-engine land
airplane.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a test pilot
certification course for a multi-engine sea
aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a test pilot
certification course for an airplane single
engine land.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a test pilot
certification course for an airplane single
engine sea aircraft.

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Additional Courses

Test Pilot

Gldr

Additional Courses

Test Pilot

Grnd School

Additional Courses

Test Pilot

LTA Air

Additional Courses

Test Pilot

LTA Ball

Additional Courses

Test Pilot

Power Lift

Additional Courses

Test Pilot

Rotorcraft G/P

Additional Courses

Test Pilot

Rotorcraft Hel

Aircraft

Current Aircraft

Aircraft Reg. Number

Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a test pilot
certification course for a glider.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a ground school
test pilot.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a test pilot
certification course for a lighter-than-air airship.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a test pilot
certification course for a lighter-than-air
balloon.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a test pilot
certification course for a power lift.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a test pilot
certification course for a rotorcraft - gyro
aircraft.
Indicates if an Air Agency has a Training Course
Outline (TCO) approved for a test pilot
certification course for a rotorcraft - helicopter
aircraft.
Aircraft registration number.

Aircraft

Current Aircraft

Make/Model/Series

Aircraft Ancillary Make, Model and Series.

Aircraft

Current Aircraft

Progressive
Inspection Program

Indicates if the school has a progressive
inspection program for this aircraft type.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping
Q

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Associated Designees

Current Associated
Designees (view only)

AppAuthDesg

Associated Designees

Current Associated
Designees (view only)

Approval/
Authorization/Design
ation
Cert #

Associated Designees

Current Associated
Designees (view only)

Name

Designee Name

Doing Business As

DBA Name

DBA

Any authorized name under which the Air
Agency is doing business

Exemptions

Current Exemptions

Exemption Number

The assigned code of exemptions authorized
for the Air Agency.

Exemptions

Current Exemptions

Expiration Date

Date exemption expires.

GDO ancillary

GDO ASI Info

Assigned Avionics
Inspector

Active Avionics inspector from the local (GDO)
office.

GDO ancillary

GDO ASI Info

Active Maintenance inspector from the local
(GDO) office.

GDO ancillary

GDO ASI Info

Assigned
Maintenance
Inspector
Assigned Operations
Inspector

Rotorcraft External
Load Operations or
Agriculture Aircraft
Operations
Rotorcraft External
Load Operations or
Agriculture Aircraft
Operations

Current Operations

14 CFR

FAR under which a person or organization has
received authority to conduct business.

Current Operations

Designator Code

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field

Certificate Number of ACRS or DPES designee

Active Operations inspector from the local
(GDO) office.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 141 Air Agency
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Rotorcraft External
Load Operations or
Agriculture Aircraft
Operations
Rotorcraft External
Load Operations or
Agriculture Aircraft
Operations
Rotorcraft External
Load Operations or
Agriculture Aircraft
Operations
Tracking Information

Current Operations

FAR 133 Expiration
Date

Current Operations

Name

Current Operations

Office Code

Associated Reference
ID

Free form field used by the field office for
cross-referencing files.

Tracking Information

National Use

Free form field for tracking national usage.

Tracking Information

PTRS Record ID

Tracking Information

Special Purpose

The year (YYYY) and serial number of the PTRS
record ID of the POI's open 1240 record when
the FAR 141 record is added.
Free form field for tracking purposes on a
temporary or permanent basis.

Comments

The legal or official name of the Training
Center.

Additional information, considered significant,
that is not recorded elsewhere in the record.

Vitals Data Fields - 142 Training Centers
The following table lists the configuration vitals attributes that make up a 142 certificate holder's configuration data. These appear on the
Configuration Data > Vitals tab. Items are ordered by the section title / subtitle they appear in on the Vitals tab.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Note: The Scoping column shows if/how the data entered for an attribute is used to scope information for a certificate holder. Key: M = MLF
labels, P = Peer Groups, Q = Questions. For example, if an attribute's Scoping column value is P, that means that the entry made on the Vitals
tab for that attribute is used to determine a certificate holder's peer group(s).

Centers

Vitals Data Fields – 142 Training

Menu Item
Section Title
Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Subtitle
Authorizations

Field Name
14 CFR 142 Name

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Authorizations

Airport ID

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Authorizations

CHDO

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Authorizations

Foreign

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Authorizations

GDO

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Authorizations

Transferred CHDO

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Certificate
Information

Parent DSGN

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Physical Location

Address 1

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Physical Location

Address 2

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field
The legal or official name of the air
agency
Alphanumeric identifier of the
airport where the air agency
provides services. If the location is
not on an airport included in the
FSAS airport table, then use the
identifier of the nearest airport.
This is the four-character
alphanumeric ID code of the
Certificate Holding District Office.
This field is autofilled.
Indicates if the Air Agency is located
in a foreign country.
Identifies the GDO of the satellite
pilot school.
The District Office to which the
certificate is being transferred.
Designator code of the parent air
agency, if this is a record for a
satellite.
First line of Air Agency address
which identifies its physical location.
Second line of Air Agency address (if
needed).

Scoping

Centers

Vitals Data Fields – 142 Training

Menu Item
Section Title
Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Subtitle
Physical Location

Field Name
Address 3

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Physical Location

Alternate Phone

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Physical Location

Business Phone

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Physical Location

Business Phone Ext

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Physical Location

City

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Physical Location

Country

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Physical Location

Email Address

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Physical Location

Fax

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Physical Location

Foreign Phone

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Physical Location

Foreign Phone / Ext

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Physical Location

Org Web Site

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field
Third line of Air Agency address (if
needed).

Business telephone number for Air
Agencies located in the United
States or U.S. possession.
Business Phone Extension
Name of City or Town of the physical
location of the Air Agency.
The two-character abbreviation of
the country where the Air Agency
resides.
Electronic mail (e-mail) address.
Business Fax number of the Air
Agency.
Business telephone number
including the country code and city
code (if applicable), for Air Agencies
located outside of the United States
or U.S. possession.
Foreign Phone Ext
Organization Website

Scoping

Centers

Vitals Data Fields – 142 Training

Menu Item
Section Title
Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Subtitle
Physical Location

Field Name
Postal Code

Identification / Physical Identification / Physical
Location
Location

Physical Location

State

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison

Mailing Address

Address 1

First line of Air Agency mailing
address.

Mailing Address

Address 2

Second line of Air Agency mailing
address (if needed).

Mailing Address

Address 3

Third line of Air Agency mailing
address (if needed).

Mailing Address

City

Name of City or Town of the mailing
address of the Air Agency.

Mailing Address

Country

The two-character abbreviation of
the country of the Air Agencies
mailing address.

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison

Mailing
Mailing
Mailing Address
Address/CEO/Company Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Liaison

Postal Code

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison

State

SAS Version 3.4

Mailing
Mailing Address
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Chief Executive
Address/CEO/Company Officer
Liaison

Business Phone

Description Field
US Postal Zip Code or Foreign
country postal code associated with
the Air Agencies physical location.
State of the Air Agency address.

US Postal Zip Code or Foreign
country postal code associated with
the Air Agencies mailing address.
State of the Air Agency mailing
address.
Telephone of the person performing
chief executive officer duties at the
Air Agency.

Scoping

Centers

Vitals Data Fields – 142 Training

Menu Item
Section Title
Subtitle
Mailing
Mailing
Chief Executive
Address/CEO/Company Address/CEO/Company Officer
Liaison
Liaison

Field Name
Business Phone Ext

Mailing
Mailing
Chief Executive
Address/CEO/Company Address/CEO/Company Officer
Liaison
Liaison

Email Address

Mailing
Mailing
Chief Executive
Address/CEO/Company Address/CEO/Company Officer
Liaison
Liaison

Fax

Mailing
Mailing
Chief Executive
Address/CEO/Company Address/CEO/Company Officer
Liaison
Liaison

Foreign Phone

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison

Chief Executive
Officer

Foreign Phone Ext

Chief Executive
Officer

Mobile Phone

CEO Mobile Phone

Chief Executive
Officer

Name

Official name of the person
performing chief executive officer
duties at the Air Agency.

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison

Mailing
Mailing
Chief Executive
Address/CEO/Company Address/CEO/Company Officer
Liaison
Liaison

Title

Mailing
Mailing
Company Liaison
Address/CEO/Company Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Liaison

Business Phone

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field
Telephone Extension of the person
performing chief executive officer
duties at the Air Agency.
Electronic mail (e-mail) address of
the person performing chief
executive officer duties.
Business Fax number of the person
performing chief executive officer
duties.
Business telephone number
including the country code and city
code (if applicable) of the person
performing chief executive officer
duties.
CEO Foreign Phone EXT

Organizational title of the person
performing chief executive officer
duties at the Air Agency.
Telephone of the person performing
liaison duties at the Air Agency if
located in the US.

Scoping

Centers

Vitals Data Fields – 142 Training

Menu Item
Section Title
Subtitle
Mailing
Mailing
Company Liaison
Address/CEO/Company Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Liaison

Field Name
Business Phone Ext

Mailing
Mailing
Company Liaison
Address/CEO/Company Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Liaison

Email Address

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison

Fax

Mailing
Company Liaison
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Company Liaison
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison

Foreign Phone

Mailing
Mailing
Company Liaison
Address/CEO/Company Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Liaison

Foreign Phone Ext

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison

Mobile Phone

Mailing
Company Liaison
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Mailing
Company Liaison
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison

Mailing
Mailing
Company Liaison
Address/CEO/Company Address/CEO/Company
Liaison
Liaison

SAS Version 3.4

Name

Title

Description Field
Telephone extension of the person
performing liaison duties at the Air
Agency if located in the US.
Electronic mail (e-mail) address of
the person performing company
liaison duties.
Business Fax number of the person
performing company liaison duties.
Business telephone number
including the country code and city
code (if applicable) of the person
performing company liaison duties.
Business telephone extension
including the country code and city
code (if applicable) of the person
performing company liaison duties.
Liaison Mobile Phone
Person who serves as the contact
point between the Air Agency and
the FAA. This is the official the FAA
inspector contacts during a visit to
the facility.
Organizational title of the person
performing FAA liaison duties at the
Air Agency.

Scoping

Centers

Vitals Data Fields – 142 Training

Menu Item
Section Title
Subtitle
Certificate Information Certificate Information / Certificate
/ Number of Personnel Number of Personnel / Information
Inspectors
/ Inspectors

Field Name
Certificate Number

Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors
Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors
Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors
Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors
Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors
Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors
Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors
Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors
Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors

Certificate
Information

Certificate Status

Certificate
Information

Date of Status

The date on which the Certificate
Status was last modified.

Certificate
Information

Current Issue Date

The date on which the certificate was
reissued.

Certificate
Information

Original Issue Date

The date on which the certificate was
originally issued.

Certificate
Information

Expiration Date

The date on which the Certificate
Status expires.

Certificate
Information

Satellite Status

Indicates the status of the satellite.

Certificate
Information

Satellite Status
Date

The date on which the Satellite
Status was last modified.

Certificate
Information

Validation Date

The date on which the data has been
verified for accuracy.

Certificate
Information

Associated with
College/University

Indicates if the Training center is
associated with a college or
university.

SAS Version 3.4

Certificate Information /
Number of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate Information /
Number of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate Information /
Number of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate Information /
Number of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate Information /
Number of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate Information /
Number of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate Information /
Number of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate Information /
Number of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate Information /
Number of Personnel /
Inspectors

Description Field

Scoping

The current certificate number that
appears on the Air Agency
certificate.
Current status of the certificate.

Centers
Menu Item
Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors
Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors
Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors
Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors

Vitals Data Fields – 142 Training
Subtitle
Certificate
Information

Field Name
Remote Training
Sites Authorized

Number of
Personnel

Cert Mechanics

The number of Certified mechanic(s)
employed by the Training Center.

Number of
Personnel

Evaluators

The number of evaluator(s)
employed by the Training Center.

Number of
Personnel

Instructors

Certificate Information Certificate Information / Number of
/ Number of Personnel Number of Personnel / Personnel
Inspectors
/ Inspectors

Non Cert
Mechanics

The number of instructors other than
the chief and assistant chief
instructor(s) employed by the
Training Center.

Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors
Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors

Certificate Information /
Number of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate Information /
Number of Personnel /
Inspectors

Number of
Personnel

Repairmen

Number of
Personnel

Total Employees

Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors
Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors

Certificate Information / Inspectors
Number of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate Information / Inspectors
Number of Personnel /
Inspectors

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title
Certificate Information /
Number of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate Information /
Number of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate Information /
Number of Personnel /
Inspectors
Certificate Information /
Number of Personnel /
Inspectors

Training Center
Program Mgr or
POI
Assistant Training
Center Program
Mgr

Description Field
Identifies if Remote Training Sites
are Authorized

The number of Non Certified
mechanic(s) employed by the
Training Center.
The number of repairmen employed
by the Training Center.
The total number of employees,
regardless of the type of work
performed, that are employed by the
Air Agency at that location.
The name of the Training Center
Program Manager.
The name of the Assistant Training
Center Program Manager.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 142 Training

Subtitle
Inspectors

Field Name
Principal Avionics
Inspector

Inspectors

Principal
Maintenance
Inspector
Principal
Operations
Inspector
VDRP - Voluntary
Disclosure
Reporting System

Inspector ID code of the assigned
maintenance inspector.

Agreements and
Authorizations

Safety Programs

SMSVP - SMS
Voluntary Program

Agreements and
Authorizations

Safety Programs

ASAP - Aviation
Safety Action
Program

Select if the air agency has an
approved Safety Management
System Voluntary Program.

Agreements and
Authorizations

Authorizations

Electronic
Recordkeeping

Agreements and
Authorizations

Authorizations

Electronic
Signatures

Partial Program
Managers

Partial Program
Manager

Partial Program
Managers

Current Partial
Program
Managers

SAS Version 3.4

Inspectors
Safety Programs

Make/Model

Description Field

Scoping

Inspector ID code of the assigned
avionics inspector.

Inspector ID code of the assigned
principal operations inspector.
Select if the air agency has an
approved Voluntary Disclosure
Reporting Program (VDRP) .

Select if the air operator has an
approved Aviation Safety Action
Program (ASAP).
Select if the certificate holder is
authorized to use electronic
recordkeeping.
Select if the certificate holder is
authorized to use electronic
signatures.
Code which identifies the Partial
Program Manager.
Make/Model or Make/Model/Series
code.

Q, M

Vitals Data Fields – 142 Training

Centers
Menu Item
Partial Program
Managers

Section Title
Partial Program
Managers

Subtitle

Field Name
Make/Model

Partial Program
Managers

Make/Model

Partial Program
Managers

Make/Model

Partial Program
Managers

Make/Model

Partial Program
Managers

Make/Model

Partial Program
Managers

Make/Model

Partial Program
Managers

Make/Model

Aircraft / Sims and
FTDs

Aircraft / Sims and FTDs Current Aircraft

Make/Model/Series

Aircraft / Sims and
FTDs

Aircraft / Sims and FTDs Current Aircraft

Number of Aircraft

Aircraft / Sims and
FTDs

Aircraft / Sims and FTDs Current Sims and
FTDs

FAA Id

Aircraft / Sims and
FTDs

Aircraft / Sims and FTDs Current Sims and
FTDs

FTD Manufacturer

Aircraft / Sims and
FTDs

Aircraft / Sims and FTDs Current Sims and
FTDs

FTD Model

Flight Training Device Model.

Aircraft / Sims and
FTDs

Aircraft / Sims and FTDs Current Sims and
FTDs

FTD Serial No

Flight Training Device serial number.

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field
Make/Model or Make/Model/Series
code.
Make/Model or Make/Model/Series
code.
Make/Model or Make/Model/Series
code.
Make/Model or Make/Model/Series
code.
Make/Model or Make/Model/Series
code.
Make/Model or Make/Model/Series
code.
Make/Model or Make/Model/Series
code.
Aircraft Ancillary Make, Model and
Series.
Number of Aircraft
FAA Identifier for the Simulator or
Flight Training Device.
Flight Training Device manufacturer.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 142 Training

Centers
Menu Item
Aircraft / Sims and
FTDs

Section Title
Subtitle
Aircraft / Sims and FTDs Current Sims and
FTDs

Aircraft / Sims and
FTDs

Aircraft / Sims and FTDs Current Sims and
FTDs

Make/Model

Aircraft / Sims and
FTDs

Aircraft / Sims and FTDs Current Sims and
FTDs

Special Remarks

Aircraft / Sims and
FTDs

Aircraft / Sims and FTDs Current Sims and
FTDs

TCPM Responsible
for Evaluation and
Approval

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Aircraft Training

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Advanced
Qualification
Program (AQP)

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Reduction in Hours

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Pictorial Preflight
Courseware

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

ATP Certification
Training Program

SAS Version 3.4

Level

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

FTD Level.
Make, Model and Series of the
simulators or flight training device.
This field is for special use by the
TCPM to provide additional
information on training devices.
Indicates whether the TCPM is
responsible for the evaluation and
approval of the simulator (or FTD).
Select if the Training Center or
Satellite uses aircraft in its training
curriculums.
Select if the Training Center or
Satellite has an approved Advanced
Qualification (AQP) training
program.
Select if the Training Center or
Satellite has a curriculum approved
for a reduction in training hours.
Select if the Training Center or
Satellite uses Pictorial Preflight
Courseware
Select if the Training Center or
Satellite has an approved ATP
Certification Training Program (Ref.
142.54)

Vitals Data Fields – 142 Training

Centers
Menu Item
Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Section Title
Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Subtitle

Field Name
LOFT - Line
Oriented Flight
Training

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Use Distance
Learning

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Other Approved
Courses

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Core Curriculums

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Specialty
Curriculums

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Pilot School
Training, Testing
and/or Checking

Applicable Training
Program Criteria

Circling Approach
Procedures

Training Curriculum

Current Training
Curriculums

Course Number

Training Curriculum

Current Training
Curriculums

Curriculum Code

Training Curriculum Code

Training Curriculum

Current Training
Curriculums

Remarks/Additional
Information

Contains remarks or a brief
description of the authorized
curriculum (identifies the curriculum
when Curriculum Code = 'OTHER').

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field
Select if the Training Center or
Satellite has an approved Line
Oriented Flight Training program.
Select if the Training Center or
Satellite allows for the use of
Distance Learning.

Scoping
Q

Q
Select if the Training Center or
Satellite use Other Approved Course
issued in TSPEC B003
Q
Select for the Training Center or
Satellite use of Core Curriculums
issued in TSPEC B001

Select if the Training Center is
authorized Specialty Curriculums as
identified In Tspec B002
Select if the Training Center or
Satellite conducts Pilot School
Training, Testing and/or Checking.
Select if the Training Center is
authorized Circling Approaches as
identified In Tspec C075.
Training Curriculum Course Number

Vitals Data Fields – 142 Training

Centers
Menu Item
Training Curriculum

Section Title
Training Curriculum

Contracting Operator / Contracting Operator /
Agreements
Agreements
Contracting Operator / Contracting Operator /
Agreements
Agreements
Contracting Operator / Contracting Operator /
Agreements
Agreements
Contracting Operator / Contracting Operator /
Agreements
Agreements
Contracting Operator / Contracting Operator /
Agreements
Agreements
Contracting Operator / Contracting Operator /
Agreements
Agreements
Contracting Operator / Contracting Operator /
Agreements
Agreements

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle
Current Training
Curriculums

Field Name
Type Rating

Description Field
Training Curriculum Rating Type

Current
Contracting
Operator /
Agreements
Current
Contracting
Operator /
Agreements
Current
Contracting
Operator /
Agreements
Current
Contracting
Operator /
Agreements
Current
Contracting
Operator /
Agreements
Current
Contracting
Operator /
Agreements
Current
Contracting
Operator /
Agreements

14 CFR

Operator FAR

CHDO

Operator CHDO

Facility Use Only
(Dry)

Facility Use Only.

Make/Model/Series

Make/Model or Make/Model/Series.

Name

Operator Designator Name

Operator/Agency
Designator

Operator Designator Code

Sim/FTD FAA ID

FAA Identifier

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 142 Training

Centers

Menu Item
Section Title
Contracting Operator / Contracting Operator /
Agreements
Agreements
Contracting Operator / Contracting Operator /
Agreements
Agreements

Subtitle
Current
Contracting
Operator /
Agreements
Current
Contracting
Operator /
Agreements
DBA Name

Field Name
Training (Wet)

Indicates if the Operator has certified
training.

Type

Type of Operator

DBA

The authorized name under which
the Air Agency is doing business as.

Doing Business As

Exemptions

Current
Exemptions

Exemption Date

Exemptions

Current
Exemptions

Exemption Number

GDO ancillary

GDO ASI Info

Assigned Avionics
Inspector

GDO ancillary

GDO ASI Info

Assigned Maint
Inspector

GDO ancillary

GDO ASI Info

Assigned OPS
Inspector

Tracking Information

Associated
Reference ID

Tracking Information

National Use

Tracking Information

PTRS Record ID

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field

Date exemption expires.
The assigned code of exemption's
authorized for the Air Agency.
Active Operations inspector from the
local (GDO) office.
Active Maintenance inspector from
the local (GDO) office.
Active Avionics inspector from the
local (GDO) office.
Free form field used by the field
office for cross-referencing files.
Free form field for tracking national
usage.
The year (YYYY) and serial number of
the PTRS record ID of the POI's open
1240 record when the FAR 142
record is added.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 142 Training

Centers
Menu Item
Tracking Information

Section Title
Tracking Information

Subtitle

Field Name
Special Purpose

Comments

Description Field

Scoping

Free form field for tracking purposes
on a temporary or permanent basis.
Additional information, considered
significant, that is not recorded
elsewhere in the record.

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
The following table lists the configuration vitals attributes that make up a 145 certificate holder's configuration data. These appear on the
Configuration Data > Vitals tab. Items are ordered by the section title / subtitle they appear in on the Vitals tab.
Note: The Scoping column shows if/how the data entered for an attribute is used to scope information for a certificate holder. Key: M = MLF
labels, P = Peer Groups, Q = Questions. For example, if an attribute's Scoping column value is P, that means that the entry made on the Vitals
tab for that attribute is used to determine a certificate holder's peer group(s).
Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Authorizations

14 CFR 145
Name

This is the legal or official name of the
certificate holder. This field is autofilled
and cannot be edited.

Authorizations

CHDO

This is the four-character
alphanumeric ID code of the
Certificate Holding District Office.
This field is autofilled.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Identification/B
ASA

Field Name

Description Field

Authorizations

Airport ID

The alphanumeric identifier for the airport
on which the contractor is located. If the
location is not on an airport included in
the FSAS airport table, then use the
identifier of the nearest airport.

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Authorizations

Non-U.S.

Indicates if the certificate holder is
located in a foreign country. This field
is autofilled and cannot be edited.

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Bilateral
Agreements for
Repair Stations
Located in the
U.S. - Check all
that apply

EASA Listed

Select if the certificate holder is
EASA approved. (This field shown
only for domestic repair stations)

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Bilateral
Agreements for
Repair Stations
Located in the
U.S. - Check all
that apply

EASA Certificate
Number

Enter EASA approved certificate holder
certificate number. (This field shown only
for domestic repair stations that are
approved by EASA)

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Bilateral
Agreements for
Repair Stations
Located in the
U.S. - Check all
that apply

EASA
Continuation
Date

Upon initial approval, renewal, or
amendment of EASA certification enter
the new continuation (expiration)
date.(This field shown only for domestic
repair stations approved by EASA)

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle

Scoping

M, Q

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Bilateral
Agreements for
Repair Stations
Located in the
U.S. - Check all
that apply

Singapore
Listed

Select if the certificate holder is Singapore
approved. (This field shown only for
domestic repair stations)

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Bilateral
Agreements for
Repair Stations
Located in the
U.S. - Check all
that apply

Canada TCCA
Supplement

Select if the certificate holder has a
Canada TCCA Supplement. (This field
shown only for domestic repair stations)

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Certificate
Information for
Repair Stations
Located outside
the U.S.

Has
Bilateral
Agreement

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Certificate
Information for
Repair Stations
Located outside
the U.S.

EASA

Select if the certificate holder is located
outside the U.S. and is primarily
monitored by an Aviation Authority
other than the FAA. (This field shown
only for repair stations located outside
of US)

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Certificate
Information for
Repair Stations
Located outside
the U.S.

Switzerland

SAS Version 3.4

Select if the certificate holder is
located outside the U.S. and is
primarily monitored by an EASA
Aviation Authority. (This field
shown only for repair stations
located outside of US)
Select if the certificate holder is
located outside the U.S. and is
primarily monitored by an
EASA/FOCA Aviation Authority.
(This field shown only for repair
stations located outside of US)

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Certificate
Information for
Repair Stations
Located outside
the U.S.

Singapore

Select if the certificate holder is
located outside the U.S. and is
primarily monitored by the CAA
of Singapore. (This field shown
only for repair stations located
outside of US)

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Certificate
Information
for Repair
Stations
Located
outside the
U.S.

United
Kingdom

Select if the certificate holder is located
outside the US and is primarily monitored
by the UK Civil Aviation Authority. (This
field shown only for repair stations
located outside of US)

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Certificate
Information

Core Foreign
Certificate
Number

Contains the certificate number issued by
the country in which the certificate holder
resides. (This field shown only for repair
stations located outside of US)

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Certificate
Information

Foreign
Certificate Issue
Date

Contains the date the foreign certificate
number was issued. (This field shown only
for repair stations located outside of US)

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Certificate
Information

Aviation Authority
(AA) with
Surveillance
Responsibility

Select the aviation authority with
surveillance responsibility. (applicable to
PG H only).

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Physical Location Address 1

The first line of the address, which
identifies the physical location of the
certificate holder.

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Physical
Location

The second line of the address (if
needed).

SAS Version 3.4

Address 2

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Physical
Location

Address 3

The third line of the address (if needed).

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Physical
Location

City

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Physical
Location

State

The two-character postal abbreviation
for the state or U.S. possession. Leave
the field blank if the address is outside
of the United States or U.S. possession.

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Physical
Location

Postal Code

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Physical
Location

Country

The country where the certificate holder
is located. (This field shown only for
repair station located outside of US)

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Physical Location Business Phone

SAS Version 3.4

The name of the city or town.

The business telephone number including
area code, if the certificate holder is
located within the United States or U.S.
possession. Leave blank if located outside
of the United States or U.S. possession.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Physical
Location

Alternate Phone

The alternate telephone number
including area code, if the person is
located within the United States or
U.S. possession. Leave blank if the person
is located outside of the United States or
U.S. possession.

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Physical
Location

FAX

The business fax number including area
code, if the certificate holder is located
within the United States or U.S.
possession. Leave blank if located outside
of the United States or U.S. possession.

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Physical
Location

Foreign Phone /
Extension

The business telephone number including
country code, if the certificate holder is
located outside of the United States or
U.S. possession.

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Physical
Location

Email Address

The electronic mail (e-mail) address.

Identification/B
ASA

Identification/BASA/Physical
Location

Physical
Location

Org Web Site

Enter the certificate holder web site.

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Mailing Address

Same as Physical
Address

Select if the Mailing Address information
is the same as the Physical Location

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Mailing Address

Address 1

The first line of the address, which
identifies the physical location of the
certificate holder.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address

Address 2

The second line of the address (if
needed).

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address

Address 3

The third line of the address (if
needed).

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address

City

The name of the city or town.

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address

State

The two-character postal abbreviation
for the state or U.S. possession. Leave
the field blank if the address is outside
of the United States or U.S.
possession.

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address

Country

The country where the certificate holder
is located (This field shown only for
repair station located outside of US).

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address

Postal Code

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Chief
Executive
Officer

Name

The name of the person performing
chief executive officer duties. Enter the
last name first, immediately followed by
a comma. The software will automatically
insert a space after the comma. Then
enter the first name followed by the
middle name or middle initial. A name
suffix, such as “Jr.,” “II,” etc. may be
added after the middle initial. Always
insert a period after an initial and “Jr.” or
“Sr.”

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Chief
Executive
Officer

Title

SAS Version 3.4

The organizational title of the person.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Chief
Executive
Officer

Business Phone

The business telephone number including
area code, if the person is located within
the United States or
U.S. possession. Leave blank if the person
is located outside of the United States or
U.S. possession.

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Chief
Executive
Officer

Mobile Phone

The cellular telephone number including
area code, if the person is located within
the United States or
U.S. possession. Leave blank if the person
is located outside of the United States or
U.S. possession.

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Chief
Executive
Officer

Foreign Phone

The business telephone number including
country code, if the certificate holder is
located outside of the United States or
U.S. possession ((This field shown only for
repair station located outside of US).

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Chief
Executive
Officer

FAX

The FAX number including area code, if
located within the United States or
U.S. possession. If located outside of the
United States or U.S. possession, then
enter the FAX number including the
country code and city code. The number
must be recorded as it is dialed from the
United States.

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Chief
Executive
Officer

Email Address

The electronic mail (e-mail) address.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Company
Liaison

Name

The company liaison is the person who
serves as the contact point between the
certificate holder and the FAA. The
inspector contacts this official during a
visit to the facility. Enter the name of the
person performing liaison duties. Enter
the last name first, immediately followed
by a comma. The software will
automatically insert a space after the
comma. Then enter the first name
followed by the middle name or middle
initial. A name suffix, such as “Jr.,” “II,”
etc. may be added after the middle
initial. Always insert a period after an
initial and “Jr.” or “Sr.”

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Company
Liaison

Title

The organizational title of the person.

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Company
Liaison

Business Phone

The business telephone number
including area code, if the person is
located within the United States or
U.S. possession. Leave blank if the
person is located outside of the United
States or U.S. possession.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Company
Liaison

Mobile Phone

The cellular telephone number
including area code, if the person is
located within the United States or
U.S. possession. Leave blank if the
person is located outside of the United
States or U.S. possession.

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Company
Liaison

FAX

The FAX number including area code, if
located within the United States or
U.S. possession. If located outside of
the United States or U.S. possession,
then enter the FAX number including
the country code and city code. The
number must be recorded as it is dialed
from the United States.

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Company
Liaison

Foreign Phone

The business telephone number
including country code, if the
certificate holder is located outside
of the United States or U.S.
possession.

Mailing
Address/CEO/C
ompany
Liaison/POC

Mailing
Address/CEO/Company
Liaison/POC

Company
Liaison

Email Address

The electronic mail (e-mail) address (This
field shown only for repair station located
outside of US).

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Certificate
Information

Certificate Number A certificate number is a formal identifier,
assigned by AFS-600 that distinguishes
each certificate held by an individual
entity. This field is autofilled and cannot
be edited.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Certificate
Information

Original Issue Date The date the certificate was originally
issued appears in this field. This field is
autofilled and cannot be edited.

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Certificate
Information

Current Issue Date Update this field when changes in the
certificate holder’s operation result in
reissuance of the certificate holder
certificate. Enter the date the certificate
was reissued.

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Certificate
Information

Certificate Status

The current status of the certificate. The
following options are valid
codes/descriptions:
P Precertificated T
Terminated
A Active.
D Surrendered R
Revoked
S Suspended

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Certificate
Information

Certificate
Number

A certificate number is a formal identifier,
assigned by AFS-600 that distinguishes
each certificate held by an individual
entity. This field is autofilled and cannot
be edited.

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Certificate
Information

Original Issue
Date

The date the certificate was originally
issued appears in this field. This field is
autofilled and cannot be edited.

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Certificate
Information

Current Issue
Date

Update this field when changes in the
certificate holder’s operation result in
reissuance of the certificate holder
certificate. Enter the date the certificate
was reissued.

Certificate
Information/Pe
sonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Certificate
Information

Certificate
Status

The current status of the certificate. The
following options are valid
codes/descriptions:
P Precertificated T
Terminated
A Active.
D Surrendered R
Revoked
S Suspended

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Certificate
Information

Date of Status

A change was made this date to the
certificate status. When the certificate
status changes the system autofills the
field with today’s date. The date can be
replaced with a date earlier than today’s
date.

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Certificate
Information

Validation Date

The Validation Date field is autofilled
with today’s date on initial entry of the
certificate holder record. The date can be
replaced with a date earlier than today's
date. Enter the date on which all fields in
the record have been verified by an
inspector to be current, correct and
validated by the certificate holder. The
information being validated can be done
in person, by phone or by mail.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Certificate
Information

Expiration Date

The expiration date as shown on the
certificate holder certificate.

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Certificate
Information

Satellite

Read only: This certificate holder is a
satellite repair station under the
managerial control of another
certificated repair station.

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Certificate
Information

Select if the certificate holder is to be
designated as a satellite repair station.

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Certificate
Information

Designated as
Satellite Repair
Station

Parent designator
Code

This field read only and show FAAMIS
parent designator value

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

QMS
Contractor

In-House Quality
Monitoring
System (QMS)

Select if the certificate holder’s
organization includes a formalized
method of carrying out internal audits of
its products, procedures, and facilities.

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

QMS
Contractor

QMS Contractor

The name of the person or
organization providing independent
audit services to the certificate holder,
in support of a formalized QMS.

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Number of
Personnel at
this Location

FAA Cert
Mechanics

The number of mechanics who have
been certificated by the FAA under
the provisions of FAR 65, Subpart D
(A&P).

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Number of
Personnel at
this Location

Non-Cert
Mechanics

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Number of
Personnel at
this Location

Repairmen

The number of mechanics who have not
been certificated by the FAA under the
provisions of FAR 65, Subpart D (A&P)
or Subpart E (Repairmen). NOTE: At a
facility, that employs both
manufacturing and certificate holder
personnel, only count those personnel
assigned to the certificate holder. Do
not count the manufacturer's
employees.

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Number of
Personnel at
this Location

Total Employees

The total number of employees,
regardless of the type of work
performed, who are employed by the
certificate holder at that location.

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Inspectors

Principal
Maintenance
Inspector

The three-character inspector ID code of
the assigned Principal Maintenance
Inspector (PMI).

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Certificate
Information/Personnel

Inspectors

Principal
Avionics
Inspector

The three-character inspector ID code of
the assigned Principal Avionics
Inspector (PAI).

SAS Version 3.4

The number of mechanics who have
been certificated by the FAA under the
provisions of FAR 65, Subpart E
(Repairmen).
NOTE: At a facility, that employs both
Manufacturing and certificate holder
personnel, only count those personnel
assigned to the certificate holder. Do
not count the manufacturer’s
employees.

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Maintenance Functions

Other
Maintenance
Functions

Work Away from
Home Station

Select this field if the certificate holder is
authorized to perform work at a place
other than its fixed location.

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Maintenance Functions

Other
Maintenance
Functions

Mobile
Maintenance
Unit(s)

Select if the certificate holder uses
mobile maintenance unit(s)

M, Q

Certificate
Information/Pe
rsonnel

Maintenance Functions

Other
Maintenance
Functions

Perform
Maintenance/Alt
eration for Air
Carrier

Select this field if the organization
performs maintenance, preventive
maintenance, and/or alterations for
certificate holders under Parts 121, 125,
135, and/or foreign air carriers or
foreign persons operating US registered
aircraft in common carriage under 14
CFR Part 129.

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Accessories

Class 1

Select the proper Accessory Class for this
certificate holder.

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Accessories

Class 2

Select the proper Accessory Class for this
certificate holder.

SAS Version 3.4

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Accessories

Class 3

Select the proper Accessory Class for this
certificate holder.

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Accessories

mm/dd/yyyy

date

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Airframe

Class 1

Select the proper Airframe Class for this
certificate holder.

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Airframe

Class 2

Select the proper Airframe Class for this
certificate holder.

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Airframe

Class 3

Select the proper Airframe Class for this
certificate holder.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Airframe

Class 4

Select the proper Airframe Class for this
certificate holder.

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Airframe

mm/dd/yyyy

date

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Instrument

Class1

Select the proper Instrument Class for
this certificate holder.

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Instrument

Class2

Select the proper Instrument Class for
this certificate holder.

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Instrument

Class3

Select the proper Instrument Class for
this certificate holder.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Field Name

Description Field

Instrument

Class4

Select the proper Instrument Class for
this certificate holder.

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Instrument

mm/dd/yyyy

date

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Powerplant

Class 1

Select the proper Powerplant Class
for this certificate holder.

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Powerplant

Class 2

Select the proper Powerplant Class for
this certificate holder.

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Powerplant

Class 3

Select the proper Powerplant Class for
this certificate holder.

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Powerplant

mm/dd/yyyy

date

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Propeller

Class 1

Select the proper Propeller Class for this
certificate holder.

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Propeller

Class 2

Select the proper Propeller Class for this
certificate holder.

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Propeller

mm/dd/yyyy

date

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Radio

Class 1

Select the proper Radio Class for this
certificate holder.

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Radio

Class 2

Select the proper Radio Class for this
certificate holder.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Radio

Class 3

elect the proper Radio Class for this
certificate holder.

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

Radio

mm/dd/yyyy

date

Accessory/Airframe/Instrum
ent/Powerplant/Propeller/R
adio/SFAR

n/a

SFAR 36
Authorized

Select if the repair station has been
issued a letter of authorization to
perform a major repair on a product
using technical data that have not been
approved by the Administrator and to
approve that product for return to
service under the provisions of SFAR 36.

Accessory/Airfr
ame/Instrumen
t/Powerplant/P
ropeller/Radio/
SFAR

Tracking
Information

Tracking Information

n/a

Associated
Reference ID

This is a free-form field provided for use
by the Field Office to cross- reference
files. It may include a reference to the
office paper file on the certificate holder
or other computer files.

Tracking
Information

Tracking Information

n/a

Special Purpose

This is a free-form field provided for
tracking purposes on a temporary or
permanent basis. Headquarters, the
Regional Office, or Field Office may use
this field.

Tracking
Information

Tracking Information

n/a

National Use

This is a two-character field provided for
use as directed by FAA Headquarters for
specific tracking purposes on a temporary
or permanent basis.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item
Tracking
Information

Section Title
Tracking Information

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

n/a

PTRS Record ID

The Auto Generate PTRS feature, if
enabled, autofills with the original
certification PTRS Record ID. This field is
autofilled and cannot be edited. This
feature may be enabled or disabled and is
available through the System
Administrator’s Tool|.
Please check with your FSAS System
Administrator to verify the status of this
feature for your office.

Limited Ratings

n/a

Airframe

Select if the certificate holder is
authorized for Limited Rating – Airframe.
Enter the limited ratings authorized.

Limited Ratings

n/a

mm/dd/yyyy

Enter the date the certificate holder was
last authorized for this rating. This field
is autofilled with today’s date and may
be edited.

Limited Ratings

n/a

Power Plant

Select if the certificate holder is
authorized for Limited Rating –
Powerplant. Enter the limited ratings
authorized.

Limited Ratings

n/a

mm/dd/yyyy

Enter the date the certificate holder was
last authorized for this rating. This field
is autofilled with today’s date and may
be edited.

Limited Ratings

n/a

Propeller

Select if the certificate holder is
authorized for Limited Rating –
Propeller. Enter the limited ratings
authorized.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Limited Ratings

n/a

mm/dd/yyyy

Enter the date the certificate holder was
last authorized for this rating. This field
is autofilled with today’s date and may
be edited.

Limited Ratings

n/a

Instruments

Select if the certificate holder is
authorized for Limited Rating –
Instruments. Enter the limited ratings
authorized.

Limited Ratings

n/a

mm/dd/yyyy

Enter the date the certificate holder was
last authorized for this rating. This field is
autofilled with today’s date and may be
edited.

Limited Ratings

n/a

Radio

Select if the certificate holder is
authorized for Limited Rating – Radio.
Enter the limited ratings authorized.

Limited Ratings

n/a

mm/dd/yyyy

Enter the date the certificate holder was
last authorized for this rating. This field is
autofilled with today’s date and may be
edited.

Limited Ratings

n/a

Accessories

Select if the certificate holder is
authorized for Limited Rating –
Accessories. Enter the limited ratings
authorized.

Limited Ratings

n/a

mm/dd/yyyy

Enter the date the certificate holder was
last authorized for this rating. This field is
autofilled with today’s date and may be
edited.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Limited Ratings

n/a

Landing Gear

Select if the certificate holder is
authorized for Limited Rating – Landing
Gear. Enter the limited ratings
authorized.

Limited Ratings

n/a

mm/dd/yyyy

Enter the date the certificate holder was
last authorized for this rating. This field is
autofilled with today’s date and may be
edited.

Limited Ratings

n/a

Float

Select if the certificate holder is
authorized for Limited Rating – Floats.
Enter the limited ratings authorized.

Limited Ratings

n/a

mm/dd/yyyy

Enter the date the certificate holder was
last authorized for this rating. This field
is autofilled with today’s date and may
be edited.

Limited Ratings

n/a

Non-Destructive
Testing

Select if the certificate holder is
authorized for Limited Rating – NonDestructive Testing. Enter the limited
ratings authorized.

Limited Ratings

n/a

mm/dd/yyyy

Enter the date the certificate holder was
last authorized for this rating. This field
is autofilled with today’s date and may
be edited.

Limited Ratings

n/a

Emergency
Equipment

Select if the certificate holder is
authorized for Limited Rating –
Emergency Equipment. Enter the limited
ratings authorized.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Limited Ratings

n/a

mm/dd/yyyy

Enter the date the certificate holder was
last authorized for this rating. This field
is autofilled with today’s date and may
be edited.

Limited Ratings

n/a

Rotor Blades

Select if the certificate holder is
authorized for Limited Rating – Rotor
Blades. Enter the limited ratings
authorized.

Limited Ratings

n/a

mm/dd/yyyy

Enter the date the certificate holder was
last authorized for this rating. This field is
autofilled with today’s date and may be
edited.

Limited Ratings

n/a

Aircraft Fabric

Select if the certificate holder is
authorized for Limited Rating – Aircraft
Fabric. Enter the limited ratings
authorized.

Limited Ratings

n/a

mm/dd/yyyy

Enter the date the certificate holder was
last authorized for this rating. This field is
autofilled with today’s date and may be
edited.

Limited Ratings

n/a

Specialized
Services

Select if the certificate holder is
authorized for Limited Rating –
Specialized Service. Enter the limited
ratings authorized.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Limited Ratings

n/a

mm/dd/yyyy

Enter the date the certificate holder was
last authorized for this rating. This field is
autofilled with today’s date and may be
edited.

Repair Station
Operations

Repair Station Operations

Repair Station

Performs Major
Alterations

Select if the certificate holder performs
major alterations in accordance with Part
43 on any article for which it is rated and
within the limitations of its operations
specifications and/or if it arranges for
another person to perform major
alterations of any article for which it is
rated.

Repair Station
Operations

Repair Station Operations

Performs Major
Repairs

Select if the certificate holder performs
major repairs in accordance with Part 43
on any article for which it is rated and
within the limitations of its operations
specifications and/or if it arranges for
another person to perform major repairs
of any article for which it is rated.

Repair Station
Operations

Repair Station Operations

Records and
Technical Data

Issued in the
Form of
Controlled
Documents

Select if the certificate holder uses
technical data issued in the form of
controlled documents for maintaining
articles for which it is rated.

Repair Station
Operations

Repair Station Operations

Records and
Technical Data

Component
Testing Software

Select if the certificate holder utilizes
component testing software for
maintaining articles for which it is rated
and within the limitations of its
operations specifications.

SAS Version 3.4

Repair Station

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Repair Station
Operations

Repair Station Operations

Records and
Technical Data

Form 337

Select if the certificate holder uses FAA
Form 337 for recording major repairs
and alterations.

Repair Station
Operations

Repair Station Operations

Records and
Technical Data

Master Library

Select if the certificate holder maintains a Q
master library.

Repair Station
Operations

Repair Station Operations

Records and
Technical Data

Records Stored
Offsite

Select if the certificate holder stores Q
records that are required to be kept at an
off- site location.

Repair Station
Operations

Repair Station Operations

Records and
Technical Data

Performs
Airworthiness
Directives

Select if the certificate holder performs
Airworthiness Directives.

Repair Station
Operations

Repair Station Operations

Equipment,Par
ts,and Materials

Fabricates Parts

Reference AC 43-18 Fabrication of
Aircraft parts by Maintenance Personnel

Repair Station
Operations

Repair Station Operations

Equipment,Par
ts,and Materials

Life Limited
Parts

Repair Station
Operations

Repair Station Operations

Equipment,Par
ts,and Materials

Overhaul of
Parts

Select if the certificate holder stores or
maintains parts for which a mandatory
replacement limit is specified in the type
design, the Instructions for Continued
Airworthiness, or the maintenance
manual.
Select if the certificate holder performs
overhaul of articles for which it is rated
and within the limitations of its
operations specifications.

Repair Station
Operations

Repair Station Operations

Equipment,Par
ts,and Materials

Test Cell

Select if the certificate holder uses test
cells to maintain aircraft engines and
APUs for which it is rated.

SAS Version 3.4

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Repair Station
Operations

Repair Station Operations

Contract
Agreements

Contracts Out
Parts Fabrication

Select If the certificate holder Has An
Approved Contract Maintenance
Program. Select If the certificate holder
Has This Function Approved As Part Of
Its Accepted Contract Maintenance
Program. Reference AC 43-18

Repair Station
Operations

Repair Station Operations

Contract
Agreements

Leased/Rented
Equipment

Select if the certificate holder leases or
rents equipment to support return to
service activities.

Agreements
and
Authorizations

Agreements and
Authorizations

Special
Authorization
and Approvals

Hazmat
Employer

Select if the certificate holder and/or it's
contractors and subcontractors perform
job functions concerning transportation
of hazmat. a letter certifying the training
of the appropriate employees must be
in the certification report and file.

Agreements
and
Authorizations

Agreements and
Authorizations

Special
Authorization
and Approvals

Transport
Canada Civil
Aviation (TCCA)
Maintenance

Select if the certificate holder performs
maintenance, preventive maintenance,
or modifications (with the exception of
annual inspections) on a civil
aeronautical product under the
regulatory control of TCCA.

Agreements and
Authorizations

Other Certificates Contracts
and/or Approvals Maintenance to
Non-Certificated
Contractor

Select if the certificate holder has an
approved contract maintenance
program.

Agreements
and
Authorizations

Agreements and
Authorizations

Other
Certificates
and/or
Approvals

Select if the certificate holder has
an approved contract
maintenance program.

SAS Version 3.4

Contracts
Maintenance to
Certificated
Contractor

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Agreements
and
Authorizations

Agreements and
Authorizations

Other
Certificates
and/or
Approvals

Foreign Air
Carrier
Maintenance

Select if the certificate holder performs
maintenance on a foreign air carrier or a
person operating a US registered
aircraft under Part 129.

Agreements
and
Authorizations

Agreements and
Authorizations

Other
Certificates
and/or
Approvals

Perform
Maintenance
Outside of
Housing

Select this field if suitable facilities were
provided that are accepted to the FAA
and meet 145.103(a) for items where
work was performed outside of the
repair station's housing.

Agreements
and
Authorizations

Agreements and
Authorizations

Other
Certificates
and/or
Approvals

Performs Air
Carrier Essential
Maintenance

Select if the certificate holder
performs essential maintenance
for an air carrier.

Agreements
and
Authorizations

Agreements and
Authorizations

Other
Certificates
and/or
Approvals

Performs Air
Carrier
Maintenance

Select if the certificate holder
performs maintenance other than
essential maintenance for an air
carrier.

Agreements and
Authorizations

Other
Certificates
and/or
Approvals

Capability List

Select if the certificate holder has
submitted and maintains a list of
approved repair capabilities

Agreements and
Authorizations

Safety
Programs

IEP - Internal
Evaluation
Program

Select if the certificate holder has an
approved Internal Evaluation Program
(IEP).

Agreements
and
Authorizations

Agreements and
Authorizations

Safety
Programs

ASAP - Aviation
Safety Action
Program

Select if the certificate holder has an
approved Aviation Safety Action
Program (ASAP).

SAS Version 3.4

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Agreements
and
Authorizations

Agreements and
Authorizations

Safety
Programs

VDRP -Voluntary
Disclosure
Reporting System

Select if the certificate holder has an
approved Voluntary Disclosure
Reporting Program (VDRP) .

Agreements and
Authorizations

Safety Programs

SMS VP - Safety
Management
System Voluntary
Program

Geographic Authorizations Foreign Only

Current
Geographic
Authorizations

Designator

Current
Geographic
Authorizations

Operator Name

Select if the certificate holder utilizes an
approved SMSVP program in Active
Conformance. This is to be selected
after the change of the certificate
holder’s program status from
“SMSVP Active Participant” to “SMSVP
Active Conformance.”
Four character alphanumeric identifier of
the air carrier/operator (Ref. OpSpec
B050)

Current
Geographic
Authorizations

Airport ID

Alphanumeric identifier of the airport

Current
Geographic
Authorizations

Aircraft MM

The make/model of the aircraft that the
certificate holder provides service for.

Current
Geographic
Authorizations

Contract
Number

Geographic
Authorizations Foreign Only

Geographic Authorizations Foreign Only

Geographic
Authorizations Foreign Only

Geographic Authorizations Foreign Only
Geographic Authorizations Foreign Only

Geographic
Authorizations Foreign Only

Geographic Authorizations Foreign Only

Doing Business
As

Doing Business As

SAS Version 3.4

DBA Name

The name of the air carrier/operator
where the certificate holder provides
services. (Ref. OpSpec B050)

(Ref. OpSpec B050)

DBA

Enter the contract number. Leave blank if
no contract number exists. (Ref. OpSpec

B050)

Any authorized name under which the
certificate holder is doing business as
authorized in OPSS Paragraph A001.

Scoping

M, Q

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Exemptions

Current
Exemptions

Exemption
Number

The assigned codes for any Exemptions
for which the certificate holder is
authorized.

Exemptions

Current
Exemptions

Expiration Date

The date the Exemption expires.

Accountable Manager

Current
Accountable
Manager

Type

Select the Accountable Manager type.
There are two selections:
FAA FAA approved Accountable Manager
EASA EASA approved Accountable
Manager

Accountable
Manager

Accountable Manager

Current
Accountable
Manager

Name

The name of the person performing
Accountable Manager duties. Enter the
last name first, immediately followed by
a comma. The software will automatically
insert a space after the comma. Then
enter the first name followed by the
middle name or middle initial. A name
suffix, such as “Jr.,” “II,” etc. may be
added after the middle initial. Always
insert a period after an initial and “Jr.” or
“Sr.”

Accountable
Manager

Accountable Manager

Current
Accountable
Manager

Title

The organizational title of the person.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Accountable
Manager

Accountable Manager

Current
Accountable
Manager

Business Phone /
Extension

The business telephone number
including area code, if the person is
located within the United States or
U.S. possession. Leave blank if the
person is located outside of the United
States or U.S. possession.

Accountable Manager

Current
Accountable
Manager

Alternate Phone

Accountable Manager

Current
Accountable
Manager

Foreign Phone

Enter the alternate telephone number
including area code, if the person is
located within the United States or U.S.
possession. Leave blank if the person is
located outside of the United States or
U.S. possession.
Enter the business telephone number
including the country code and city
code (if applicable), if the person is
located outside of the United States or
U.S. possession. The number must be
recorded as it is dialed from the United
States.

Accountable Manager

Current
Accountable
Manager

Fax

SAS Version 3.4

Enter the FAX number including area
code, if located within the United States
or U.S. possession. If located outside of
the United States or U.S. possession,
then enter the FAX number including
the country code and city code. The
number must be recorded as it is dialed
from the United States.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Accountable Manager

Current
Accountable
Manager

Mobile Phone

Enter the cellular telephone number
including area code, if the person is
located within the United States or
U.S. possession. Leave blank if the
person is located outside of the United
States or U.S. possession.

Accountable Manager

Current
Accountable
M
Fixed
Locations

E-Mail Address

Enter the electronic mail (e-mail)
address.

Address1

The first line of the address, which
identifies the physical location of the
additional fixed location.

Additional Fixed Locations

Fixed
Locations

Address2

Enter the second line of the address (if
needed).

Additional Fixed Locations

Fixed
Locations

Address3

Enter the third line of the address (if
needed).

Additional Fixed
Locations

Additional Fixed Locations

Fixed
Locations

City

The name of the city or town.

Additional Fixed
Locations

Additional Fixed Locations

Fixed
Locations

State

The two-character postal abbreviation
for the state or U.S. possession. Leave
the field blank if the address is outside
of the United States or U.S.
possession.

Additional Fixed
Locations

SAS Version 3.4

Additional Fixed Locations

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Additional Fixed Locations

Fixed
Locations

Postal Code

Additional Fixed Locations

Fixed
Locations

Country

The country where for the additional
fixed location

Additional Fixed Locations

Fixed
Locations

Business Phone /
Extension

Enter the business telephone number
including area code, if the person is
located within the United States or
U.S. possession. Leave blank if the
person is located outside of the United
States or U.S. possession. Enter the
extension number, if necessary, to
reach the person.

Additional Fixed Locations

Fixed
Locations

Alternate Phone

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

EASA 145 Listed
Line Stations

SAS Version 3.4

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

Additional Fixed Locations

Fixed
Locations

Fax

Additional Fixed Locations

Fixed
Locations

Foreign Phone /
Extension

Enter the business telephone number
including the country code and city
code (if applicable), if the person is
located outside of the United States or
U.S. possession. The number must be
recorded as it is dialed from the United
States.

Additional Fixed Locations

Fixed
Locations

Mobile Phone

Additional Fixed Locations

Fixed
Locations

E-Mail Address

Enter the electronic mail (e-mail)
address.

EASA 145 Listed Line
Stations

BASA 145
Listed Line
Stations

Location

The Airport Identification or select
from the drop-down menu.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

EASA 145 Listed
Line Stations

EASA 145 Listed Line
Stations

BASA 145 Listed
Line Stations

Make Model

The make/model of the aircraft or
select from the drop-down menu.

EASA 145 Listed
Line Stations

EASA 145 Listed Line
Stations

BASA 145
Listed Line
Stations

Rating

Enter the EASA 145 Rating Code or
select from the drop-down menu.
The available choices are:
L1 – Major Checks L2
– Service Checks
L3 – Minor Service Checks
L4 – Overnight and Line Checks

EASA 145 Listed
Line Stations

EASA 145 Listed Line
Stations

BASA 145
Listed Line
Stations

Comments

This free-form field to enter remarks
considered significant is not recorded
elsewhere in the record for the listed
domestic Line Station.

NonCertificated
Repair
Functions

Non-Certificated Repair
Functions

Function(s)
Contracted

Welding

Select each function the organization
contracts to a Non-Certificated person
or organization.

NonCertificated
Repair
Functions

Non-Certificated Repair
Functions

Function(s)
Contracted

Shot Peening

Select each function the organization
contracts to a Non-Certificated person
or organization.

NonCertificated
Repair
Functions

Non-Certificated Repair
Functions

Function(s)
Contracted

Machining

Select each function the organization
contracts to a Non-Certificated person
or organization.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

NonCertificated
Repair
Functions

Non-Certificated Repair
Functions

Function(s)
Contracted

Plating

Select each function the organization
contracts to a Non-Certificated person
or organization.

NonCertificated
Repair
Functions

Non-Certificated Repair
Functions

Function(s)
Contracted

Painting

Select each function the organization
contracts to a Non-Certificated person
or organization.

NonCertificated
Repair
Functions

Non-Certificated Repair
Functions

Function(s)
Contracted

Balancing

Select each function the organization
contracts to a Non-Certificated person
or organization.

NonCertificated
Repair
Functions

Non-Certificated Repair
Functions

Function(s)
Contracted

Plasma Spraying

Select each function the organization
contracts to a Non-Certificated person
or organization.

NonCertificated
Repair
Functions

Non-Certificated Repair
Functions

Function(s)
Contracted

Grit Blasting

Select each function the organization
contracts to a Non-Certificated person
or organization.

NonCertificated
Repair
Functions

Non-Certificated Repair
Functions

Function(s)
Contracted

Rewinding

Select each function the organization
contracts to a Non-Certificated person
or organization.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 145 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Field Name

Description Field

NonCertificated
Repair
Functions

Non-Certificated Repair
Functions

Function(s)
Contracted

Other 1:

Select any other functions that the
organization contracts to a NonCertificated person or organization
that are not listed.

NonCertificated
Repair
Functions

Non-Certificated Repair
Functions

Function(s)
Contracted

Other 2:

Select any other functions that the
organization contracts to a NonCertificated person or organization
that are not listed.

NonCertificated
Repair
Functions

Non-Certificated Repair
Functions

Function(s)
Contracted

Other 3:

Select any other functions that the
organization contracts to a NonCertificated person or organization
that are not listed.

NonCertificated
Repair
Functions

Non-Certificated Repair
Functions

Function(s)
Contracted

Other 4:

Select any other functions that the
organization contracts to a NonCertificated person or organization
that are not listed.

NonCertificated
Repair
Functions

Non-Certificated Repair
Functions

Function(s)
Contracted

Other 5:

Select any other functions that the
organization contracts to a NonCertificated person or organization
that are not listed.

Comments

n/a

Comments

This is a free-form field of unlimited
length that the Field Office can use to
enter additional information considered
significant that is not recorded
elsewhere in the record.

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields - 147 Operators
The following table lists the configuration vitals attributes that make up a 147 certificate holder's configuration data. These appear on the
Configuration Data > Vitals tab. Items are ordered by the section title / subtitle they appear in on the Vitals tab.
Note: The Scoping column shows if/how the data entered for an attribute is used to scope information for a certificate holder. Key: M = MLF
labels, P = Peer Groups, Q = Questions. For example, if an attribute's Scoping column value is P, that means that the entry made on the Vitals
tab for that attribute is used to determine a certificate holder's peer group(s).

Vitals Data Fields – 147 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Identification /
Physical Location

Authorizations

14 CFR 147 Name

Identification /
Physical Location

Authorizations

Airport ID

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Agency Name

The legal or official name of the
air agency

Airport ID

Alphanumeric identifier of
the airport where the air
agency provides services. If
the location is not on an
airport included in

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 147 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Identification /
Physical Location

Authorizations

CHDO

Authorizations

Foreign

Foreign_Flag

Transferred
CHDO

Transferred_CHDO

The District Office to which the
certificate is being transferred.

Address 1

Agency_Addr1

Address 2

Agency_Addr2

First line of Air Agency
address which identifies
its physical location.

Identification / Physical
Location
Identification /
Physical Location

Authorizations

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Identification / Physical Physical Location
Location

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle

Address 3
Alternate Phone
Business Phone
Business Phone Ext

Vitals Field Name

CHDO

Agency_Addr3

Description Field
CHDO (Certificate Holding
District Office) - District Office
that is responsible for
maintaining this record
Indicates if the Air Agency is
located in a foreign country.

Second line of Air Agency
address (if needed).
Third line of Air Agency address
(if needed).

Agency_Alt_Phone
Agency Phone

Business_Phone_EXT

Business telephone number for
Air Agencies located in the
United States or U.S. possession.
Business Phone Extension

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 147 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Identification / Physical Physical Location
Location

Subtitle
City

Vitals Field Name
Agency City

Agency Country

Description Field
Name of City or Town of the
physical location of the Air
Agency.

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Country

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Email
Address

Agency Internet

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Fax

Agency Fax

Business Fax number of the Air
Agency.

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Foreign
Phone

Agency_Frgn_Phone

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Foreign
Phone Ext

Foreign_Phone_EXT

Business telephone number
including the country code and
city code (if applicable), for Air
Agencies located outside of the
United States or U.S.
possession.
Foreign Phone Ext

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Org Web Site

Organization Website

Identification / Physical Physical Location
Location

SAS Version 3.4

Postal Code

Agency Zip

The two-character abbreviation
of the country where the Air
Agency resides.
Electronic mail (e-mail) address.

US Postal Zip Code or Foreign
country postal code associated
with the Air Agencies physical
location.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 147 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Identification /
Physical Location

Physical Location

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

Mailing Address

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field
State of the Air Agency address.

State

Agency State

Address 1

Agency_Mail_Addr1

First line of Air Agency mailing
address.

Mailing Address

Address 2

Agency_Mail_Addr2

Second line of Air Agency
mailing address (if needed).

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

Mailing Address

Address 3

Agency_Mail_Addr3

Third line of Air Agency mailing
address (if needed).

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

Mailing Address

City

Agency_Mail_City

Name of City or Town of the
mailing address of the Air
Agency.

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

SAS Version 3.4

Mailing Address

Country

Agency_Mail_Country

Mailing Address

Postal Code

Agency_Mail_Zip

Mailing Address

State

Chief Executive
Officer

Business
Phone

Agency_Mail_State

CEO_Phone

The two-character abbreviation
of the country of the Air
Agencies mailing address.
US Postal Zip Code or Foreign
country postal code associated
with the Air Agencies mailing
address.
State of the Air Agency
mailing address.
Telephone of the person
performing chief
executive officer duties
at the Air Agency.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 147 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

Chief Executive
Officer

Business
Phone Ext

CEO_Phone_Ext

Chief Executive
Officer

Email
Address

CEO_Internet

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

Chief Executive
Officer

Fax

Electronic mail (e-mail)
address of the person
performing chief executive
officer duties.

Ceo_Fax

Business Fax number of the
person performing chief
executive officer duties.
Business telephone number
including the country code and
city code (if applicable) of the
person performing chief
executive officer duties.

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

SAS Version 3.4

Chief Executive
Officer

Foreign
Phone

Chief Executive
Officer

Foreign Phone
Ext

Chief Executive
Officer

Mobile Phone

Chief Executive
Officer

Name

Chief Executive
Officer

Title

Ceo_Frgn_Phone

Ceo_Foreign_Phone_EXT

Ceo_Mobile_Phone

Ceo_Name
Ceo_Title

Telephone Extension of the
person performing chief executive
officer duties at the Air Agency.

Ceo Foreign Phone EXT
Ceo Mobile Phone

Official name of the person
performing chief executive
officer duties at the Air Agency.
Organizational title of the person
performing chief executive
officer duties at the Air Agency.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 147 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

Company
Liaison

Business
Phone

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

Company
Liaison

Business
Phone Ext

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

Company
Liaison

Email Address

Company
Liaison

Fax

Liaison Fax

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

Company
Liaison

Foreign
Phone

Liaison_Frgn_Phone

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

Company
Liaison

Foreign
Phone Ext

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

Company
Liaison

Mobile Phone

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

SAS Version 3.4

Liaisn_Phone
Liaisn_Phone_Ext

Liaisn_Internet

Description Field
Telephone of the person
performing liaison duties at the
Air Agency if located in the US.
Telephone extension of the
person performing liaison duties
at the Air Agency if located in
the US..
Electronic mail (e-mail) address
of the person performing
company liaison duties.
Business Fax number of the
person performing company
liaison duties.

Business telephone number
including the country code and
city code (if applicable) of the
person performing company
liaison duties.
Business telephone extension
Liaison_Foreign_Phone_EXT including the country code
and city code (if applicable)
of the person performing
company liaison duties.
Liaison Mobile Phone
Liaison_Mobile_Phone

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 147 Operators
Menu Item
Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

Mailing
Address/CEO/Compa
ny Liaison

Section Title

Subtitle

Company
Liaison

Name

Company
Liaison

Title

Certificate Information Certificate
/ Number of Personnel Information

Certificate
Number

Vitals Field Name
Comp Liaison

Liaison Title

Cert No.

Description Field
Person who serves as the
contact point between the Air
Agency and the FAA. This is
the official the FAA inspector
contacts during a visit to the
Organizational title of the
person performing FAA
liaison duties at the Air
Agency.
The current certificate number
that appears on the Air Agency
certificate.

/ Inspectors / Ratings
Certificate Information Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel

Certificate Status

Cert_Status

Current status of the certificate.

/ Inspectors / Ratings
Certificate Information Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel

Date of Status

Status Date

The date on which the Certificate
Status was last modified.

/ Inspectors / Ratings
Certificate Information Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel

Current Issue Date

Curr_Issue_Date

The date on which the certificate
was reissued.

/ Inspectors / Ratings
Certificate Information Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel

Original Issue Date

Orig_Issue_Date

/ Inspectors / Ratings
Certificate Information Certificate
/ Number of Personnel Information
/ Inspectors / Ratings

SAS Version 3.4

Validation Date

Valid_Date

The date on which the certificate
was originally issued.
The date on which the data has
been verified for accuracy.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 147 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Subtitle

Certificate Information Number of
/ Number of Personnel Personnel

Actual Student
Enrollment

/ Inspectors / Ratings
Certificate Information Number of
/ Number of Personnel Personnel
/ Inspectors / Ratings

Certified
Instructors

Certificate Information
Number of
/ Number of Personnel
Personnel
/ Inspectors / Ratings
Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors / Ratings
Certificate Information
/ Number of Personnel

Number of
Personnel
Number of
Personnel

Maximum
Authorized
Student
Enrollment
Non-Certificated
Instructors

Vitals Field Name
Actual Enroll

Actual Student Enrollment for
this location.

Cert_Instr

The number of certified
instructors other than the chief
and assistant chief instructor(s)
employed by the Aviation
Maintenance Technical School.
Maximum Authorized
Student Enrollment for this
location.

Max_Auth_Enroll

Noncert_Instr

The number of non-certificated
mechanic instructors.

Total Employees

Total_Emp

Principal
Avionics
Inspector

PAI

The total number of employees,
regardless of the type of work
performed, that are employed
by the Air Agency at that
location.
Inspector ID code of the
assigned avionics inspector.

/ Inspectors / Ratings
Certificate Information Inspectors
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors / Ratings
Certificate Information Inspectors
/ Number of Personnel
/ Inspectors / Ratings

SAS Version 3.4

Description Field

Principal
Maintenance
Inspector

PMI

Inspector ID code of the
assigned maintenance
inspector.

Scoping

Vitals Data Fields – 147 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Certificate Information 14 CFR 147
/ Number of Personnel Ratings
/ Inspectors / Ratings
Certificate Information 14 CFR 147
/ Number of Personnel Ratings
/ Inspectors / Ratings
Certificate Information 14 CFR 147
/ Number of Personnel Ratings
/ Inspectors / Ratings

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name
Airframe

Indicates whether the Agency
has FAR 147 Airframe rating.

Airframe and
Powerplant

Arfrm_Pwrplnt

Indicates whether the Agency
has both FAR 147 Airframe &
Powerplant rating.

Associated with
College / University

Assoc_College_Univ

Indicates if the pilot school is
associated with a college or
university.

College_Univ

Name of College or
University that the pilot
school is associated with.

College / University

Certificate Information 14 CFR 147
/ Number of Personnel Ratings
/ Inspectors / Ratings

Powerplant

Pwrplnt

Certificate Information 14 CFR 147
/ Number of Personnel
Ratings
/ Inspectors / Ratings

Primary Cat A/C
Maintenance

Prim_Cat_Arcft_Maint

Safety Programs

Agreements and
Authorizations

Safety Programs

Agreements and
Authorizations

Safety Programs

SAS Version 3.4

Scoping

Airframe

Certificate Information 14 CFR 147
/ Number of Personnel Ratings
/ Inspectors / Ratings

Agreements and
Authorizations

Description Field

VDRP - Voluntary
Disclosure
Reporting System
SMSVP - SMS
Voluntary
Program
ASAP - Aviation
Safety Action
Program

Indicates whether the
Agency has FAR 147
Powerplant rating.
Indicates whether school
conducts primary category of
aircraft maintenance training.
Select if the air agency has an
approved Voluntary Disclosure
Reporting Program (VDRP).
Select if the air agency has an
approved Safety Management
System Voluntary Program.

Q
Q, M

Select if the air operator has an Q
approved Aviation Safety
Action Program (ASAP).

Vitals Data Fields – 147 Operators
Menu Item

Section Title

Agreements and
Authorizations

Authorizations

Electronic
Recordkeeping

Agreements and
Authorizations

Authorizations

Electronic
Signatures

Associated Designees

Current Associated
Designees (view only)

App/Auth/Desg

Associated Designees

Current Associated
Designees (view only)

Core Cert

Core_Cert_Number

Certificate Numbers of DMES
designees

Associated Designees

Current Associated
Designees (view only)

Designator

Designator Code

Unique code to identify an Air
Agency.

Associated Designees

Current Associated
Designees (view only)

Designee Name

Doing Business As

DBA Name

DBA

Dba_Name

Exemption Date

Exempt_Date

Exemption Number

Exempt

Associated
Reference ID

Assoc_Ref_Id

Exemptions

Current Exemptions

Exemptions

Current Exemptions

Tracking Information

SAS Version 3.4

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

Description Field

Scoping

Select if the certificate holder is Q, M
authorized to use electronic
recordkeeping.
Select if the certificate holder is Q, M
AppAuthDesg

authorized to use electronic
signatures.
AppAuthDesg

The authorized name under
which the Air Agency is doing
business as.
Date exemption expires.
The assigned code of
exemption's authorized for the
Air Agency.
Free form field used by the field
office for cross referencing files.

Vitals Data Fields – 147 Operators
Menu Item
Tracking Information
Tracking Information

Tracking Information

Comments

Section Title

Subtitle

Vitals Field Name

National Use

Natnl_Use

PTRS Record ID

Ptrs_Record_Id

Special Purpose

Spec_Purpose

Comments

CommentBlob

Description Field

Scoping

Free form field for tracking
national usage.
The year (YYYY) and serial
number of the PTRS record ID
of the POI's open 1240 record
when the FAR 141 record is
added.
Free form field for tracking
purposes on a temporary or
permanent basis.
Additional information,
considered significant, that is
not recorded elsewhere in the
record.

Contractor Tab Data Fields
The following table lists the data fields in a CH/A’s contractor data. These appear on the Configuration Data > Contractor
tab. Not all fields apply to all 14 CFR Parts; the rightmost columns indicate what 14 CFR parts the fields apply to.

SAS Version 3.4

Contractor Data Fields
Field Name
Type

Description Field

This field identifies the type of activity conducted by the contractor.

121 121/135 135 145
x

- For part 121 and 121/135 contractors, select either “T” for contract
pilot training or “M” for contract maintenance.
- For part 135 and 145, only maintenance contractors are listed and
this field cannot be edited.
FAA-Certificated

Select this field if the contractor holds an active FAA certificate

Not FAA-Certificated

Select this field if the contractor does not hold an active FAA certificate

Designator/Name

This is a type-ahead field used to select the FAA certificate holder providing
maintenance services. Enter the designator code or a partial name and SAS will list the
matching certificate holders authorized to provide the contracted services. This field
does not apply to non-certificated contractors.

Other Aviation Authority

Enter Other Aviation Authority if contractor is not FAA Certificated

Other Aviation Authority
Certificate Number

Enter Other Aviation Authority Certificate Number if contractor is not FAA Certificated

Name

The contractor's official name

Certificate Number

A certificate number is a formal identifier, assigned by AFS-600 that distinguishes each
certificate held by an individual entity. This field is auto-filled and cannot be edited.

14 CFR

This is the 14 CFR Part under which the contractor has received authority to conduct
business. This field is auto-filled and cannot be edited. This field does not apply to
non-certificated contractors.

Address 1

The contractor's business address, line one.

SAS Version 3.4

Contractor Data Fields
Field Name

Description Field

121 121/135 135 145

Address 2

The second line of the address (if needed).

Address 3

The third line of the address (if needed).

City

City or town of the contractor.

State

The two-character postal abbreviation for the state or U.S. possession. Leave the field
blank if the address is outside of the United States or U.S. possession.

Country

The two character abbreviation of the country (if the address is outside of the United
States or U.S. possession).

Postal Code

The U.S. postal zip code (if the address is within the United States or U.S. possession).

Contractor Phone

The business telephone number including area code, if located within the United
States or U.S. possession. Leave blank if located outside of the United States or U.S.
possession.

Foreign Phone

The business telephone number including the country code and city code. If located
outside of the United States or U.S. possession the number should be recorded as it is
called from the United States.

Mobile Phone

The mobile telephone number including the country code and city code. If located
outside of the United States or U.S. possession the number should be recorded as it is
called from the United States.

Fax

The contractor's FAX number including area code. If located outside of the United
States or U.S. possession the FAX number should be recorded as it is called from the
United States.

E-Mail Address

The contractor's e-mail address.

Essential Maintenance
Provider

Select if the Air Operator utilizes Essential Maintenance Provider, as defined in FAA
Order 8900.1 Volume 3 Chapter 42 Section 1

SAS Version 3.4

Contractor Data Fields
Field Name

Description Field

121 121/135 135 145

Last Inspection Date

Date that the contractor providing essential maintenance was last inspected. This field
is only enterable at office set-up and is automatically calculated thereafter.

Required Inspection Item

Enter the Required Inspection Items (RII) serviced by an Essential Maintenance
Provider.

Airport ID

Enter the alpha-numeric identifier for the airport on which the contractor is located. If
the location is not on an airport included in the airport table, use the identifier of the
nearest airport.

Physical Address of Other
Airports/Locations

Enter the physical address of airports/locations

Other Airports.City

Enter the city of other airports/locations

Other Airports.State

Enter the state of other airports/locations if in the U.S.

Other Airports.Country

Enter the country of other airports/locations

Other Airports.Postal
Code

Enter the postal code of other airports/locations

Mx Category.Mx Category

Enter Maintenance Category

Mx Category.Description

Enter Maintenance description

Mx Category.Type of
Maintenance

Enter Maintenance type

Specialized Services

Select all types of specialized services provided.

Specialized
Services.Description

Enter a description if "Other" was selected for Specialized Services

SAS Version 3.4

Contractor Data Excel Import Reference
This topic describes how to complete the Configuration Data > Contractor Data > Excel Import spreadsheet, including the
data requirements for each field. You can use this spreadsheet to upload contractor data to SAS.
This topic assumes that you know where and how to download the Contractor Data Excel Import spreadsheet. If you need
instructions on how to do that, and how to upload the spreadsheet once you've completed it see "How to Import Contractor
Data from an Excel File" on page.

General Notes
• Before you import contractor data from an Excel spreadsheet, always begin by downloading and working from a fresh
copy of the contractor Excel spreadsheet.
• Within the Excel file is a series of tabs. The first tab contains instructions on how to use the file. The green tabs are for
entering/editing your contractor data. The red tabs contain reference lookup information that may be useful when
entering data. Every time you download, the Excel file is refreshed with the lookup data for FAA Designator Codes.
Lookups for Airport, Country, etc. are updated when a new version of the template is issued.

13.10.1

Contractor Import Excel File Instructions and Field Reference

Note: Key appears below table.

A. Use the General Info tab to specify basic information about the contractor.
1.
•

Each file needs to contain records for contractors used by that certificate holder. The Action column indicates the action to be taken for each contractor.
If a contractor needs to be deleted, the contractor record should be marked as Delete.

• If a contractor is to be added or updated, the contractor record should be marked as AddUpdate.
• A contractor marked as NoChange will not be updated

• A contractor with no Action identified will also not be updated

SAS Version 3.4

The contractor should be identified by either the FAA Designator Code or by Contractor Name. Duplicates are not allowed.

• The FAADesignatorCode should be entered for FAA Certificated contractors.

• The FAAContractorName should be entered for Non-Certificated contractors.
3.

The FAA A&P Certificate# may be entered for Non-Certificated contractors. Do not enter the name of the A&P Certificate Holder.

Address and contact fields must be entered for all non-certificated contractors. These fields should not be entered for certificated contractors.

Every contractor entered in the General Info tab, is listed in the FAAContractor column for selection in the tabs that follow.
Description

Field

Defines the action
that happens during
import for the record.
This value not actually
imported.

Action

FAADesignatorCode

FAAContractorName

Designator code
for the FAAcertificated
contractor. Enter
only for certificated
contractors.
Name of the noncertificated contractor.
Enter only for noncertificated contractors.

SAS Version 3.4

Entry Type

121

135

Drop-down list

Required
(Conditional)

- Required if FAAContractorName is
prohibited. - Duplicates not allowed

Required
(Conditional)

- Required if FAADesignatorCode is
prohibited. -Duplicates not allowed

145

Required?

Conditions

Always

Select a value from the list.
Options are AddUpdate,
NoChange, Delete
Drop-down list.
Select a value from the list.

Free text field.

Enter any text. For example,
ACME Air Repair Service

FAA A&P Certificate

IsEMP

RII

Identifies the A&P
certificate number of
the A&P mechanic.

Indicates if
contractor is an
Essential
Maintenance
Provider (EMP)
Description of the
Required Inspection
Items (RII) that the
EMP services. Enter
only if IsEMP = Yes
Name of aviation

OtherAviationAuthori authority with
ty
jurisdiction over non-

cert contractor. If this is
FAA leave this field
blank.

SAS Version 3.4

Integer field,

Optional
(Conditional)

- Optional if FAAContractorName is
prohibited - Must match value of an a

Required
(Conditional)

Required if the maintenance service
contractor are for a part 121 CH/A, ot

Required
(Conditional)

Optional
(Conditional)

Enter up to 9 digits. For
example, 123456789.
Drop-down list
Select a value from the list.
Options are Yes, No

Free text field
Enter any text.

Free text field
Enter any text. For example,
Ministry of Transport and Civil
Aviation.

Required if IsEMP = Yes, otherwise p

Optional if FAAContractorName is e
prohibited

Certificate # issued by

OtherAviationAuthori the other aviation
tyCertificateNumber
authority, if known.

Enter only for noncertificated contractors.

Address 1

The contractor's
address (line 1)

Free text field.

Optional
(Conditional)

Optional if FAAContractorName is e
prohibited

Required
(Conditional)

Required if FAAContractorName is e
prohibited

Optional
(Conditional)

Optional if FAAContractorName is e
prohibited

Optional
(Conditional)

Optional if FAAContractorName is e
prohibited

Required
(Conditional)

Required if FAAContractorName is e
prohibited

Enter any text. For example,
ABC-12345

Free text field
Enter any text. For example, 8
Main Street

Address 2

The contractor's
address (line 2)

Free text field
Enter any text.

Address 3

The contractor's
address (line 3)

Free text field
Enter any text.

City

The city in which the
contractor is based.

Free text field
Enter any text.

SAS Version 3.4

The US state or
territory in which the
contractor is based.
Enter if contractor is
based in U.S.

StateCode

The country in which
the contractor is based.

Country

Drop-down list

Required
(Conditional)

Required if FAAContractorName is e
= US, otherwise prohibited

Required
(Conditional)

Required if FAAContractorName is e
prohibited

Required
(Conditional)

Required if FAAContractorName is e
= US, otherwise prohibited

Required
(Conditional)

Required if FAAContractorName is e
prohibited

Select a value from the list.

Drop-down list
Select a value from the list.

The contractor's
postal code.

PostalCode

Numeric field
The following formats are
allowed: nnnnn or nnnnn-nnnn.
For example, 12345 or 123456789

Contractor Phone

The contractor's main
phone number.

Numeric field.
For U.S. phone numbers the
following formats are allowed: 10
digit integer or (nnn) nnn-nnnn
or nnn.nnn.nnnn. For example,
1234567890 or (123)456-7890 or
123.456.7890
For non-U.S, phone numbers,
enter digits only.

SAS Version 3.4

CellPhone

The contractor's cell
phone number.

Numeric field.

Optional
(Conditional)

Optional if FAAContractorName is e
prohibited

Optional
(Conditional)

Optional if FAAContractorName is e
prohibited

Optional
(Conditional)

Optional if FAAContractorName is e
prohibited. Refer to RFC 3696 for the
email addresses.

For U.S. phone numbers the
following formats are allowed: 10
digit integer or (nnn) nnn-nnnn
or nnn.nnn.nnnn. For example,
1234567890 or (123)456-7890 or
123.456.7890
For non-U.S, phone numbers,
enter digits only.
Fax

The contractor's fax
number.

The contractor's email
address.

Text field.
Enter must match format localpart@domain. For example,
[email protected]

SAS Version 3.4

B. Use the Airports tab to specify airports where the contractor performs work.
Select the contractor from the FAAContractor drop down and select the appropriate Airport Code. Enter each location in a separate record.
• Non-Certificated contractors providing services to part 121 and 135 operators must have at least one airport code entered where maintenance is performed.

• Certificated contractors providing services to part 121 and 135 operators can zero or more airport locations where maintenance is performed.

• Contractors providing services to part 145 agencies should not have airport codes entered.
Field

Description

FAAContractor

AirportCode

The contractor that
you want to specify an
airport for.

The airport where the
contractor performs
work.

Entry Type

121

135

Drop-down list

Required
(Conditional)

- At least one instance is required if
FAAContractorName is entered, other
Multiple instances for the same FAAC
allowed.

Required
(Conditional)

Required if Airports::FAAContractor
otherwise prohibited

145

Select a value from the list.
Options are limited to those
contractor entered on the
General Info tab.
Drop-down list
Select a value from the list.

Required?

Conditions

C. Use the Other Locations tab to specify locations other than airports and its main location where the contractor performs work.
Select the contractor from the FAAContractor drop down and enter the address fields.

• Contractors providing services to Part 121 and 135 operators can have one or more Other Locations where maintenance is performed. Enter the address of each location in a separat
• Contractors providing services to Part 145 agencies should not have locations entered.
Field

Description

SAS Version 3.4

Entry Type

121

135

145

Required?

Conditions

FAAContractor

Address

The contractor that
you want to specify a
location other than an
airport for.

The address for the
other location.

Drop-down list

Optional

Required
(Conditional)

Required if OtherLocations::FAACon
otherwise prohibited

Required
(Conditional)

Required if OtherLocations::FAACon
otherwise prohibited

Required
(Conditional)

Required if OtherLocations::Country
prohibited

Required
(Conditional)

Required if OtherLocations::FAACon
otherwise prohibited

Required
(Conditional)

Required if OtherLocations::Country
prohibited

Select a value from the list.
Options are limited to those
contractor entered on the
General Info tab.
Free text field
Enter any text. For example, 19
Irving Way

City

The city for the other
location.

Free text field
Enter any text.

StateCode

The state code for the
other location.

Drop-down list
Select a value from the list.

Country

The country code for
the other location.

Drop-down list
Select a value from the list.

PostalCode

The postal code for
the other location.

SAS Version 3.4

Zero or more instances allowed

Numeric field

The following formats are
allowed: nnnnn or nnnnn-nnnn.
For example, 12345 or 123456789
D. Use the Maintenance Categories tab to specify the various types of maintenance the contractor performs.
Select the contractor from the FAAContractor drop down and select the MaintenanceCategory.

• If the Maintenance Category is Aircraft, enter the AircraftMakeModel.
• If the Maintenance Category is Engine, enter the EngineMakeModel.

• If the Maintenance Category is Propeller, enter the PropellerMakeModel.
• If the Maintenance Category is Component, enter the JASCCode.

Each contractor can perform maintenance on one or more aircraft/engines/propellers/components.

• Enter each aircraft/engine/propeller in a separate record.

• You may enter multiple JASC codes, delimited by commas, in the same record.

The Type of Maintenance drop down list depends on the Maintenance Category selection.

• Select the appropriate type of maintenance performed.

• Each contractor can perform one or more specialized services. Enter a separate record for each specialized service that the contractor performs for the certifi
Field

Description

FAAContractor

The contractor that
you want to specify a
maintenance category
for airport for.

SAS Version 3.4

Entry Type

Drop-down list Select a value from
the list. Options are limited to those
contractor entered on the General

Info tab.

121

135

145

Required?

Conditions

Optional

Zero or more instances allowed

MaintenanceCategor

AircraftMakeModel

A maintenance
category that the
contractor provides.

An aircraft M/M/S that
the contractor supports.
Enter only if

Maintenance
Category is

Drop-down list

Required
(Conditional)

Required if Maintenance Categories
entered, otherwise prohibited

Required
(Conditional)

Required if MaintenanceCategory =
prohibited

Required
(Conditional)

Required if MaintenanceCategory =
prohibited

Required
(Conditional)

Required if MaintenanceCategory =
prohibited

Select a value from the list.
Options are Aircraft, Engine,
Propeller, Component,
Specialized Services
Drop-down list
Select a value from the list.

Aircraft.

EngineMakeModel

An engine M/M/S that
the contractor supports
from the list. Enter only
if Maintenance

Drop-down list
Select a value from the list.

Category is Engine.
PropellerMakeModel

A propeller M/M/S
that the contractor
supports from the list.
Enter only if

Maintenance
Category is
Propeller.

SAS Version 3.4

Drop-down list
Select a value from the list.

JASCCode

The Joint Aircraft
System/Component
(JASC) codes for the
component(s). Enter

only if Maintenance

Category is

Integer

Required
(Conditional)

Required if MaintenanceCategory =
otherwise prohibited

Required
(Conditional)

Required if MaintenanceCategory =
prohibited

Enter 2 or 4 digits. For example,
12 or 1234.

Component. See the

Lookup tab for a list of
JASC Codes. You can
enter multiple JASC
codes, delimited by
commas, in the same
record.
The type of

Type of Maintenance maintenance service
being performed.

Drop-down list
Select a value from the list.
Options are determined by the
Maintenance Category as
follows:

- Aircraft : Heavy Maintenance,
Line Maintenance, Alterations
- Engine : Maintenance,
Alterations
- Propeller: {Maintenance,
Alterations

SAS Version 3.4

- Component: Maintenance,
Alterations
- Specialized Services:
Bonding, Circuit Board Repair,
Heat Treatment, Machining,
Non-Destructive Testing,
Painting, Plasma Spraying,
Plating, Protective Coating, Shot
Peening, Welding, Other
Description (Other
Specialized Services)

If you selected a
specialized service
for Type of
Maintenance,
provide a description
of that service.

Free text field

Enter any text.

Required
(Conditional)

Other Tabs:
• Use the Lookup tab to look up various filed values such as maintenance codes, M/M/S, JASC Codes, maintenance types, etc.
• Use the Designator Code Lookup tab to look up designator codes.
• Use the Airport Code Lookup tab to look up airport codes.

13.10.2

Contractor Import Excel File Key

Key for the Contractor Import Excel File Instructions and Field Reference table (above)

SAS Version 3.4

Required if Type of Maintenance =
prohibited

Note: Business rule not currently im

Column

Description

Field

The name of the field as it appears in the spreadsheet.

Description

A description of the field.

Entry Type

Indicates the type of entry that the database will accept for that field.
•
•
•
•

121/135/145

Drop-down list -- Select any value from the list. Only values on the list are accepted during import.

Free text field -- Any text with no limit on character type or length.

Integer field -- Enter integers only, up to the maximum number of digits.
Numeric field -- Enter a number in one of the allowable formats shown.

An "X" indicates which 14 CFR Part(s) the field pertains to. For example, if your
contractor, provide data for the items that include an X in the 145 column.

Required

operation is Part 145, for each

Indicates whether the field is required. Options are:
•
•
•

Always - A value must always be provided.

Required (Conditional) - The field is required under certain conditions.

Optional (Conditional) - The field can be optionally completed, but only under certain conditions.

Conditions

Explains the conditions under which the field is required or optional.

Enforced in
Spreadsheet?

Indicates whether the spreadsheet automatically checks to ensure that the entry is correct in accordance with the
Conditions column (that is, that a required value has been provided).
•
•
•

No -- The spreadsheet does not ensure that the entry is correct with respect to Conditions.

Yes -- The spreadsheet includes logic to ensure the entry is correct with respect to Conditions.
n/a -- The field is optional.

SAS automatically checks for correct entries when the spreadsheet is uploaded.

SAS Version 3.4

Glossary / Acronyms
A

A status

Active status. This is the status of a certificate holder once it has been issued a
certificate.

AAIP

Approved Aircraft Inspection Program

Advisory Circular

Airworthiness Directive. Issued by the FAA in response to deficiencies and/or
unsafe conditions found in aircraft, engines, propellers, or other aircraft parts.
Compliance with an AD is mandatory.

AMO

Approved Maintenance Organization

Appl

Applicant

APU

Auxillary Power Unit

AQP

Advanced Qualification Program

ASAP

Aviation Safety Action Program

AVS

Office of Aviation Safety

Airworthiness

BASA

Bilateral Aviation Safety Agreement

BCM

Broadcast message

CAA

Civil Aeronautics Authority

CAR 4a

Civil Air Regulations – Airplane Airworthiness

CASS

Continuous Analysis and Surveillance System

CA/Val

Configuration Attribute/Value. It is a type of data field used by SAS in scoping
questions and a certificate holder's operating profile. A CA/Val is derived from
one of more user editable fields in a certification holder's configuration

CCR

Configuration change request. Also known as a CR – change request.

CEO

Chief Executive Officer

CFR

Code of Federal Regulations
808

Certificate Holder. Certificate holders are entities that are certificated by the
FAA to conduct an activity.

CH/A

A certificate holder or applicant for a certificate.

CHDO

Certificate Holding District Office

CHEP

Certificate Holder Evaluation Process

CHOP

Certificate Holder Operating Profile

CIN

Chief Inspector

CMO

Certificate Management Office

CMT

Certificate Management Team

Comat

Company Materials

Configuration Data

A set of unique characteristics or attributes that define what a certificate holder
or applicant does. For example, data such as route structure, fleet type, fleet size,
domestic vs. international operations, and ETOPS are types of configuration
data.

COS

Continued Operational Safety

CPM

Certification Project Manager for certification of an applicant

CPT

Certification Project Team for certification of an applicant

CPT

Chief Pilot

Change request. Also referred to as a CCR – configuration change request

CTL

Certification Team Leader

CVR

Cockpit Voice Recorder

Design Assessment

DBA

Doing Business As

DCT

Data Collection Tool

DFG

Domestic and Flag

DMT

Director of Maintenance

DOM

Domestic
809

DOP

Director of Operations

DOS

Director of Safety

DOT

Department of Transportation

D status

Surrendered. This is the status when an operator voluntarily gives up operating
authority.

EASA

European Aviation Safety Agency

ED (DCT)

Element Design. A type of Data Collection Tool that contains detailed design
questions that mirror the Element Performance (EP) DCTs. These can be used to
validate the design of a new certification or new program.

EMP

Essential Maintenance Provider

EP (DCT)

Element Performance. A type of Data Collection Tool that contains detailed
performance questions about each element that mirror the ED DCTs content.
These are completed by the FAA.

ETOPS

Extended Range Operation with Two-engine Airplanes

FAA

Federal Aviation Administration

FAR

Federal Aviation Regulation

FDR

Flight Data Recorder

Flight Level

FOQA

Flight Operational Quality Assurance

FSAS

Flight Standards Automation System

FSDO

Flight Standards District Office

FSIMS

Flight Standards Information Management System. Data includes Flight
Standards policies

HAA

Helicopter Air Ambulance (formly HEMS)

HazMat

Hazardous Material

HEL

Helicopter

HTML-5

HyperText Markup Language Version 5. This describes and defines the content
of the webpages used in SAS.

810

IAW

In accordance with

Initial certification is the overall process for certificating an applicant. It includes
system configuration, schedule of certification events, data collection,
assessment, assessment-related action and event tracking, and disposition.

Identification

IEP

Internal Evaluation Program

IFR

Instrument Flight Rules

Information Technology. The use of systems for storing, retrieving and sending
information.

LOSA

Line Operations Safety Assessment

Megabyte. A unit of information equivalent to 220 bytes

MEL

Multiple Engine Land

MES

Multiple Engine Sea

MGR

Manager

MIP

Maintenance Implementation Procedures

MLF

Master List of Functions

MM/DD/YYYY

The format to enter calendar dates into SAS. (Month/Day/Year)

MMS

Make Model Series. Also M/M/S.

MicroSoft

MSL

Mean Sea Level

Maintenance

N status

Initial certification. This is the status of an applicant from the time the Preapplication Information is accepted by the FAA until the FAA accepts the Formal
Application.

811

N/A

Not applicable

NAA

National Aviation Administration

NDI/NDT

Non-destructive Inspection / Non-destructive Testing

N/O

Not observed

Operating Profile

OPSS

Operations Safety System

P status

Pre-cert status. This is the status of an applicant from the time the FAA accepts
the Formal Application until the certificate is issued.

Performance Assessment

PAI

Principal Avionics Inspector

PASI

Preapplication Statement of Intent; FAA Form 8400-6)

PAX

Passenger

PDF

Portable Document Format (Adobe)

Peer Group

A grouping of operators or repair stations with similar characteristics.

Principal Inspector

PIC

Pilot in command

PMI

Principal Maintenance Inspector

POC

Point of Contact

POI

Principal Operations Inspector

PTRS

Program Tracking and Reporting Subsystem

QMS

Quality Management System

RFID

Radio frequency identification

RGL

Regulatory Guidance Library. Its data includes Specific Regulator Requirements
(SRRs) and Advisory Circulars (ACs).

812

R status

Revoked. The certificate status resulting from the permanent, involuntary
removal of an operator’s operating authority by thte FAS using due process of
law.

SAS

Safety Assurance System. The AFS (Aviation Flight Standards Service) oversight
of 14 CFR Parts 121, 135 and 145 certificate holder and applicant safety.

SASO

System Approach for Safety Oversight

SCO

Supplemental – Cargo only

SEL

Single Engine Land

SES

Single Engine Sea

SFAR

Special Federal Aviation Regulation

SIC

Second In Command

SOE

Schedule of Events. A list of items, activities, programs, aircraft, and/or facility
acquisitions that applicants must accomplish and make ready for FAA inspection
before and during the certification process.

SMS

Safety Management System

SP (DCT)

System/Subsystem Performance. A type of Data Collection Tools that contains
standard Safety Attribute questions on how a system or subsystem is
functioning. These are high-level procedure questions that ask about a specific
process or program. They are based upon specific regulatory requirements or
guidance. They are completed by the FAA.

SRR

Specific Regulatory Requirement

S status

Suspended. The status of a certificate that is a temporary, involuntary removal
of an operator’s operating authority by the FAA using due process of law.

813

Suspension usually results in the restoration, revocation, or surrender of the
operator’s operating authority.
SUP

Supplemental (Pax/Cargo)

T status

Terminated. The action by the FAA to receind a designation at any time for any
reason the Administrator considers appropriate. This may occur during the
initial certification process.

Type certificate

TCCA

Transport Canada Civil Aviation

ULD

Unit Load Devices

U.S.

United States

VDRP

Voluntary Disclosure Reporting Program

VFR

Visual Flight Rules

W status

Withdraw. The status of an application that is voluntarily removed by the
applicant during the initial certification process.

XML

Extensible Markup Language. Defines a set of rules for encoding documents in
a format that is both human-readable and machine-readable.

814

File Type	application/pdf
File Title	SAS External Portal Automation User Guide
File Modified	2022-02-24
File Created	2021-06-28